CITY OF SOUTH LAKE TAHOE
DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS
AGREEMENT
DOCUMENT 00500 - AGREEMENT
City of South Lake Tahoe
DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS
AGREEMENT
for
LAKE TAHOE BOULEVARD CLASS 1 BICYCLE TRAIL PROJECT
PWC 16-301-50026-01
CITY BID NO. 21-30150026-BN2
FEDERAL AID PROJECT NO. CML 5398 (013)
THIS AGREEMENT is made and entered into this ______ day of January, 2022, by and between the City of South Lake Tahoe, a political subdivision of the State of California, herein designated “City”, and Sierra Nevada Construction Inc., herein designated as “Contractor.” WITNESSETH, that the City and the Contractor, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereafter set forth, agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1 - THE WORK
Contractor agrees to furnish all labor, tools, equipment, facilities, materials, transportation and services necessary to perform and complete, in a good and workmanlike manner, the LAKE TAHOE BOULEVARD CLASS 1 BICYCLE TRAIL PROJECT as required pursuant to the Contract Documents.
ARTICLE 2 - COMMENCEMENT AND COMPLETION
The Work to be performed under this Agreement shall commence at the time as specified in the Notice to Proceed, and the Contractor shall diligently undertake the performance of the obligations as set forth in the Contract Documents to achieve Final Completion of the Work (as defined at Section 9.9 Special Provisions) on or before August 19, 2022 (the “Contract Time”). No grading or excavation or other land disturbance will be allowed between October 15th and May 1st; all Work shall be performed after the issuance of the Notice to Proceed, and Final Completion achieved within the contract time as set forth in these Contract Documents.
The City and the Contractor recognize that time is of the essence of this Agreement and that the City will suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the time specified herein, plus any extensions thereof allowed in accordance with the Contract Documents. The City and Contractor also recognize the 209
01300
thereof allowed in accordance with the Contract Documents. The City and Contractor also recognize the delays, expense, and difficulties involved in proving the actual loss suffered by the City if the Work is not completed within the Contract Time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, and pursuant to the Contract Documents, the City and the Contractor agree that as liquidated damages (but not as a penalty), the Contractor shall pay the City the sum of $4,800 for each calendar day beyond August 12, 2022, and continuing until Bidder achieves Milestone #1, Substantial Completion (per Document 00100, Article
1.04.A.1), and $500 for each calendar day beyond August 19, 2022, that portion of the Contract Time within which the Bidder is required to achieve Milestone #2, Final Completion (per Document 00100, Article
1.04.A.3).
In accordance with the Contract Documents, including, without limitation Document 00400.4.2 (“Bid Proposal”), the daily amount that Contractor may charge to the City for all delay costs, direct and indirect (and inclusive of all expenses and damages, including, without limitation, jobsite and home office overhead costs and extended general conditions) applicable to the first sixty (60) calendar days of Compensable Delay, if any, is $1 per cal day, the amount set forth by Contractor in Document 00400.4.2 (“Bid Proposal”). This sum shall represent the exclusive and sole amount (i.e., payment in full for any and all direct and indirect delay costs) that Contractor, on behalf of itself and subcontractors and suppliers, of every tier, shall receive for any and all Compensable Delay(s) during the first sixty (60) calendar days of actual, Compensable Delay at the Project. Delay costs that may arise from Compensable Delay, if any, beyond the first sixty (60) calendar days of a Compensable Delay, if allowable, shall thereafter be governed by, and subject to, the applicable provisions of Sections 8 and 9 of the Standard Specifications, as modified by the Special Provisions, and the Contract Documents.
ARTICLE 3 - CONTRACT PRICE
The City agrees to pay, and the Contractor agrees to accept, in current funds for the performance of the Work pursuant to the Contract Documents, the Contract Sum for the completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents as follows:
Item
No Bid Item Unit Quant. Unit Price Total Cost
1 MOBILIZATION LS 1 $450,000.00 $450,000.00
2 TRAFFIC CONTROL LS 1 $228,743.70 $228,743.70
3 PROJECT SIGN EA 1 $1,350.00 $1,350.00
4 SUBSURFACE FACILITY LOCATIONS /
VERIFICATION LS 1 $6,000.00 $6,000.00
5 POTHOLE SUBSURFACE FACILITY
(AS DIRECTED) EA 47 $750.00 $35,250.00
6 CONSTRUCTION STAKING LS 1 $50,000.00 $50,000.00
7 WATER POLLUTION CONTROL LS 1 $10,000.00 $10,000.00
8 DEWATERING LS 1 $5,000.00 $5,000.00
9 TEMPORARY CHECK DAM EA 40 $550.00 $22,000.00
10 TEMPORARY WEIGHTED FIBER ROLL
(AS DIRECTED OR AUTHORIZED) LF 200 $15.00 $3,000.00
11 TEMPORARY DRAINAGE INLET
PROTECTION EA 34 $425.00 $14,450.00
210
01300
12 TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION
ENTRANCE (AS DIRECTED OR
AUTHORIZED)
EA 2 $2,500.00 $5,000.00
13 TEMPORARY FIBER ROLL (AS
DIRECTED OR AUTHORIZED) LF 200 $12.50 $2,500.00
14 TEMPORARY REINFORCED SILT
FENCE (AS DIRECTED OR
AUTHORIZED)
LF 200 $11.00 $2,200.00
15 TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION LIMIT
FENCE LF 2632 $6.00 $15,792.00
16 TEMPORARY CHAIN LINK FENCE LF 765 $10.00 $7,650.00
17 REMOVE STORM DRAIN PIPE (UP TO
& INCLUDING 36" DIA) LF 255 $100.00 $25,500.00
18 REMOVE STORM DRAIN INLET EA 10 $1,200.00 $12,000.00
19 REMOVE ROADSIDE SIGNS EA 22 $50.00 $1,100.00
20 REMOVE SNOW MARKERS EA 16 $50.00 $800.00
21 RESET UTILITY VAULT, LIDS, GRATE
TO FINISHED GRADE EA 6 $1,800.00 $10,800.00
22 RESET LANDSCAPE ROCK /
BOULDERS EA 1 $1,500.00 $1,500.00
23 REMOVE WOOD FENCE LF 56 $50.00 $2,800.00
24 REVEGETATION TREATMENT TYPE 2
(TT2), BIKE TRAIL SHOULDER SF 18250 $8.00 $146,000.00
25 REVEGETATION TREATMENT TYPE 3
(TT3), SOD REPLACEMENT SF 4310 $8.00 $34,480.00
26 INSTALL LANDSCAPE ELEMENTS
AND PLANTINGS REMOVED OR
DAMAGED DURING CONSTRUCTION
LS 1 $10,000.00 $10,000.00
27 RECONSTRUCT EXISTING
IRRIGATION SYSTEM DAMAGE
DURING CONSTRUCTION
LS 1 $15,000.00 $15,000.00
28 TREE REMOVAL (>12" to 24" DBH) EA 1 $2,500.00 $2,500.00 29 REMOVAL OF UNSUITABLE
MATERIAL (AS DIRECTED OR
AUTHORIZED)
CY 100 $150.00 $15,000.00
30 ROCK FRACTURE AND REMOVAL (AS
DIRECTED OR AUTHORIZED) CY 50 $265.00 $13,250.00
31 REMOVE AC CURB LF 181 $5.00 $905.00
32 REMOVE CONCRETE
VERTICAL/BATTERED CURB LF 60 $10.00 $600.00
33 REMOVE ASPHALT CONCRETE
PAVEMENT SF 74680 $4.00 $298,720.00
34 REMOVE ASPHALT CONCRETE
SIDEWALK SF 524 $3.00 $1,572.00
35 REMOVE CONCRETE DRIVEWAY SF 405 $5.00 $2,025.00
36 REMOVE CONCRETE PEDESTRIAN
RAMP SF 365 $3.00 $1,095.00
211
01300
37 REMOVE CONCRETE CURB AND
GUTTER LF 3450 $10.00 $34,500.00
38 DRAIN INLET, TYPE 1 EA 17 $15,500.00 $263,500.00
39 DRAIN INLET, TYPE 2 EA 5 $15,000.00 $75,000.00
40 YARD DRAIN EA 5 $5,000.00 $25,000.00
41 TRENCH DRAIN LF 107 $450.00 $48,150.00
42 48" DIA. STORM DRAIN MANHOLE EA 4 $14,500.00 $58,000.00 43 60" DIA. STORM DRAIN MANHOLE EA 8 $18,000.00 $144,000.00 44 72" DIA. STORM DRAIN MANHOLE EA 4 $26,000.00 $104,000.00 45 12" DIA. HDPE STORM DRAIN PIPE LF 30 $170.00 $5,100.00 46 15" DIA. HDPE STORM DRAIN PIPE LF 5 $560.00 $2,800.00 47 18" DIA. HDPE STORM DRAIN PIPE LF 500 $275.00 $137,500.00 48 30" DIA. HDPE STORM DRAIN PIPE LF 15 $800.00 $12,000.00 49 36" DIA. HDPE STORM DRAIN PIPE LF 110 $820.00 $90,200.00 50 ROLLED CONCRETE CURB AND
GUTTER LF 3205 $70.00 $224,350.00
51 CONCRETE VERTICAL CURB LF 45 $90.00 $4,050.00
52 CURB TRANSITION (CURB AND
GUTTER TO DRAIN INLET) EA 12 $1,500.00 $18,000.00
53 CURB TRANSITION (TYPE 2 - CURB
END TRANSITION) EA 5 $1,500.00 $7,500.00
54 CONCRETE VALLEY GUTTER, 26"
WIDE LF 428 $90.00 $38,520.00
55 AC DRIVEWAY (HOT MIX ASPHALT
TYPE A, PG 64-28 M) TON 40 $750.00 $30,000.00
56 AC SIDEWALK (HOT MIX ASPHALT
TYPE A, PG 64-28 M) TON 17 $900.00 $15,300.00
57 AC ROADWAY TIE-IN (HOT MIX
ASPHALT TYPE A, PG 64-28 M) TON 310 $550.00 $170,500.00 58 CLASS 1 MULTI-USE TRAIL, TYPE 1
(HOT MIX ASPHALT TYPE A, PG 64-28
M)
TON 97 $610.00 $59,170.00
59 CLASS 1 MULTI-USE TRAIL, TYPE 2
(HOT MIX ASPHALT TYPE A, PG 64-28
M)
TON 630 $590.00 $371,700.00
60 REINFORCED CONCRETE DRIVEWAY SF 7280 $35.00 $254,800.00 61 CONCRETE PEDESTRIAN RAMP AND
LANDING SF 1025 $35.00 $35,875.00
62 STONE WALL (TYPE 1) LF 170 $225.00 $38,250.00
63 PEDESTRIAN COUNTER EA 1 $18,000.00 $18,000.00
64 ROADSIDE SIGNS EA 24 $750.00 $18,000.00
65 MULTI-USE TRAIL SIGNS (AS
DIRECTED) EA 10 $700.00 $7,000.00
66 OBJECT MARKER, TYPE A EA 40 $150.00 $6,000.00
67 OBJECT MARKER, TYPE B EA 44 $150.00 $6,600.00
212
01300
68 PAVEMENT MARKING, LIMIT LINE
(12" WHITE), CALTRANS STANDARD
PLAN A24E
LF 225 $2.00 $450.00
69 TRAFFIC STRIPE, BIKE LANE LINE,
DETAIL 39, CALTRANS STANDARD
PLAN RSP A20D
LF 1180 $0.60 $708.00
70 TRAFFIC STRIPE, CHANNELIZING
LANE, DETAIL 38A, CALTRANS
STANDARD PLAN RSP A20D
LF 2648 $0.60 $1,588.80
71 TRAFFIC STRIPE, NO PASSING ZONES,
TWO DIRECTION, DETAIL 21,
CALTRANS STANDARD PLAN RSP
A20A
LF 3370 $0.75 $2,527.50
72 TRAFFIC STRIPE, TWO WAY LEFT
TURN LANES, DETAIL 31, CALTRANS
STANDARD PLAN RSP A20B
LF 2800 $0.60 $1,680.00
73 PAVEMENT MARKINGS,
CONTINENTAL CROSSWALK,
CALTRANS STANDARD PLAN A24F
AND A88A, DETAIL A (CITY ROW -
YELLOW SOLVENT BASED)
LF 230 $4.00 $920.00
74 PAVEMENT MARKINGS,
CONTINENTAL CROSSWALK,
CALTRANS STANDARD PLAN A24F
AND A88A, DETAIL B (CITY ROW -
WHITE SOLVENT BASED)
LF 700 $4.00 $2,800.00
75 PAVEMENT MARKINGS, TYPE VII (L)
ARROW, CALTRANS STANDARD
PLAN A24A
EA 1 $125.00 $125.00
76 PAVEMENT MARKINGS, TYPE IV (L)
ARROW, CALTRANS STANDARD
PLAN A24A
EA 6 $125.00 $750.00
77 PAVEMENT MARKINGS, TYPE IV (R)
ARROW, CALTRANS STANDARD
PLAN A24A
EA 1 $125.00 $125.00
78 PAVEMENT MARKINGS, TYPE I (10’-
0”) ARROW, CALTRANS STANDARD
PLAN A24A
EA 14 $125.00 $1,750.00
79 PAVEMENT MARKINGS, TYPE VIII
ARROW, CALTRANS STANDARD
PLAN A24A
EA 1 $125.00 $125.00
80 PAVEMENT MARKINGS, BIKE LANE
SYMBOL WITH PERSON, CALTRANS
STANDARD PLAN A24C
EA 7 $150.00 $1,050.00
81 PAVEMENT MARKINGS, BIKE LANE
ARROW, CALTRANS STANDARD
PLAN A24A
EA 7 $75.00 $525.00
82 PAVEMENT MARKINGS WORDS,
STOP, CALTRANS STANDARD PLAN
A24D
EA 7 $125.00 $875.00
213
01300
83 TRAFFIC STRIPE, INTERSECTION
LINE, BIKE LANE, DETAIL 39A,
CALTRANS STANDARD PLAN A20D
LF 375 $0.60 $225.00
84 PAVEMENT MARKINGS, GREEN BIKE
PAINT SF 3300 $2.00 $6,600.00
85 ELECTRICAL SERVICE PEDESTAL LS 1 $20,000.00 $20,000.00 86 ELECTRICAL IMPROVEMENTS
(PEDESTRIAN LIGHTING) LS 1 $165,000.00 $165,000.00
87 LIGHTING POLE AND LUMINAIRE EA 32 $13,000.00 $416,000.00 88 INFILTRATION GALLERY LF 1255 $185.00 $232,175.00
DAILY RATE OF COMPENSATION FOR
COMPENSABLE DELAY
CAL
DAY 60 $1.00 $60.00
TOTAL CONTRACT SUM $4,634,007.00
For the Total Contract Sum of Four million six hundred thirty-four thousand seven dollars and zero cents.
The above Total Contract Sum includes all allowances, if any, provided for in the Contract Documents.
Compensation for Unit Price Items shall be based upon the unit prices stated in the above schedule multiplied by the actual quantities or units of work and materials performed or furnished. Unit prices paid by the City may change depending on actual quantities or units of work completed in accordance with the Contract Documents.
ARTICLE 4 - PREVAILING WAGES
Pursuant to the provisions of California Labor Code, Sections 1770 to 1780, inclusive thereof, the Contractor, and any subcontractor, of any tier, shall pay not less than the prevailing rate of per diem wages as determined by the Director of the California Department of Industrial Relations.
Attention is directed to the federal minimum wage rate requirements as predetermined by the United States Secretary of Labor. If there is a difference between the minimum wage rate predetermined by the Secretary of Labor and the prevailing wage rate determined by the Director of Industrial Relations for similar classifications of labor, the Contractor and Subcontractor(s) shall pay not less than the higher wage rate.
In compliance with Senate Bill 854 and the California Labor Code, this project is subject to compliance monitoring and enforcement by the Department of Industrial Relations. Contractors must submit their certified payroll records directly to the Division of Labor Standards Enforcement Compliance Monitoring Unit through the electronic certified payroll reporting (eCPR) system, as well as to the City.
Pursuant to the provisions of California Labor Code Section 1773.2, the Contractor is hereby advised that copies of the prevailing rate of per diem wages and a general prevailing rate for holidays, Saturdays and Sundays and overtime work in the locality in which the Work is to be performed for each craft, classification, or type of worker required to execute the Contract, are on file in the City's office. The Contractor agrees that not less than said prevailing rates shall be paid to workers employed on this public works contract as required by Labor Code Section 1774. These rate determinations are found on the State of California Department of Industrial Relations’ website at: http://www.dir.ca.gov/dlsr/DPreWageDetermination.htm. Furthermore, the 214
01300
project has received federal funding and is required to meet Federal wage determinations which can be found at: http://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/ca9.dvb.
ARTICLE 5 - CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
The Agreement includes and incorporates by reference the Contract Documents for the Project, which consists of the following documents:
(a) Notice to Bidders (Document 00100);
(b) Instructions to Bidders (Document 00200);
(c) Bid Proposal (Document 00400);
(d) Bidder's Bond (Document 00410);
(e) Designation of Subcontractors (Document 00420);
(f) Self-Performance Declaration (Document 00425);
(g) Debarment and Suspension Certifications (Document 00430); (h) Non-Collusion Declaration (Document 00432);
(i) Worker's Compensation Certification (Document 00435); (j) Business and Professions Code Sections 7028.15 and 7031 Statement (Document 00440); (k) Bidder's Statement of Financial Responsibility, Technical Ability and Experience (Document 00450);
(l) Equal Employment Opportunity Certification (Document 00460); (m) Non-Lobbying Certification (Document 00465);
(n) Disclosure of Lobbying Activities (Document 00466); (o) Construction Contract DBE Commitment (Document 00471); (p) DBE Information – Good Faith Efforts (Document 00475); (q) Agreement (Document 00500);
(r) Payment Bond Form (Document 00610);
(s) Performance Bond Form (Document 00620);
(t) Sample Escrow Agreement for Security Deposits In Lieu of Retention (Document 00630); (u) Warranty/Guaranty Form (Document 00635);
(v) Acknowledgment of City Code (Document 00640);
(w) Bid Document Certification (Document 00650);
(x) The Standard Specifications of the State of California, Department of Transportation, dated 2018; the Standard Plans of the State of California, Department of Transportation, dated 2018 inclusive of Revised Standard Specifications through 11/19/20, and the South Lake Tahoe Public Improvement and Engineering Standards;
215
01300
(y) Special Provisions (which incorporate by reference, and, as specified, modify the Standard Specifications of the State of California, Department of Transportation, dated 2018; the Standard Plans of the State of California, Department of Transportation, dated 2018 inclusive of Revised Standard Specifications through 10/17/21, and the South Lake Tahoe Public Improvement and Engineering Standards) (Document 00700); (z) Supplemental Conditions (Document 00800), if any;
(aa) General Requirements, if any;
(bb) Construction Progress Documentation (Document 01300); (cc) Technical Specifications;
(dd) Contract Drawings;
(ee) Addenda (numbers 1 to 1, inclusive; and
(ff) Permits from other agencies as may be required by law. (gg) All Documents referenced as constituting the “Bid Documents” pursuant to Section 1.3 (“Bid Documents”) of the Special Provisions.
Exhibits to this Agreement are enumerated as follows:
• Exhibit A: Accepted Contractor’s Bid, attached hereto; FHWA – 1273 - Required Contract Provisions Federal-Aid Construction Contracts;
• Exhibit B: Federal Wage Rates;
• Exhibit C: Escrow Bid Document Certification; and
• Exhibit D: Insurance Certificates and Endorsements.
ARTICLE 6 - WORKERS’ COMPENSATION
Contractor shall take out and maintain during the life of the Agreement, adequate and sufficient workers’ compensation insurance for all Contractor’s employees employed at the site of improvements, and, if any Work is sublet, Contractor shall require each subcontractor similarly to provide workers’ compensation insurance for all of the latter’s employees, unless such employees are covered by the protection afforded by Contractor. If any class of employees engaged in Work under this contract at the site of the Project is not protected under workers’ compensation law, Contractor shall provide, and shall cause each subcontractor to provide, adequate insurance for the protection of employees not otherwise protected. Contractor shall indemnify the City and the California Department of Transportation for any damage resulting to it from failure of either Contractor or any subcontractor to take out or maintain such insurance.
By its signature upon this Agreement, Contractor certifies that it has carefully reviewed and is aware of the provisions of Section 3700 of the Labor Code which requires every employer to be insured against liability for worker's compensation, or to undertake self-insurance in accordance with the provisions of the labor Code.
Contractor, as a condition precedent to the commencement of its Work pursuant to the Agreement, shall comply with such provisions.
ARTICLE 7 - INDEMNITY AND INSURANCE
To the fullest extent permitted by law, including, without limitation, Civil Code section 2782, et seq., and in strict accordance with the Contract Documents, Contractor shall defend, indemnify, and hold harmless the 216
01300
City, its officials, officers, City Council members, employees, agent, the California Department of Transportation, the Project Manager, the Architect/Engineer, the Project consultants, and their respective principals, officers and employees, and each of them, of and from any and all claims, demands, suits, causes of action, damages, costs, expenses, attorneys' fees, losses, or liability, in law or in equity, of every kind and nature whatsoever related to, arising out of, or in connection with, Contractor's operations to be performed under this Agreement, and as otherwise set forth in Contract Documents, including, without limitation, Section 7-1.05A of the Standard Specifications, as modified by Section 7.11 of the Special Provisions. The obligations of defense and indemnity set forth in this Article, and in the Contract Documents, shall not be limited by any insurance requirements or obligations pursuant to the Contract Documents, and shall not extend to the sole negligence or willful misconduct of the City, or the active negligence of the City. The obligations arising from this Article shall not be construed to negate, abridge, or reduce other rights or obligations of indemnity (including all duties to defend), which would otherwise exist as to a party, or person described elsewhere in the Contract Documents.
Contractor shall maintain the insurance coverage described in Section 7-1.06 of the Standard Specifications, as modified by Section 7.12 of the Special Provisions, throughout the performance of the Agreement, including any maintenance, warranty and/or guaranty periods. This Agreement shall not be operative until evidence of such insurance has been provided to, and approved by, the City as to form, amount, and carrier.
Contractor shall not allow any subcontractor to commence Work at the Project until subcontractor provides evidence to Contractor and City that subcontractor has obtained insurance acceptable to the City.
ARTICLE 8 - NOTICES
Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, it shall be deemed to have been validly given if delivered in person to the individual for whom it is intended, or if delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the address listed below:
Notices required to be given to City: Notices required to be given to Contractor:
Public Works Director/City Engineer Sierra Nevada Construction Inc.
City of South Lake Tahoe P.O. Box 50760
1740 D Street Sparks, NV 89435
South Lake Tahoe, CA 96150-6251
Notices required to be given to any surety(ies):
Liberty Mutual Insurance Company
1340 Treat Blvd, Suite 400
Walnut Creek, CA 94567
ARTICLE 9 - MISCELLANEOUS
9.1 Terms. Terms used in this Agreement will have the meanings indicated in the Contract Documents.
9.2 Assignment. No assignment by a party hereto of any rights under or interests in the Agreement will be binding on another party hereto without the written consent of the party sought to be bound; and, specifically but without limitation, moneys that may become due and moneys that are due may not be assigned without 217
01300
such consent (except to the extent that the effect of this restriction may be limited by law), and unless specifically stated to the contrary in any written consent to an assignment, no assignment will release or discharge the assignor from any duty or responsibility under the Contract Documents.
9.3 Successors and Assigns. City and Contractor each binds itself, its partners, successors, assign, and legal representatives to the other party hereto, its partners, successors, assigns, and legal representatives in respect to all covenants, agreements, and obligations contained in the Contract Documents.
9.4 Severability. Any provision or part of the Contract Documents held to be void or unenforceable under any law or regulation shall be deemed stricken, and all remaining provisions shall continue to be valid and binding upon City and Contractor, who agree that the Contract Documents shall be reformed to replace such stricken provision or part thereof with a valid and enforceable provision that comes as close as possible to expressing the intention of the stricken provision.
9.5 South Lake Tahoe City Code. Contractor acknowledges that all pertinent provisions within the South Lake Tahoe City Code are incorporated by reference as though set forth in full herein, and, further, the failure of Contractor or any subcontractor, of any tier, to comply with any of its/their obligations under the Contract Documents, or the requirements of the South Lake Tahoe City Code, or any other applicable law, code, statute, or regulation, shall be deemed a material breach of the Agreement.
9.6 Third Party Beneficiary. Contractor expressly acknowledges the City's status as a third party beneficiary solely with respect to the performance to be rendered under each subcontract, of any tier, upon the Project, and, as a result, Contractor acknowledges that City possesses, inter alia, the rights enumerated within the South Lake Tahoe City Code as to the enforcement of obligations under subcontracts of any tier.
9.7 Regulatory Requirements. Contractor acknowledges that the Project is subject to requirements and regulations issued on behalf of various governmental and/or regulatory bodies, including, without limitation, the Lahontan Regional Water Quality Control Board and the Tahoe Regional Planning Agency, among others. Contractor agrees to fully and promptly comply with any and all requirements and regulations issued on behalf of such entities.
9.8 Governing Law. This Agreement and the Contract Documents shall be deemed to have been entered into in the County of El Dorado, State of California, and governed by California law. By entering into this Agreement, the Contractor consents and submits to the jurisdiction of Courts of the State of California, County of El Dorado, over any action of law, suit in equity, and/or other proceeding that may arise out of the Contract Documents.
IN WITNESS HEREOF, the said City of South Lake Tahoe, State of California, has caused this Agreement to be executed by its Mayor in its behalf, and the said Contractor has signed this Agreement the day and year first above written.
CITY OF SOUTH LAKE TAHOE Contractor: Sierra Nevada Construction Inc.
By By
Mayor, City of South Lake Tahoe,
State of California Title Mark Markwell Secretary/Treasurer
Business License No. 314588
218
01300
ATTEST: APPROVED AS TO FORM:
By By
City Clerk City Attorney
City of South Lake Tahoe City of South Lake Tahoe
219
Exhibit A
FHWA – 1273 - Required Contract Provisions FederalAid Construction Contracts 220
Local Assistance Procedures Manual Exhibit 12-G
Required Federal-Aid Contract Language
EXHIBIT 12-G REQUIRED FEDERAL-AID CONTRACT LANGUAGE
(For Local Assistance Construction Projects)
The following language must be incorporated into all Local Assistance Federal-aid construction contracts.
The following language, with minor edits, was taken from the Code of Federal Regulations.
MAINTAIN RECORDS AND SUBMIT REPORTS DOCUMENTING YOUR PERFORMANCE UNDER THIS
SECTION
1. DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISES (DBE) ................................................................................ 2 A. NONDISCRIMINATION STATEMENT.............................................................................................. 2 B. CONTRACT ASSURANCE............................................................................................................... 3 C. PROMPT PROGRESS PAYMENT ................................................................................................... 3 D. PROMPT PAYMENT OF WITHHELD FUNDS TO SUBCONTRACTORS ...................................... 3 E. TERMINATION AND SUBSTITUTION OF DBE SUBCONTRACTORS.......................................... 4 F. COMMITMENT AND UTILIZATION ................................................................................................. 5 G. DBE RUNNING TALLY OF ATTAINMENTS ................................................................................... 6
2. BID OPENING ................................................................................................................................................ 6
3. BID RIGGING ................................................................................................................................................. 6
4. CONTRACT AWARD ..................................................................................................................................... 6
5. CONTRACTOR LICENSE.............................................................................................................................. 6
6. CHANGED CONDITIONS .............................................................................................................................. 6 A. DIFFERING SITE CONDITIONS....................................................................................................... 6 B. SUSPENSIONS OF WORK ORDERED BY THE ENGINEER ......................................................... 6 C. SIGNIFICANT CHANGES IN THE CHARACTER OF WORK.......................................................... 7
7. BEGINNING OF WORK, TIME OF COMPLETION AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES...................................... 7
8. BUY AMERICA............................................................................................................................................... 7
9. QUALITY ASSURANCE................................................................................................................................. 8
10. PROMPT PAYMENT FROM THE AGENCY TO THE CONTRACTORS........................................................ 8
11. FORM FHWA-1273 REQUIRED CONTRACT PROVISIONS FEDERAL-AID CONTRACTS....................... 8
12. FEMALE AND MINORITY GOALS .............................................................................................................. 21
13. TITLE VI ASSURANCES.............................................................................................................................. 22
14. USE OF UNITED STATES-FLAG VESSELS (CARGO PREFERENCE ACT)............................................. 23
15. FEDERAL TRAINEE PROGRAM................................................................................................................. 23
January 2021
221
Local Assistance Procedures Manual Exhibit 12-G
Required Federal-Aid Contract Language
1. DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISES (DBE)
The contractor, subrecipient or subcontractor shall take necessary and reasonable steps to ensure that DBEs have opportunity to participate in the contract (49 CFR 26). To ensure equal participation of DBEs provided in 49 CFR 26.5, the Agency shows a contract goal for DBEs. The prime contractor shall make work available to DBEs and select work parts consistent with available DBE subcontractors and suppliers.
The prime contractor shall meet the DBE goal shown elsewhere in these special provisions or demonstrate that they made adequate good faith efforts to meet this goal.
It is the prime contractor’s responsibility to verify that the DBE firm is certified as DBE at date of bid opening and document the record by printing out the California Unified Certification Program (CUCP) data for each DBE firm. A list of DBEs certified by the CUCP can be found here.
All DBE participation will count toward the California Department of Transportation’s federally mandated statewide overall DBE goal.
Credit for materials or supplies the prime contractor purchases from DBEs counts towards the goal in the following manner:
• 100 percent counts if the materials or supplies are obtained from a DBE manufacturer. • 60 percent counts if the materials or supplies are obtained from a DBE regular dealer. • Only fees, commissions, and charges for assistance in the procurement and delivery of materials or supplies count if obtained from a DBE that is neither a manufacturer nor regular dealer. 49 CFR
26.55 defines "manufacturer" and "regular dealer."
The prime contractor receives credit towards the goal if they employ a DBE trucking company that performs a commercially useful function as defined in 49 CFR 26.55(d)(1) as follows:
• The DBE must be responsible for the management and supervision of the entire trucking operation for which it is responsible on a particular contract, and there cannot be a contrived arrangement for the purpose of meeting DBE goals.
• The DBE must itself own and operate at least one fully licensed, insured, and operational truck used on the contract.
• The DBE receives credit for the total value of the transportation services it provides on the Contract using trucks it owns, insures, and operates using drivers it employs. • The DBE may lease trucks from another DBE firm, including an owner-operator who is certified as a DBE. The DBE who leases trucks from another DBE receives credit for the total value of the transportation services the lessee DBE provides on the Contract. • The DBE may lease trucks without drivers from a non-DBE truck leasing company. If the DBE leases trucks from a non-DBE truck leasing company and uses its own employees as drivers, it is entitled to credit for the total value of these hauling services. • A lease must indicate that the DBE has exclusive use of and control over the truck. This does not preclude the leased truck from working for others during the term of the lease with the consent of the DBE, so long as the lease gives the DBE absolute priority for use of the leased truck. Leased trucks must display the name and identification number of the DBE. a. Nondiscrimination Statement
The contractor, subrecipient or subcontractor will never exclude any person from participation in, deny any person the benefits of, or otherwise discriminate against anyone in connection with the award and performance of any contract covered by 49 CFR 26 on the basis of race, color, sex, or national origin. In administering the Local Agency components of the DBE Program Plan, the contractor, subrecipient or subcontractor will not, directly, or through contractual or other arrangements, use criteria or methods of administration that have the effect of defeating or substantially impairing accomplishment of the objectives of the DBE Program Plan with respect to individuals of a particular race, color, sex, or national origin.
January 2021
222
Local Assistance Procedures Manual Exhibit 12-G
Required Federal-Aid Contract Language
b. Contract Assurance
Under 49 CFR 26.13(b):
The contractor, subrecipient or subcontractor shall not discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, or sex in the performance of this contract. The contractor shall carry out applicable requirements of 49 CFR 26 in the award and administration of federal-aid contracts. Failure by the contractor to carry out these requirements is a material breach of this contract, which may result in the termination of this contract or such other remedy as the recipient deems appropriate, which may include, but is not limited to:
(1) Withholding monthly progress payments;
(2) Assessing sanctions;
(3) Liquidated damages; and/or
(4) Disqualifying the contractor from future bidding as non-responsible. c. Prompt Progress Payment
The prime contractor or subcontractor shall pay to any subcontractor, not later than seven days after receipt of each progress payment, unless otherwise agreed to in writing, the respective amounts allowed the contractor on account of the work performed by the subcontractors, to the extent of each subcontractor’s interest therein. In the event that there is a good faith dispute over all or any portion of the amount due on a progress payment from the prime contractor or subcontractor to a subcontractor, the prime contractor or subcontractor may withhold no more than 150 percent of the disputed amount. Any violation of this requirement shall constitute a cause for disciplinary action and shall subject the licensee to a penalty, payable to the subcontractor, of 2 percent of the amount due per month for every month that payment is not made.
In any action for the collection of funds wrongfully withheld, the prevailing party shall be entitled to his or her attorney’s fees and costs. The sanctions authorized under this requirement shall be separate from, and in addition to, all other remedies, either civil, administrative, or criminal. This clause applies to both DBE and non-DBE subcontractors.
d. Prompt Payment of Withheld Funds to Subcontractors
The Agency may hold retainage from the prime contractor and shall make prompt and regular incremental acceptances of portions, as determined by the Agency, of the contract work, and pay retainage to the prime contractor based on these acceptances. The Agency shall designate one of the methods below in the contract to ensure prompt and full payment of any retainage kept by the prime contractor or subcontractor to a subcontractor. The Agency shall include either Method 1, Method 2, or Method 3 below and delete the other two.
Method 1: No retainage will be held by the Agency from progress payments due to the prime contractor.
Prime contractors and subcontractors are prohibited from holding retainage from subcontractors. Any delay or postponement of payment may take place only for good cause and with the Agency’s prior written approval. Any violation of these provisions shall subject the violating contractor or subcontractor to the penalties, sanctions, and other remedies specified in Section 7108.5 of the California Business and Professions Code and Section 10262 of the California Public Contract Code. This requirement shall not be construed to limit or impair any contractual, administrative or judicial remedies, otherwise available to the contractor or subcontractor in the event of a dispute involving late payment or nonpayment by the contractor, deficient subcontractor performance and/or noncompliance by a subcontractor. This clause applies to both DBE and non-DBE subcontractors.
Method 2: No retainage will be held by the Agency from progress payments due to the prime contractor.
Any retainage kept by the prime contractor or by a subcontractor must be paid in full to the earning subcontractor within seven (7) days after the subcontractor’s work is satisfactorily completed. Any delay or postponement of payment may take place only for good cause and with the Agency’s prior written approval. Any violation of these provisions shall subject the violating contractor or subcontractor to the penalties, sanctions, and remedies specified in Section 7108.5 of the California Business and Professions Code and Section 10262 of the California Public Contract Code. This requirement shall not be construed to limit or impair any contractual, administrative or judicial remedies, otherwise available to the contractor or subcontractor in the event of a dispute involving late payment or nonpayment by the contractor, deficient subcontractor performance and/or noncompliance by a subcontractor. This clause applies to both DBE and non-DBE subcontractors.
January 2021
223
Local Assistance Procedures Manual Exhibit 12-G
Required Federal-Aid Contract Language
Method 3: The Agency shall hold retainage from the prime contractor and shall make prompt and regular incremental acceptances of portions, as determined by the Agency of the contract work and pay retainage to the prime contractor based on these acceptances. The prime contractor or subcontractor shall return all monies withheld in retention from all subcontractors within seven (7) days after receiving payment for work satisfactorily completed and accepted including incremental acceptances of portions of the contract work by the Agency. Any delay or postponement of payment may take place only for good cause and with the Agency’s prior written approval. Any violation of these provisions shall subject the violating prime contractor or subcontractor to the penalties, sanctions, and other remedies specified in Section 7108.5 of the California Business and Professions Code and Section 10262 of the California Public Contract Code. This requirement shall not be construed to limit or impair any contractual, administrative or judicial remedies otherwise available to the contractor or subcontractor in the event of a dispute involving late payment or nonpayment by the contractor; deficient subcontractor performance and/or noncompliance by a subcontractor. This clause applies to both DBE and non-DBE subcontractors.
Any violation of these provisions shall subject the violating prime contractor or subcontractor to the penalties, sanctions and other remedies specified therein. These requirements shall not be construed to limit or impair any contractual, administrative, or judicial remedies otherwise available to the prime contractor or subcontractor in the event of a dispute involving late payment or nonpayment by the prime contractor, deficient subcontract performance, or noncompliance by a subcontractor. e. Termination and Substitution of DBE Subcontractors
The prime contractor shall utilize the specific DBEs listed to perform the work and supply the materials for which each is listed unless the contractor obtains the Agency’s written consent. The prime contractor shall not terminate or substitute a listed DBE for convenience and perform the work with their own forces or obtain materials from other sources without prior written authorization from the Agency. Unless the Agency’s prior written consent is provided, the contractor shall not be entitled to any payment for work or material unless it is performed or supplied by the listed DBE on the Exhibit 15-G Construction Contract DBE Commitment form, included in the Bid.
The Agency authorizes a request to use other forces or sources of materials if the bidder shows any of the following justifications:
1. Listed DBE fails or refuses to execute a written contract based on plans and specifications for the project.
2. The Local Agency stipulated that a bond is a condition of executing the subcontract and the listed DBE fails to meet the Local Agency’s bond requirements.
3. Work requires a contractor's license and listed DBE does not have a valid license under Contractors License Law.
4. Listed DBE fails or refuses to perform the work or furnish the listed materials (failing or refusing to perform is not an allowable reason to remove a DBE if the failure or refusal is a result of bad faith or discrimination).
5. Listed DBE's work is unsatisfactory and not in compliance with the contract.
6. Listed DBE is ineligible to work on the project because of suspension or debarment.
7. Listed DBE becomes bankrupt or insolvent.
8. Listed DBE voluntarily withdraws with written notice from the Contract
9. Listed DBE is ineligible to receive credit for the type of work required.
10. Listed DBE owner dies or becomes disabled resulting in the inability to perform the work on the Contract.
11. The Agency determines other documented good cause.
The prime contractor shall notify the original DBE of the intent to use other forces or material sources and provide the reasons, allowing the DBE 5 days to respond to the notice and advise the prime contractor and the Agency of the reasons why the use of other forces or sources of materials should not occur.
January 2021
224
Local Assistance Procedures Manual Exhibit 12-G
Required Federal-Aid Contract Language
The prime contractor’s request to use other forces or material sources must include:
1. One or more of the reasons listed in the preceding paragraph.
2. Notices from the prime contractor to the DBE regarding the request.
3. Notices from the DBEs to the prime contractor regarding the request.
If a listed DBE is terminated or substituted, the prime contractor must make good faith efforts to find another DBE to substitute for the original DBE. The substitute DBE must perform at least the same amount of work as the original DBE under the contract to the extent needed to meet or exceed the DBE goal. f. Commitment and Utilization
Note: In the Agency’s reports of DBE participation to Caltrans, the Agency must display both commitments and attainments.
The Agency’s DBE program must include a monitoring and enforcement mechanism to ensure that DBE commitments reconcile to DBE utilization.
The bidder shall submit the Exhibit 15-G Construction Contract DBE Commitment, included in the Bid book.
This exhibit is the bidder’s DBE commitment form. If the form is not submitted with the bid, the bidder must remove the form from the Bid book before submitting their bid.
The bidder shall complete and sign Exhibit 15-G Construction Contract DBE Commitment included in the contract documents regardless of whether DBE participation is reported. The bidder shall provide written confirmation from each DBE that the DBE is participating in the Contract. A copy of a DBE's quote serves as written confirmation. If a DBE is participating as a joint venture partner, the bidder shall submit a copy of the joint venture agreement.
If the DBE Commitment form, Exhibit 15-G, is not submitted with the bid, it must be completed and submitted by all bidders to the Agency within five (5) days of bid opening. If the bidder does not submit the DBE Commitment form within the specified time, the Agency will find the bidder’s bid nonresponsive.
The prime contractor shall use each DBE subcontractor as listed on Exhibit 12-B Bidder’s List of Subcontractors (DBE and Non-DBE), and Exhibit 15-G Construction Contract DBE Commitment form unless they receive authorization for a substitution.
The Agency shall request the prime contractor to:
1. Notify the Resident Engineer or Inspector of any changes to its anticipated DBE participation
2. Provide this notification before starting the affected work
3. Maintain records including:
• Name and business address of each 1st-tier subcontractor • Name and business address of each DBE subcontractor, DBE vendor, and DBEtrucking company, regardless of tier
• Date of payment and total amount paid to each business (see Exhibit 9-F Monthly Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Payment)
If the prime contractor is a DBE contractor, they shall include the date of work performed by their own forces and the corresponding value of the work.
Before the 15th of each month, the prime contractor shall submit a Monthly DBE Trucking Verification (LAPM Exhibit 16-Z1) form.
If a DBE is decertified before completing its work, the DBE must notify the prime contractor in writing of the decertification date. If a business becomes a certified DBE before completing its work, the business must notify the prime contractor in writing of the certification date. The prime contractor shall submit the notifications. Upon work completion, the prime contractor shall complete a Disadvantaged Business Enterprises (DBE) Certification Status Change, Exhibit 17-O, form and submit the form within 30 days of contract acceptance.
January 2021
225
I
Local Assistance Procedures Manual Exhibit 12-G
Required Federal-Aid Contract Language
Upon work completion, the prime contractor shall complete Exhibit 17-F Final Report – Utilization of Disadvantaged Business Enterprises (DBE), First-Tier Subcontractors and submit it within 90 days of contract acceptance. The Agency will withhold $10,000 until the form is submitted. The Agency releases the withhold upon submission of the completed form.
g. DBE RUNNING TALLY OF ATTAINMENTS
After submitting an invoice for reimbursement that includes a payment to a DBE, but no later than the 10th of the following month, the prime contractor/consultant shall complete and email the Exhibit 9- F: Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Running Tally of Payments to [email protected] with a copy to the Agency.
2. BID OPENINGThe Agency publicly opens and reads bids at the time and place shown on the Notice to Contractors.
3. BID RIGGING The U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT) provides a toll-free hotline to report bid rigging activities. Use the hotline to report bid rigging, bidder collusion, and other fraudulent activities. The hotline number is (800) 424-9071. The service is available 24 hours 7 days a week and is confidential and anonymous. The hotline is part of the DOT's effort to identify and investigate highway construction contract fraud and abuse and is operated under the direction of the DOT Inspector General.
4. CONTRACT AWARD If the Agency awards the contract, the award is made to the lowest responsible and responsive bidder.
5. CONTRACTOR LICENSE
The Contractor must be properly licensed as a contractor from contract award through Contract acceptance (Public Contract Code § 10164).
6. CHANGED CONDITIONS
a. Differing Site Conditions
1. During the progress of the work, if subsurface or latent physical conditions are encountered at the site differing materially from those indicated in the contract or if unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature, differing materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in the work provided for in the contract, are encountered at the site, the party discovering such conditions shall promptly notify the other party in writing of the specific differing conditions before the site is disturbed and before the affected work is performed.
2. Upon written notification, the engineer will investigate the conditions, and if it is determined that the conditions materially differ and cause an increase or decrease in the cost or time required for the performance of any work under the contract, an adjustment, excluding anticipated profits, will be made and the contract modified in writing accordingly. The engineer will notify the contractor of the determination whether or not an adjustment of the contract is warranted.
3. No contract adjustment which results in a benefit to the contractor will be allowed unless the contractor has provided the required written notice.
4. No contract adjustment will be allowed under this clause for any effects caused on unchanged work. (This provision may be omitted by the Local Agency, at their option.) b. Suspensions of Work Ordered by the Engineer
1. If the performance of all or any portion of the work is suspended or delayed by the engineer in writing for an unreasonable period of time (not originally anticipated, customary, or inherent to the construction industry) and the contractor believes that additional compensation and/or contract time is due as a result of such suspension or delay, the contractor shall submit to the engineer in writing a request for adjustment within 7 calendar days of receipt of the notice to resume work. The request shall set forth the reasons and support for such adjustment.
2. Upon receipt, the engineer will evaluate the contractor's request. If the engineer agrees that the cost and/or time required for the performance of the contract has increased as a result of such suspension and the suspension was caused by conditions beyond the control of and not the fault of the contractor, its suppliers, or subcontractors at any approved tier, and not caused by weather, the engineer will make an adjustment (excluding profit) and modify the contract in
January 2021
226
Local Assistance Procedures Manual Exhibit 12-G
Required Federal-Aid Contract Language
writing accordingly. The contractor will be notified of the engineer's determination whether or not an adjustment of the contract is warranted.
3. No contract adjustment will be allowed unless the contractor has submitted the request for adjustment within the time prescribed.
4. No contract adjustment will be allowed under this clause to the extent that performance would have been suspended or delayed by any other cause, or for which an adjustment is provided or excluded under any other term or condition of this contract. c. Significant Changes in the Character of Work
1. The engineer reserves the right to make, in writing, at any time during the work, such changes in quantities and such alterations in the work as are necessary to satisfactorily complete the project.
Such changes in quantities and alterations shall not invalidate the contract nor release the surety, and the contractor agrees to perform the work as altered.
2. If the alterations or changes in quantities significantly change the character of the work under the contract, whether such alterations or changes are in themselves significant changes to the character of the work or by affecting other work cause such other work to become significantly different in character, an adjustment, excluding anticipated profit, will be made to the contract.
The basis for the adjustment shall be agreed upon prior to the performance of the work. If a basis cannot be agreed upon, then an adjustment will be made either for or against the contractor in such amount as the engineer may determine to be fair andequitable.
3. If the alterations or changes in quantities do not significantly change the character of the work to be performed under the contract, the altered work will be paid for as provided elsewhere in the contract.
4. The term “significant change” shall be construed to apply only to the following circumstances:
• When the character of the work as altered differs materially in kind or nature from that involved or included in the original proposed construction; or • When a major item of work, as defined elsewhere in the contract, is increased in excess of 125 percent or decreased below 75 percent of the original contract quantity. Any allowance for an increase in quantity shall apply only to that portion in excess of 125 percent of original contract item quantity, or in case of a decrease below 75 percent, to the actual amount of work performed.
7. BEGINNING OF WORK, TIME OF COMPLETION AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES The Contractor shall begin work within 15 calendar days after the issuance of the Notice to Proceed.
This work shall be diligently prosecuted to completion before the expiration of WORKING DAYS beginning on the fifteenth calendar day after the date shown on the Notice to Proceed.
The Contractor shall pay to the City/County the sum of $ per day, for each and every calendar days’ delay in finishing the work in excess of the number of working days prescribed above.
8. BUY AMERICA
Furnish steel and iron materials to be incorporated into the work with certificates of compliance and certified mill test reports. Mill test reports must indicate where the steel and iron were melted and manufactured. Steel and iron materials must be produced in the U.S. except:
1. Foreign pig iron and processed, pelletized, and reduced iron ore may be used in the domestic production of the steel and iron materials [60 Fed Reg 15478 (03/24/1995)];
2. If the total combined cost of the materials does not exceed the greater of 0.1 percent of the total bid or $2,500, materials produced outside the U.S. may be used.
Production includes:
January 2021
227
Local Assistance Procedures Manual Exhibit 12-G
Required Federal-Aid Contract Language
1. Processing steel and iron materials, including smelting or other processes that alter the physical form or shape (such as rolling, extruding, machining, bending, grinding, and drilling) or chemical composition;
2. Coating application, including epoxy coating, galvanizing, and painting, that protects or enhances the value of steel and iron materials.
9. QUALITY ASSURANCE
The Local Agency uses a Quality Assurance Program (QAP) to ensure a material is produced to comply with the Contract. The Local Agency may examine the records and reports of tests the prime contractor performs if they are available at the job site. Schedule work to allow time for QAP.
10. PROMPT PAYMENT FROM THE AGENCY TO THE CONTRACTORS
The Agency shall make any progress payment within 30 days after receipt of an undisputed and properly submitted payment request from a contractor on a construction contract. If the Agency fails to pay promptly, the Agency shall pay interest to the contractor, which accrues at the rate of 10 percent per annum on the principal amount of a money judgment remaining unsatisfied. Upon receipt of a payment request, the Agency shall act in accordance with both of the following:
1. Each payment request shall be reviewed by the Agency as soon as practicable after receipt for the purpose of determining that it is a proper payment request.
2. Any payment request determined not to be a proper payment request suitable for payment shall be returned to the contractor as soon as practicable, but not later than seven (7) days, after receipt. A request returned pursuant to this paragraph shall be accompanied by a document setting forth in writing the reasons why the payment request is not proper.
11. FORM FHWA-1273 REQUIRED CONTRACT PROVISIONS FEDERAL-AID CONTRACTS (Excluding ATTACHMENT A - EMPLOYMENT AND MATERIALS PREFERENCE FOR APPALACHIAN
DEVELOPMENT HIGHWAY SYSTEM OR APPALACHIAN LOCAL ACCESS ROAD CONTRACTS) [The following 12 pages must be physically inserted into the contract without modification.]
January 2021
228
Local Assistance Procedures Manual Exhibit 12-G
Required Federal-Aid Contract Language
FHWA-1273 -- Revised May 1, 2012
REQUIRED CONTRACT
PROVISIONS FEDERAL-AID
CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS
January 2021
229
Local Assistance Procedures Manual Exhibit 12-G
Required Federal-Aid Contract Language
I. General
II. Nondiscrimination
III. No segregated Facilities
IV. Davis-Bacon and Related Act Provisions
V. Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act Provisions VI. Subletting or Assigning the Contract
VII. Safety: Accident Prevention
VIII. False Statements Concerning Highway Projects
IX. Implementation of Clean Air Act and Federal Water Pollution Control Act
X. Compliance with Government wide Suspension and Debarment Requirements
XI. Certification Regarding Use of Contract Funds for Lobbying
ATTACHMENTS
A. Employment and Materials Preference for Appalachian Development Highway System or Appalachian Local Access Road Contracts (included in Appalachian contracts only)
I. GENERAL
1. Form FHWA-1273 must be physically incorporated in each construction contract funded under Title 23 (excluding emergency contracts solely intended for debris removal). The contractor (or subcontractor) must insert this form in each subcontract and further require its inclusion in all lower tier subcontracts (excluding purchase orders, rental agreements and other agreements for supplies or services).
The applicable requirements of Form FHWA-1273 are incorporated by reference for work done under any purchase order, rental agreement or agreement for other services. The prime contractor shall be responsible for compliance by any subcontractor, lower-tier subcontractor or service provider.
Form FHWA-1273 must be included in all Federal-aid design-build contracts, in all subcontracts and in lower tier subcontracts (excluding subcontracts for design services, purchase orders, rental agreements and other agreements for supplies or services). The design-builder shall be responsible for compliance by any subcontractor, lower-tier subcontractor or service provider.
Contracting agencies may reference Form FHWA-1273 in bid proposal or request for proposal documents, however, the Form FHWA-1273 must be physically incorporated (not referenced) in all contracts, subcontracts and lower-tier subcontracts (excluding purchase orders, rental agreements and other agreements for supplies or services related to a construction contract).
2. Subject to the applicability criteria noted in the following sections, these contract provisions shall apply to all work performed on the contract by the contractor's own organization and with the assistance of workers under the contractor's immediate superintendence and to all work performed on the contract by piecework, station work, or by subcontract.
3. A breach of any of the stipulations contained in these Required Contract Provisions may be sufficient grounds for withholding of progress payments, withholding of final payment, termination of the contract, suspension / debarment or any other action determined to be appropriate by the contracting agency and FHWA.
4. Selection of Labor: During the performance of this contract, the contractor shall not use convict labor for any purpose within the limits of a construction project on a Federal-aid highway unless it is labor performed by convicts who are on parole, supervised release, or probation. The term Federal-aid highway does not include roadways functionally classified as local roads or rural minor collectors.
II. NONDISCRIMINATION
The provisions of this section related to 23 CFR Part 230 are applicable to all Federal-aid construction contracts and to all related construction subcontracts of $10,000 or more. The provisions of 23 CFR Part 230 are not applicable to material supply, engineering, or architectural service contracts.
In addition, the contractor and all subcontractors must comply with the following policies: Executive Order 11246, 41 CFR 60, 29 CFR 1625- 1627, Title 23 USC Section 140, the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended (29 USC 794), Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, and related regulations including 49 CFR Parts 21, 26 and 27; and 23 CFR Parts 200, 230, and 633.
The contractor and all subcontractors must comply with: the requirements of the Equal Opportunity Clause in 41 CFR 60-1.4(b) and, for all construction contracts exceeding $10,000, the Standard Federal Equal Employment Opportunity Construction Contract Specifications in 41 CFR 60-4.3.
Note: The U.S. Department of Labor has exclusive authority to determine compliance with Executive Order 11246 and the policies of the Secretary of Labor including 41 CFR 60, and 29 CFR 1625-1627.
The contracting agency and the FHWA have the authority and the responsibility to ensure compliance with Title 23 USC Section 140, the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended (29 USC 794), and Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, and related regulations including 49 CFR Parts 21, 26 and 27; and 23 CFR Parts 200, 230, and 633.
The following provision is adopted from 23 CFR 230, Appendix A, with appropriate revisions to conform to the U.S. Department of Labor (US DOL) and FHWA requirements.
1. Equal Employment Opportunity: Equal employment opportunity (EEO) requirements not to discriminate and to take affirmative action to assure equal opportunity as set forth under laws, executive orders, rules, regulations (28 CFR 35, 29 CFR 1630, 29 CFR 1625-1627, 41 CFR 60 and 49 CFR 27) and orders of the Secretary of Labor as modified by the provisions prescribed herein, and imposed pursuant to 23 U.S.C. 140 shall constitute the EEO and specific affirmative action standards for the contractor's project activities under this contract. The provisions of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (42 U.S.C. 12101 et seq.) set forth under 28 CFR 35 and 29 CFR 1630 are incorporated by reference in this contract. In the execution of this contract, the contractor agrees to comply with the following minimum specific requirement activities of EEO:
a. The contractor will work with the contracting agency and the Federal Government to ensure that it has made every good faith effort to provide equal opportunity with respect to all of its terms and conditions of employment and in their review of activities under the contract.
b. The contractor will accept as its operating policy thefollowing statement:
"It is the policy of this Company to assure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during employment, without regard to their race, religion, sex, color, national origin, age or disability. Such action shall include: employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship, pre-apprenticeship, and/or on-the-job training." FHWA-1273 -- Revised May 1, 2012
January 2021
230
Local Assistance Procedures Manual Exhibit 12-G
Required Federal-Aid Contract Language
2. EEO Officer: The contractor will designate and make known to the contracting officers and EEO Officer who will have the responsibility for and must be capable of effectively administering and promoting and active EEO program and who must be assigned adequate authority and responsibility to do so.
3. Dissemination of Policy: All members of the contractor's staff who are authorized to hire, supervise, promote, and discharge employees, or who recommend such action, or who are
substantially involved in such action, will be made fully cognizant of, and will implement, the contractor's EEO policy and contractual responsibilities to provide EEO in each grade and classification of employment. To ensure that the above agreement will be met, the following actions will be taken as a minimum:
a. Periodic meetings of supervisory and personnel office employees will be conducted before the start of work and then not less often than once every six months, at which time the contractor's EEO policy and its implementation will bereviewed and explained. The meetings will be conducted by the EEO Officer.
b. All new supervisory or personnel office employees will be given a thorough indoctrination by the EEO Officer, covering all major aspects of the contractor's EEO obligations within thirty days following their reporting for duty with the contractor. c. All personnel who are engaged in direct recruitment for the project will be instructed by the EEO Officer in the contractor's procedures for locating and hiring minorities and women. d. Notices and posters setting forth the contractor's EEO policywill be placed in areas readily accessible to employees, applicants for employment and potential employees.
e. The contractor's EEO policy and the procedures to implement such policy will be brought to the attention of employees by means of meetings, employee handbooks, or other appropriate means.
4. Recruitment: When advertising for employees, the contractor will include in all advertisements for employees the notation: "An Equal Opportunity Employer." All such advertisements will be placed in publications having a large circulation among minorities and women in the area from which the project work force would normally be derived.
a. The contractor will, unless precluded by a valid bargaining agreement, conduct systematic and direct recruitment through public and private employee referral sources likely to yield qualified minorities and women. To meet this requirement, the contractor will identify sources of potential minority group employees, and establish with such identified sources
procedures whereby minority and women applicants may be referred to the contractor for employment consideration. b. In the event the contractor has a valid bargaining agreement providing for exclusive hiring hall referrals, the contractor is expected to observe the provisions of that agreement to the extent that the system meets the contractor's compliance with EEO contract provisions. Where implementation of such an agreement has the effect of discriminating against minorities or women, or obligates the contractor to do the same, such implementation violates Federal nondiscrimination provisions. c. The contractor will encourage its present employees to refer minorities and women as applicants for employment.
Information and procedures with regard to referring such applicants will be discussed with employees.
5. Personnel Actions: Wages, working conditions, and employee benefits shall be established and administered, and personnel actions of every type, including hiring, upgrading, promotion, transfer, demotion, layoff, and termination, shall be taken without regard to race, color, religion, sex, national origin, age or disability.
The following procedures shall be followed:
a. The contractor will conduct periodic inspections of project sites to insure that working conditions and employee facilities do not indicate discriminatory treatment of project site personnel. b. The contractor will periodically evaluate the spread of wagespaid within each classification to determine any evidence of discriminatory wage practices.
c. The contractor will periodically review selected personnel actions in depth to determine whether there is evidence ofdiscrimination.
Where evidence is found, the contractor will promptly take corrective action. If the review indicates that the discrimination may extend beyond the actions reviewed, such corrective action shall include all affected persons.
d. The contractor will promptly investigate all complaints of alleged discrimination made to the contractor in connection with its obligations under this contract, will attempt to resolve such complaints, and will take appropriate corrective action within a reasonable time. If the investigation indicates that the discrimination may affect persons other than the complainant, such corrective action shall include such other persons. Upon completion of each investigation, the contractor will inform every complainant of all of their avenues of appeal.
6. Training and Promotion:
a. The contractor will assist in locating, qualifying, and increasing the skills of minorities and women who are applicants for employment or current employees. Such efforts should be aimed at developing full journey level status employees in the type of trade or job classification involved.
b. Consistent with the contractor's work force requirements and as permissible under Federal and State regulations, the contractor shall make full use of training programs, i.e., apprenticeship, and on-the-job training programs for the geographical area of contract performance. In the event a special provision for training is provided under this contract, this subparagraph will be superseded as indicated in the special provision. The contracting agency may reserve training positions for persons who receive welfare assistance in accordance with 23 U.S.C. 140(a). c. The contractor will advise employees and applicants for employment of available training programs and entrance
requirements for each.
d. The contractor will periodically review the training andpromotion potential of employees who are minorities and women and will encourage eligible employees to apply for such training and promotion.
January 2021
231
Local Assistance Procedures Manual Exhibit 12-G
Required Federal-Aid Contract Language
7. Unions: If the contractor relies in whole or in part upon unions as a source of employees, the contractor will use good faith efforts to obtain the cooperation of such unions to increase opportunities for minorities and women. Actions by the contractor, either directly or through a contractor's association acting as agent, will include the procedures set forth below:
a. The contractor will use good faith efforts to develop, in cooperation with the unions, joint training programs aimed toward qualifying more minorities and women for membership in the unions and increasing the skills of minorities and women so that they may qualify for higher paying employment.
b. The contractor will use good faith efforts to incorporate an EEO clause into each union agreement to the end that such union will be contractually bound to refer applicants without regard to their race, color, religion, sex, national origin, age or disability. c. The contractor is to obtain information as to the referral practices and policies of the labor union except that to the extent such information is within the exclusive possession of the labor union and such labor union refuses to furnish such information to the contractor, the contractor shall so certify to the contracting agency and shall set forth what efforts have been made to obtain such information.
d. In the event the union is unable to provide the contractor with a reasonable flow of referrals within the time limit set forth in the collective bargaining agreement, the contractor will, through independent recruitment efforts, fill the employment vacancies without regard to race, color, religion, sex, national origin, age or disability; making full efforts to obtain qualified and/or qualifiable minorities and women. The failure of a union to provide sufficient referrals (even though it is obligated to provide exclusive referrals under the terms of a collective bargaining agreement) does not relieve the contractor from the requirements of this paragraph. In the event the union referral practice prevents the contractor from meeting the obligations pursuant to Executive Order 11246, as amended, and these special provisions, such contractor shall immediately notify the contracting agency.
8. Reasonable Accommodation for Applicants / Employees
with Disabilities: The contractor must be familiar with the requirements for and comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act and all rules and regulations established there under.
Employers must provide reasonable accommodation in all
employment activities unless to do so would cause an undue hardship.
9. Selection of Subcontractors, Procurement of Materials and Leasing of Equipment: The contractor shall not discriminate on the grounds of race, color, religion, sex, national origin, age or disability in the selection and retention of subcontractors, including procurement of materials and leases of equipment. The contractor shall take all necessary and reasonable steps to ensure nondiscrimination in the administration of this contract. a. The contractor shall notify all potential subcontractors and suppliers and lessors of their EEO obligations under this contract. b. The contractor will use good faith efforts to ensure subcontractor compliance with their EEO obligations.
FHWA-1273 -- Revised May 1, 2012
10. Assurance Required by 49 CFR 26.13(b):
a. The requirements of 49 CFR Part 26 and the State DOT’s U.S.
DOT-approved DBE program are incorporated by reference. b. The contractor or subcontractor shall not discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, or sex in the performance of this contract. The contractor shall carry out applicable requirements of 49 CFR Part 26 in the award and administration of DOT-assisted contracts. Failure by the contractor to carry out these requirements is a material breach of this contract, which may result in the termination of this contract or such other remedy as the contracting agency deems appropriate.
11. Records and Reports: The contractor shall keep such records as necessary to document compliance with the EEO requirements.
Such records shall be retained for a period of three years following the date of the final payment to the contractor for all contract work and shall be available at reasonable times and places for inspection by authorized representatives of the contracting agency and the FHWA.
a. The records kept by the contractor shall document the following:
(1) The number and work hours of minority and non-minority group members and women employed in each work classification on the project;
(2) The progress and efforts being made in cooperation with unions, when applicable, to increase employment opportunities for minorities and women; and
(3) The progress and efforts being made in locating, hiring, training, qualifying, and upgrading minorities and women.
b. The contractors and subcontractors will submit an annual report to the contracting agency each July for the duration of the project, indicating the number of minority, women, and nonminority group employees currently engaged in each work classification required by the contract work. This information is to be reported on Form FHWA-1391. The staffing data should represent the project work force on board in all or any part of the last payroll period preceding the end of July. If on-the-job training is being required by special provision, the contractor will be required to collect and report training data. The employment data should reflect the work force on board during all or any part of the last payroll period preceding the end of July.
III. NONSEGREGATED FACILITIES
This provision is applicable to all Federal-aid construction contracts and to all related construction subcontracts of $10,000 or more.
The contractor must ensure that facilities provided for employees are provided in such a manner that segregation on the basis of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin cannot result. The contractor may neither require such segregated use by written or oral policies nor tolerate such use by employee custom. The contractor's obligation extends further to ensure that its employees are not assigned to perform their services at any location, under the contractor's control, where the facilities are segregated. The term "facilities" includes waiting rooms, work areas, restaurants and other eating areas, time clocks, restrooms, washrooms, locker rooms, and other storage or dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fountains, recreation or entertainment areas, transportation, and housing provided for employees. The contractor shall provide separate or single-user restrooms and necessary dressing or sleeping areas to assure privacy between sexes.
January 2021
232
Local Assistance Procedures Manual Exhibit 12-G
Required Federal-Aid Contract Language
IV. DAVIS-BACON AND RELATED ACT PROVISIONS
This section is applicable to all Federal-aid construction projects exceeding $2,000 and to all related subcontracts and lower-tier subcontracts (regardless of subcontract size). The requirements apply to all projects located within the right-of-way of a roadway that is functionally classified as Federal-aid highway. This excludes roadways functionally classified as local roads or rural minor collectors, which are exempt. Contracting agencies may elect to apply these requirements to other projects.
The following provisions are from the U.S. Department of Labor regulations in 29 CFR 5.5 “Contract provisions and related matters” with minor revisions to conform to the FHWA-1273 format and FHWA program requirements.
1. Minimum wages
a. All laborers and mechanics employed or working upon the site of the work, will be paid unconditionally and not less often than once a week, and without subsequent deduction or rebate on any account (except such payroll deductions as are permitted by regulations issued by the Secretary of Labor under the Copeland Act (29 CFR part 3)), the full amount of wages and bona fide fringe benefits (or cash equivalents thereof) due at time of payment computed at rates not less than those contained in the wage determination of the Secretary of Labor which is attached hereto and made a part hereof, regardless of any contractual relationship which may be alleged to exist between the contractor and such laborers and mechanics.
Contributions made or costs reasonably anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits under section 1(b)(2) of the Davis-Bacon Act on behalf of laborers or mechanics are considered wages paid to such laborers or mechanics, subject to the provisions of paragraph 1.d. of this section; also, regular contributions made or costs incurred for more than a weekly period (but not less often than quarterly) under plans, funds, or programs which cover the particular weekly period, are deemed to be constructively made or incurred during such weekly period. Such laborers and mechanics shall be paid the appropriate wage rate and fringe benefits on the wage
determination for the classification of work actually performed, without regard to skill, except as provided in 29 CFR 5.5(a)(4).
Laborers or mechanics performing work in more than one
classification may be compensated at the rate specified for each classification for the time actually worked therein: Provided, That the employer's payroll records accurately set forth the time spent in each classification in which work is performed. The wage determination (including any additional classification and wage rates conformed under paragraph 1.b. of this section) and the Davis-Bacon poster (WH–1321) shall be posted at all times by the contractor and its subcontractors at the site of the work in a prominent and accessible place where it can be easily seen by the workers.
b. (1) The contracting officer shall require that any class of laborers or mechanics, including helpers, which is not listed in the wage determination and which is to be employed under the contract shall be classified in conformance with the wage determination. The contracting officer shall approve an additional classification and wage rate and fringe benefits therefore only when the following criteria have been met:
FHWA-1273 -- Revised May 1, 2012
(i) The work to be performed by the classification requested is not performed by a classification in the wage determination; and (ii) The classification is utilized in the area by the construction industry; and
(iii) The proposed wage rate, including any bona fide fringe benefits, bears a reasonable relationship to the wage rates contained in the wage determination.
(2) If the contractor and the laborers and mechanics to be employed in the classification (if known), or their
representatives, and the contracting officer agree on the classification and wage rate (including the amount designated for fringe benefits where appropriate), a report of the action taken shall be sent by the contracting officer to the Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division, Employment Standards
Administration, U.S. Department of Labor, Washington, DC 20210. The Administrator, or an authorized representative, will approve, modify, or disapprove every additional classification action within 30 days of receipt and so advise the contracting officer or will notify the contracting officer within the 30-day period that additional time is necessary.
(3) In the event the contractor, the laborers or mechanics to be employed in the classification or their representatives, and the contracting officer do not agree on the proposed classification and wage rate (including the amount designated for fringe benefits, where appropriate), the contracting officer shall refer the questions, including the views of all interested parties and the recommendation of the contracting officer, to the Wage and Hour Administrator for determination. The Wage and Hour Administrator, or an authorized representative, will issue a determination within 30 days of receipt and so advise the contracting officer or will notify the contracting officer within the 30-day period that additional time is necessary.
(4) The wage rate (including fringe benefits where appropriate) determined pursuant to paragraphs 1.b.(2) or 1.b.(3) of this section, shall be paid to all workers performing work in the classification under this contract from the first day on which work is performed in the classification.
c. Whenever the minimum wage rate prescribed in the contract for a class of laborers or mechanics includes a fringe benefit which is not expressed as an hourly rate, the contractor shall either pay the benefit as stated in the wage determination or shall pay another bona fide fringe benefit or an hourly cash equivalent thereof.
d. If the contractor does not make payments to a trustee or other third person, the contractor may consider as part of the wages of any laborer or mechanic the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing bona fide fringe benefits under a plan or program, Provided, That the Secretary of Labor has found, upon the written request of the contractor, that the applicable standards of the Davis-Bacon Act have been met. The Secretary of Labor may require the contractor to set aside in a separate account assets for the meeting of obligations under the plan or program.
January 2021
233
Local Assistance Procedures Manual Exhibit 12-G
Required Federal-Aid Contract Language
2. Withholding
The contracting agency shall upon its own action or upon written request of an authorized representative of the Department of Labor, withhold or cause to be withheld from the contractor under this contract, or any other Federal contract with the same prime contractor, or any other federally-assisted contract subject to DavisBacon prevailing wage requirements, which is held by the same prime contractor, so much of the accrued payments or advances as may be considered necessary to pay laborers and mechanics, including apprentices, trainees, and helpers, employed by the contractor or any subcontractor the full amount of wages required by the contract. In the event of failure to pay any laborer or mechanic, including any apprentice, trainee, or helper, employed or working on the site of the work, all or part of the wages required by the contract, the contracting agency may, after written notice to the contractor, take such action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment, advance, or guarantee of funds until such violations have ceased.
3. Payrolls and basic records
a. Payrolls and basic records relating thereto shall be maintained by the contractor during the course of the work and preserved for a period of three years thereafter for all laborers and mechanics working at the site of the work. Such records shall contain the name, address, and social security number of each such worker, his or her correct classification, hourly rates of wages paid (including rates of contributions or costs anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits or cash equivalents thereof of the types described in section 1(b)(2)(B) of the Davis-Bacon Act), daily and weekly number of hours worked, deductions made and actual wages paid.
Whenever the Secretary of Labor has found under 29 CFR
5.5(a)(1)(iv) that the wages of any laborer or mechanic include the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing benefits under a plan or program described in section 1(b)(2)(B) of the Davis-Bacon Act, the contractor shall maintain records which show that the commitment to provide such benefits is enforceable, that the plan or program is financially responsible, and that the plan or program has been communicated in writing to the laborers or mechanics affected, and records which show the costs anticipated or the actual cost incurred in providing such benefits. Contractors employing apprentices or trainees under approved programs shall maintain written evidence of the registration of apprenticeship programs and certification of trainee programs, the registration of the apprentices and trainees, and the ratios and wage rates prescribed in the applicable programs.
b. (1) The contractor shall submit weekly for each week in which any contract work is performed a copy of all payrolls to the contracting agency. The payrolls submitted shall set out accurately and completely all of the information required to be maintained under 29 CFR 5.5(a)(3)(i), except that full social security numbers and home addresses shall not be included on weekly transmittals.
Instead the payrolls shall only need to include an individually identifying number for each employee ( e.g. , the last four digits of the employee's social security number). The required weekly payroll information may be submitted in any form desired. Optional Form WH–347 is available for this purpose from the Wage and Hour Division Web site at
http://www.dol.gov/esa/whd/forms/wh347instr.htm or its successor site. The prime contractor is responsible for the submission of copies of payrolls by all subcontractors. Contractors and subcontractors shall maintain the full social security number and FHWA-1273 -- Revised May 1, 2012
current address of each covered worker, and shall provide them upon request to the contracting agency for transmission to the State DOT, the FHWA or the Wage and Hour Division of the Department of Labor for purposes of an investigation or audit of compliance with prevailing wage requirements. It is not a violation of this section for a prime contractor to require a subcontractor to provide addresses and social security numbers to the prime contractor for its own records, without weekly submission to the contracting agency.
(2) Each payroll submitted shall be accompanied by a “Statement of Compliance,” signed by the contractor or subcontractor or his or her agent who pays or supervises the payment of the
persons employed under the contract and shall certify the following:
(i) That the payroll for the payroll period contains the information required to be provided under §5.5 (a)(3)(ii) of Regulations, 29 CFR part 5, the appropriate information is being maintained under §5.5 (a)(3)(i) of Regulations, 29 CFR part 5, and that such information is correct and complete;
(ii)That each laborer or mechanic (including each helper, apprentice, and trainee) employed on the contract during the payroll period has been paid the full weekly wages earned, without rebate, either directly or indirectly, and that no deductions have been made either directly or indirectly from the full wages earned, other than permissible deductions as set forth in Regulations, 29 CFR part 3;
(iii) That each laborer or mechanic has been paid not less than the applicable wage rates and fringe benefits or cash equivalents for the classification of work performed, as specified in the applicable wage determination incorporated into the contract. (3) The weekly submission of a properly executed certification set forth on the reverse side of Optional Form WH–347 shall satisfy the requirement for submission of the “Statement of Compliance” required by paragraph 3.b.(2) of this section. (4) The falsification of any of the above certifications may subject the contractor or subcontractor to civil or criminal prosecution under section 1001 of title 18 and section 231 of title 31 of the United States Code.
c. The contractor or subcontractor shall make the records required under paragraph 3.a. of this section available for inspection, copying, or transcription by authorized
representatives of the contracting agency, the State DOT, the FHWA, or the Department of Labor, and shall permit such representatives to interview employees during working hours on the job. If the contractor or subcontractor fails to submit the required records or to make them available, the FHWA may, after written notice to the contractor, the contracting agency or the State DOT, take such action as may be necessary to
cause the suspension of any further payment, advance, or guarantee of funds. Furthermore, failure to submit the required records upon request or to make such records available may be grounds for debarment action pursuant to 29 CFR 5.12.
January 2021
234
Local Assistance Procedures Manual Exhibit 12-G
Required Federal-Aid Contract Language
4. Apprentices and trainees
a. Apprentices (programs of the USDOL).
Apprentices will be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work they performed when they are employed pursuant to and individually registered in a bona fide apprenticeship program registered with the U.S. Department of Labor, Employment and Training Administration, Office of Apprenticeship Training, Employer and Labor Services, or with a State Apprenticeship Agency recognized by the Office, or if a person is employed in his or her first 90 days of probationary employment as an apprentice in such an apprenticeship program, who is not individually registered in the program, but who has been certified by the Office of Apprenticeship Training, Employer and Labor Services or a State Apprenticeship Agency (where appropriate) to be eligible for probationary employment as an apprentice.
The allowable ratio of apprentices to journeymen on the job site in any craft classification shall not be greater than the ratio permitted to the contractor as to the entire work force under the registered program. Any worker listed on a payroll at an apprentice wage rate, who is not registered or otherwise employed as stated above, shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed. In addition, any apprentice performing work on the job site in excess of the ratio permitted under the registered program shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the work actually performed. Where a contractor is performing construction on a project in a locality other than that in which its program is registered, the ratios and wage rates (expressed in percentages of the journeyman's hourly rate) specified in the contractor's or subcontractor's registered program shall be observed.
Every apprentice must be paid at not less than the rate specified in the registered program for the apprentice's level of progress, expressed as a percentage of the journeymen hourly rate specified in the applicable wage determination. Apprentices shall be paid fringe benefits in accordance with the provisions of the apprenticeship program. If the apprenticeship program does not specify fringe benefits, apprentices must be paid the full amount of fringe benefits listed on the wage determination for the applicable classification. If the Administrator determines that a different practice prevails for the applicable apprentice classification, fringes shall be paid in accordance with that determination.
In the event the Office of Apprenticeship Training, Employer and Labor Services, or a State Apprenticeship Agency recognized by the Office, withdraws approval of an apprenticeship program, the contractor will no longer be permitted to utilize apprentices at less than the applicable predetermined rate for the work performed until an acceptable program is approved.
b. Trainees (programs of the USDOL).
Except as provided in 29 CFR 5.16, trainees will not be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work performed unless they are employed pursuant to and individually registered in a program which has received prior approval, evidenced by formal certification by the U.S. Department of Labor, Employment and Training Administration.
FHWA-1273 -- Revised May 1, 2012
The ratio of trainees to journeymen on the job site shall not be greater than permitted under the plan approved by the Employment and Training Administration.
Every trainee must be paid at not less than the rate specified in the approved program for the trainee's level of progress, expressed as a percentage of the journeyman hourly rate specified in the applicable wage determination. Trainees shall be paid fringe benefits in accordance with the provisions of the trainee program. If the trainee program does not mention fringe benefits, trainees shall be paid the full amount of fringe benefits listed on the wage determination unless the Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division determines that there is an apprenticeship program associated with the corresponding journeyman wage rate on the wage determination which provides for less than full fringe benefits for apprentices. Any employee listed on the payroll at a trainee rate who is not registered and participating in a training plan approved by the Employment and Training Administration shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed. In addition, any trainee performing work on the job site in excess of the ratio permitted under the registered program shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the work actually performed.
In the event the Employment and Training Administration withdraws approval of a training program, the contractor will no longer be permitted to utilize trainees at less than the applicable predetermined rate for the work performed until an acceptable program is approved.
c. Equal employment opportunity. The utilization of apprentices, trainees and journeymen under this part shall be in conformity with the equal employment opportunity requirements of Executive Order 11246, as amended, and 29 CFR part 30.
d. Apprentices and Trainees (programs of the U.S. DOT).
Apprentices and trainees working under apprenticeship and skill training programs which have been certified by the Secretary of Transportation as promoting EEO in connection with Federal-aid highway construction programs are not subject to the requirements of paragraph 4 of this Section IV. The straight time hourly wage rates for apprentices and trainees under such programs will be established by the particular programs. The ratio of apprentices and trainees to journeymen shall not be greater than permitted by the terms of the particular program.
5. Compliance with Copeland Act requirements. The contractor shall comply with the requirements of 29 CFR part 3, which are incorporated by reference in this contract.
6. Subcontracts. The contractor or subcontractor shall insert Form FHWA-1273 in any subcontracts and also require the subcontractors to include Form FHWA-1273 in any lower tier subcontracts. The prime contractor shall be responsible for the compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor with all the contract clauses in 29 CFR 5.5.
7. Contract termination: debarment. A breach of the contract clauses in 29 CFR 5.5 may be grounds for termination of the contract, and for debarment as a contractor and a subcontractor as provided in 29 CFR 5.12.
January 2021
235
Local Assistance Procedures Manual Exhibit 12-G
Required Federal-Aid Contract Language
8. Compliance with Davis-Bacon and Related Act requirements.
All rulings and interpretations of the Davis-Bacon and Related Acts contained in 29 CFR parts 1, 3, and 5 are herein incorporated by reference in this contract.
9. Disputes concerning labor standards. Disputes arising out of the labor standards provisions of this contract shall not be subject to the general disputes clause of this contract. Such disputes shall be resolved in accordance with the procedures of the Department of Labor set forth in 29 CFR parts 5, 6, and 7. Disputes within the meaning of this clause include disputes between the contractor (or any of its subcontractors) and the contracting agency, the U.S.
Department of Labor, or the employees or their representatives.
10. Certification of eligibility.
a. By entering into this contract, the contractor certifies that neither it (nor he or she) nor any person or firm who has an interest in the contractor's firm is a person or firm ineligible to be awarded Government contracts by virtue of section 3(a) of the DavisBacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(1). b. No part of this contract shall be subcontracted to any person or firm ineligible for award of a Government contract by virtue of section 3(a) of the Davis-Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(1). c. The penalty for making false statements is prescribed in theU.S.
Criminal Code, 18 U.S.C. 1001.
V. CONTRACT WORK HOURS AND SAFETY STANDARDS
ACT
The following clauses apply to any Federal-aid construction contract in an amount in excess of $100,000 and subject to the overtime provisions of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act.
These clauses shall be inserted in addition to the clauses required by 29 CFR 5.5(a) or 29 CFR 4.6. As used in this paragraph, the terms laborers and mechanics include watchmen and guards.
1. Overtime requirements. No contractor or subcontractor contracting for any part of the contract work which may require or involve the employment of laborers or mechanics shall require or permit any such laborer or mechanic in any workweek in which he or she is employed on such work to work in excess of forty hours in such workweek unless such laborer or mechanic receives
compensation at a rate not less than one and one-half times the basic rate of pay for all hours worked in excess of forty hours in such workweek.
2. Violation; liability for unpaid wages; liquidated damages. In the event of any violation of the clause set forth in paragraph (1.) of this section, the contractor and any subcontractor responsible therefor shall be liable for the unpaid wages. In addition, such contractor and subcontractor shall be liable to the United States (in the case of work done under contract for the District of Columbia or a territory, to such District or to such territory), for liquidated damages. Such liquidated damages shall be computed with respect to each individual laborer or mechanic, including watchmen and guards, employed in violation of the clause set forth inparagraph(1.) of this section, in the sum of $10 for each calendar day on which such individual was required or permitted to work in excess of the standard workweek of forty hours without payment of the overtime wages required by the clause set forth in paragraph (1.) of this section.
FHWA-1273 -- Revised May 1, 2012
3. Withholding for unpaid wages and liquidated damages. The FHWA or the contacting agency shall upon its own action or upon written request of an authorized representative of the Department of Labor withhold or cause to be withheld, from any moneys payable on account of work performed by the contractor or subcontractor under any such contract or any other Federal contract with the same prime contractor, or any other federally-assisted contract subject to the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act, which is held by the same prime contractor, such sums as may be determined to be necessary to satisfy any liabilities of such contractor or subcontractor for unpaid wages and liquidated damages as provided in the clause set forth in paragraph (2.) of this section.
4. Subcontracts. The contractor or subcontractor shall insert in any subcontracts the clauses set forth in paragraph (1.) through (4.) of this section and also a clause requiring the subcontractors to include these clauses in any lower tier subcontracts. The prime contractor shall be responsible for compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor with the clauses set forth in paragraphs (1.) through (4.) of this section.
VI. SUBLETTING OR ASSIGNING THE CONTRACT
This provision is applicable to all Federal-aid construction contracts on the National Highway System.
1. The contractor shall perform with its own organization contract work amounting to not less than 30 percent (or a greater percentage if specified elsewhere in the contract) of the total original contract price, excluding any specialty items designated by the contracting agency. Specialty items may be performed by subcontract and the amount of any such specialty items performed may be deducted from the total original contract price before computing the amount of work required to be performed by the contractor's own organization (23 CFR 635.116).
a. The term “perform work with its own organization” refers to workers employed or leased by the prime contractor, and equipment owned or rented by the prime contractor, with or without operators. Such term does not include employees or equipment of a subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor, agents of the prime contractor, or any other assignees. The term may include payments for the costs of hiring leased employees from an employee leasing firm meeting allrelevant Federal and State regulatory requirements. Leased
employees may only be included in this term if the prime contractor meets all of the following conditions:
(1) the prime contractor maintains control over the supervision of the day-to-day activities of the leased employees;
(2) the prime contractor remains responsible for the quality of the work of the leased employees;
(3) the prime contractor retains all power to accept or exclude individual employees from work on the project; and
(4) the prime contractor remains ultimately responsible for the payment of predetermined minimum wages, the submission of payrolls, statements of compliance and all other Federal regulatory requirements.
b. "Specialty Items" shall be construed to be limited to work that requires highly specialized knowledge, abilities, or equipment not ordinarily available in the type of contracting organizations qualified and expected to bid or propose on the contract as a whole and in general are to be limited to minor components of the overall contract.
January 2021
236
Local Assistance Procedures Manual Exhibit 12-G
Required Federal-Aid Contract Language
2. The contract amount upon which the requirements set forth in paragraph (1) of Section VI is computed includes the cost of material and manufactured products which are to be purchasedor produced by the contractor under the contract provisions.
3. The contractor shall furnish (a) a competent superintendent or supervisor who is employed by the firm, has full authority todirect performance of the work in accordance with the contract requirements, and is in charge of all construction operations (regardless of who performs the work) and (b) such other of its own organizational resources (supervision, management, and engineering services) as the contracting officer determines is necessary to assure the performance of the contract.
4.No portion of the contract shall be sublet, assigned orotherwise disposed of except with the written consent of the contracting officer, or authorized representative, and such consent when given shall not be construed to relieve the contractor of any responsibility for the fulfillment of the contract. Written consent will be given only after the contracting agency has assured that each subcontract is evidenced in writing and that it contains all pertinent provisions and requirements of the prime contract.
5. The 30% self-performance requirement of paragraph (1) is not applicable to design-build contracts; however, contracting agencies may establish their own self-performancerequirements.
VII. SAFETY: ACCIDENT PREVENTION
This provision is applicable to all Federal-aid construction contracts and to all related subcontracts.
1. In the performance of this contract the contractor shall comply with all applicable Federal, State, and local laws governing safety, health, and sanitation (23 CFR 635). The contractor shall provide all safeguards, safety devices and protective equipment and take any other needed actions as it determines, or as the contracting officer may determine, to be reasonably necessary to protect the life and health of employees on the job and the safety of the public and to protect property in connection with the performance of the work covered by the contract.
2. It is a condition of this contract, and shall be made a condition of each subcontract, which the contractor enters into pursuant to this contract, that the contractor and any subcontractor shall not permit any employee, in performance of the contract, to work in surroundings or under conditions which are unsanitary, hazardous or dangerous to his/her health or safety, as determined under construction safety and health standards (29 CFR 1926)
promulgated by the Secretary of Labor, in accordance with Section 107 of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act (40 U.S.C. 3704).
3. Pursuant to 29 CFR 1926.3, it is a condition of this contract that the Secretary of Labor or authorized representative thereof, shall have right of entry to any site of contract performance to inspector investigate the matter of compliance with the construction safety and health standards and to carry out the duties of the Secretary under Section 107 of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act (40 U.S.C.3704).
VIII. FALSE STATEMENTS CONCERNING HIGHWAY
PROJECTS
This provision is applicable to all Federal-aid construction contracts and to all related subcontracts.
In order to assure high quality and durable construction in conformity with approved plans and specifications and a high degree of reliability on statements and representations made by engineers, contractors, suppliers, and workers on Federal-aid highway projects, it is essential that all persons concerned with the project perform their functions as carefully, thoroughly, and honestly as possible.
Willful falsification, distortion, or misrepresentation with respect to any facts related to the project is a violation of Federal law. To prevent any misunderstanding regarding the seriousness ofthese and similar acts, Form FHWA-1022 shall be posted on each Federal-aid highway project (23 CFR 635) in one or more places where it is readily available to all persons concerned with the project:
18 U.S.C. 1020 reads as follows:
"Whoever, being an officer, agent, or employee of the United States, or of any State or Territory, or whoever, whether a person, association, firm, or corporation, knowingly makes any false statement, false representation, or false report as to the character, quality, quantity, or cost of the material used or to be used, or the quantity or quality of the work performed or to be performed, or the cost thereof in connection with the submission of plans, maps, specifications, contracts, or costs of construction on any highway or related project submitted for approval to the Secretary of Transportation; or
Whoever knowingly makes any false statement, false
representation, false report or false claim with respect to the character, quality, quantity, or cost of any work performed or to be performed, or materials furnished or to be furnished, in connection with the construction of any highway or related project approved by the Secretary of Transportation; or
Whoever knowingly makes any false statement or false
representation as to material fact in any statement, certificate, or report submitted pursuant to provisions of the Federal-aid Roads Act approved July 1, 1916, (39 Stat. 355), as amended and
supplemented;
Shall be fined under this title or imprisoned not more than 5 years or both."
IX. IMPLEMENTATION OF CLEAN AIR ACT AND FEDERAL
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL ACT
This provision is applicable to all Federal-aid construction contracts and to all related subcontracts.
By submission of this bid/proposal or the execution of this contract, or subcontract, as appropriate, the bidder, proposer, Federal-aid construction contractor, or subcontractor, as appropriate, will be deemed to have stipulated as follows:
1. That any person who is or will be utilized in the
performance of this contract is not prohibited from receiving an award due to a violation of Section 508 of the Clean Water Act or Section 306 of the Clean Air Act.
2. That the contractor agrees to include or cause to be included the requirements of paragraph (1) of this Section X in every subcontract, and further agrees to take such action as the contracting agency may direct as a means of enforcing such requirements.
January 2021
237
Local Assistance Procedures Manual Exhibit 12-G
Required Federal-Aid Contract Language
FHWA-1273 -- Revised May 1, 2012
X. CERTIFICATION REGARDING DEBARMENT, SUSPENSION,
INELIGIBILITY AND VOLUNTARY EXCLUSION
This provision is applicable to all Federal-aid construction contracts, design-build contracts, subcontracts, lower-tier subcontracts, purchase orders, lease agreements, consultant contracts or any other covered transaction requiring FHWA approval or that is estimated to cost $25,000 or more – as defined in 2 CFR Parts 180 and 1200.
1. Instructions for Certification – First Tier Participants:
a. By signing and submitting this proposal, the prospective first tier participant is providing the certification set out below. b. The inability of a person to provide the certification set out below will not necessarily result in denial of participation in this covered transaction. The prospective first tier participant shall submit an explanation of why it cannot provide the certification set outbelow.
The certification or explanation will be considered in connection with the department or agency's determination whether to enter into this transaction. However, failure of the prospective first tier participant to furnish a certification or an explanation shall disqualify such a person from participation in this transaction. c. The certification in this clause is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when the contracting agency determined to enter into this transaction. If it is later determined that the prospective participant knowingly rendered an erroneous certification, in addition to other remedies available to the Federal Government, the contracting agency may terminate this
transaction for cause of default.
d. The prospective first tier participant shall provide immediatewritten notice to the contracting agency to whom this proposal is submitted if any time the prospective first tier participant learns that its certification was erroneous when submitted or has become erroneous by reason of changed circumstances.
e. The terms "covered transaction," "debarred," "suspended," "ineligible," "participant," "person," "principal," and "voluntarily excluded," as used in this clause, are defined in 2 CFR Parts 180 and 1200. “First Tier Covered Transactions” refers to any covered transaction between a grantee or subgrantee of Federal funds and a participant (such as the prime or general contract). “Lower Tier Covered Transactions” refers to any covered transaction under a First Tier Covered Transaction (such as subcontracts). “First Tier Participant” refers to the participant who has entered into a covered transaction with a grantee or subgrantee of Federal funds (such as the prime or general contractor). “Lower Tier Participant” refers any participant who has entered into a covered transaction with a First Tier Participant or other Lower Tier Participants (such as subcontractors and suppliers).
f. The prospective first tier participant agrees by submitting this proposal that, should the proposed covered transaction be entered into, it shall not knowingly enter into any lower tier covered transaction with a person who is debarred, suspended, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this covered transaction, unless authorized by the department or agency entering into this transaction.
g. The prospective first tier participant further agrees by submitting this proposal that it will include the clause titled "Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility and Voluntary Exclusion-Lower Tier Covered Transactions," provided by the department or contracting agency, entering into this covered transaction, without modification, in all lower tier covered transactions and in all solicitations for lower tier covered transactions exceeding the $25,000 threshold.
h. A participant in a covered transaction may rely upon a certification of a prospective participant in a lower tier covered transaction that is not debarred, suspended, ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from the covered transaction, unless it knows that the certification is erroneous. A participant is responsible for ensuring that its principals are not suspended, debarred, or otherwise ineligible to participate in covered transactions. To verify the eligibility of its principals, as well as the eligibility of any lower tier prospective participants, each participant may, but is not required to, checkthe Excluded Parties List System website (https://www.epls.gov/), which is compiled by the General Services Administration. i. Nothing contained in the foregoing shall be construed to require the establishment of a system of records in order to render ingood faith the certification required by this clause. The knowledge and information of the prospective participant is not required to exceed that which is normally possessed by a prudent person in the ordinary course of business dealings.
j. Except for transactions authorized under paragraph (f) of these instructions, if a participant in a covered transaction knowingly enters into a lower tier covered transaction with a person who is suspended, debarred, ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this transaction, in addition to other remedies available to the Federal Government, the department or agency may terminate this transaction for cause or default.
* * *
2. Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension,Ineligibility and Voluntary Exclusion – First Tier Participants:
a. The prospective first tier participant certifies to the best of its knowledge and belief, that it and its principals:
(1) Are not presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participating in covered transactions by any Federal department or agency;
(2) Have not within a three-year period preceding this proposal been convicted of or had a civil judgment rendered against them for commission of fraud or a criminal offense in connection with obtaining, attempting to obtain, or performing a public (Federal, State or local) transaction or contract under a public transaction; violation of Federal or State antitrust statutes or commission of embezzlement, theft, forgery, bribery, falsification or destruction of records, making false statements, or receiving stolen property;
(3) Are not presently indicted for or otherwise criminally or civilly charged by a governmental entity (Federal, State or local) with commission of any of the offenses enumerated in paragraph (a)(2) of this certification; and
(4) Have not within a three-year period preceding this
application/proposal had one or more public transactions (Federal, State or local) terminated for cause or default. b. Where the prospective participant is unable to certify to any of the statements in this certification, such prospective participant shall attach an explanation to this proposal.
January 2021
238
Local Assistance Procedures Manual Exhibit 12-G
Required Federal-Aid Contract Language
2. Instructions for Certification - Lower Tier Participants:
(Applicable to all subcontracts, purchase orders and other lower tier transactions requiring prior FHWA approval or estimated to cost $25,000 or more - 2 CFR Parts 180 and 1200)
a.By signing and submitting this proposal, the prospective lowertier is providing the certification set out below.
b. The certification in this clause is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when this transaction was entered into. If it is later determined that the prospective lower tier participant knowingly rendered an erroneous certification, in addition to other remedies available to the Federal Government, the department, or agency with which this transaction originated may pursue available remedies, including suspension and/or debarment.
c. The prospective lower tier participant shall provide immediate written notice to the person to which this proposal is submitted if at any time the prospective lower tier participant learns that its certification was erroneous by reason of changed circumstances. d. The terms "covered transaction," "debarred," "suspended," "ineligible," "participant," "person," "principal," and "voluntarily excluded," as used in this clause, are defined in 2 CFR Parts 180 and 1200. You may contact the person to which this proposal is submitted for assistance in obtaining a copy of those regulations. “First Tier Covered Transactions” refers to any covered transaction between a grantee or subgrantee of Federal funds and a participant (such as the prime or general contract). “Lower Tier Covered Transactions” refers to any covered transaction under a First Tier Covered Transaction (such as subcontracts). “First Tier Participant” refers to the participant who has entered into a covered transaction with a grantee or subgrantee of Federal funds (such as the prime or general contractor). “Lower Tier Participant” refers any participant who has entered into a covered transaction with a First Tier Participant or other Lower Tier Participants (such as subcontractors and suppliers). e. The prospective lower tier participant agrees by submitting this proposal that, should the proposed covered transaction be entered into, it shall not knowingly enter into any lower tier covered transaction with a person who is debarred, suspended, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this covered transaction, unless authorized by the department or agency with which this transaction originated.
f. The prospective lower tier participant further agrees by submitting this proposal that it will include this clause titled "Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility and Voluntary Exclusion-Lower Tier Covered Transaction," without modification, in all lower tier covered transactions and in all solicitations for lower tier covered transactions exceeding the $25,000 threshold. g. A participant in a covered transaction may rely upon a certification of a prospective participant in a lower tier covered transaction that is not debarred, suspended, ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from the covered transaction, unless it knows that the certification is erroneous. A participant is responsible for ensuring that its principals are not suspended, debarred, or otherwise ineligible to participate in covered transactions. To verify the eligibility of its principals, as well as the eligibility of any lower tier prospective participants, each participant may, but is not required to, check the Excluded Parties List System website (https://www.epls.gov/), which is compiled by the General Services Administration.
FHWA-1273 -- Revised May 1, 2012
h. Nothing contained in the foregoing shall be construed to require establishment of a system of records in order to render in good faith the certification required by this clause. The knowledge and normally possessed by a prudent person in the ordinary course of business dealings.
i. Except for transactions authorized under paragraph e of these instructions, if a participant in a covered transaction knowingly enters into a lower tier covered transaction with a person who is suspended, debarred, ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this transaction, in addition to other remedies available to the Federal Government, the department or agency with which this transaction originated may pursue available remedies, including suspension and/or debarment.
* * * * *
Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility and Voluntary Exclusion--Lower Tier Participants:
1. The prospective lower tier participant certifies, by submission of this proposal, that neither it nor its principals is presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared
ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participating in covered transactions by any Federal department or agency.
2. Where the prospective lower tier participant is unable to certify to any of the statements in this certification, such prospective participant shall attach an explanation to this proposal. * * * * *
XI. CERTIFICATION REGARDING USE OF CONTRACT FUNDS
FOR LOBBYING
This provision is applicable to all Federal-aid construction contracts and to all related subcontracts which exceed $100,000 (49 CFR 20).
1. The prospective participant certifies, by signing and submitting this bid or proposal, to the best of his or her knowledge and belief, that:
a. No Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid, by or on behalf of the undersigned, to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any Federal agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in
connection with the awarding of any Federal contract, the making of any Federal grant, the making of any Federal loan, the entering into of any cooperative agreement, and the extension, continuation, renewal, amendment, or modification of any Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement. b. If any funds other than Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any Federal agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with this Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement, the undersigned shall complete and submit Standard Form-LLL, "Disclosure Form to Report Lobbying," in accordance with its instructions.
January 2021
239
Local Assistance Procedures Manual Exhibit 12-G
Required Federal-Aid Contract Language
2. This certification is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when this transaction was made or entered into. Submission of this certification is a prerequisite for making or entering into this transaction imposed by 31 U.S.C. 1352.
Any person who fails to file the required certification shall be subject to a civil penalty of not less than $10,000 and not more than $100,000 for each such failure.
3.The prospective participant also agrees by submitting its bid or proposal that the participant shall require that the language of this certification be included in all lower tier subcontracts, which exceed information of participant is not required to exceed that which is $100,000 and that all such recipients shall certify and disclose accordingly.
January 2021
240
Local Assistance Procedures Manual Exhibit 12-G
Required Federal-Aid Contract Language
12. FEMALE AND MINORITY GOALS
To comply with Section II, "Nondiscrimination," of "Required Contract Provisions Federal-Aid Construction Contracts," the following are for female and minority utilization goals for Federal-aid construction contracts and subcontracts that exceed $10,000:
The nationwide goal for female utilization is 6.9 percent.
The goals for minority utilization [45 Fed Reg 65984 (10/3/1980)] are as follows:
MINORITY UTILIZATION GOALS
Economic
Area
Goal
(Percent)
174 Redding CA:
Non-SMSA (Standard Metropolitan Statistical Area) Counties:
CA Lassen; CA Modoc; CA Plumas; CA Shasta; CA Siskiyou; CA Tehama
6.8 175
Eureka, CA
Non-SMSA Counties:
CA Del Norte; CA Humboldt; CA Trinity
6.6 San Francisco-Oakland-San Jose, CA:
SMSA Counties:
7120 Salinas-Seaside-Monterey, CA 28.9
CA Monterey
7360 San Francisco-Oakland
CA Alameda; CA Contra Costa; CA Marin; CA San Francisco; CA San Mateo
25.6 176
7400 San Jose, CA
CA Santa Clara, CA
7485 Santa Cruz, CA
CA Santa Cruz
19.6 14.9
7500 Santa Rosa
CA Sonoma
9.1 8720 Vallejo-Fairfield-Napa, CA
CA Napa; CA Solano
17.1 Non-SMSA Counties:
CA Lake; CA Mendocino; CA San Benito
23.2 177
Sacramento, CA:
SMSA Counties:
6920 Sacramento, CA
CA Placer; CA Sacramento; CA
Yolo Non-SMSA Counties
CA Butte; CA Colusa; CA El Dorado; CA Glenn; CA Nevada; CA Sierra; CA Sutter; CA Yuba
16.1 14.3
Stockton-Modesto, CA:
SMSA Counties:
5170 Modesto, CA 12.3
178 CA Stanislaus
8120 Stockton, CA
CA San Joaquin
24.3 Non-SMSA Counties
CA Alpine; CA Amador; CA Calaveras; CA Mariposa; CA Merced; CA Tuolumne
19.8 Fresno-Bakersfield, CA
SMSA Counties:
179 0680 Bakersfield, CA
CA Kern
2840 Fresno, CA
19.1 26.1
January 2021
241
Local Assistance Procedures Manual Exhibit 12-G
Required Federal-Aid Contract Language
CA Fresno
Non-SMSA Counties:
CA Kings; CA Madera; CA Tulare
23.6 Los Angeles, CA:
SMSA Counties:
0360 Anaheim-Santa Ana-Garden Grove, CA 11.9
CA Orange
4480 Los Angeles-Long Beach, CA 28.3
180
CA Los Angeles
6000 Oxnard-Simi Valley-Ventura, CA
CA Ventura
6780 Riverside-San Bernardino-Ontario, CA
21.5 19.0
CA Riverside; CA San Bernardino
7480 Santa Barbara-Santa Maria-Lompoc, CA
19.7 CA Santa Barbara
Non-SMSA Counties
CA Inyo; CA Mono; CA San Luis Obispo
24.6 San Diego, CA:
SMSA Counties
181 7320 San Diego, CA
CA San Diego
16.9 Non-SMSA Counties
CA Imperial
18.2 For the last full week of July during which work is performed under the contract, the prime contractor and each non material-supplier subcontractor with a subcontract of $10,000 or more must complete Form FHWA PR-1391 (Appendix C to 23 CFR 230). Submit the forms by August 15.
13. TITLE VI ASSURANCES
During the performance of this Agreement, the contractor, for itself, its assignees and successors in interest (hereinafter collectively referred to as CONTRACTOR) agrees as follows:
a. Compliance with Regulations: CONTRACTOR shall comply with the regulations relative to nondiscrimination in federally assisted programs of the Department of Transportation, Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 21, as they may be amended from time to time, (hereinafter referred to as the REGULATIONS), which are herein incorporated by reference and made a part of this agreement.
b. Nondiscrimination: CONTRACTOR, with regard to the work performed by it during the AGREEMENT, shall not discriminate on the grounds of race, color, sex, national origin, religion, age, or disability in the selection and retention of sub-applicants, including procurements of materials and leases of equipment. CONTRACTOR shall not participate either directly or indirectly in the discrimination prohibited by Section 21.5 of the Regulations, including employment practices when the agreement covers a program set forth in Appendix B of the Regulations. c. Solicitations for Sub-agreements, Including Procurements of Materials and Equipment: In all solicitations either by competitive bidding or negotiation made by CONTRACTOR for work to be performed under a Sub- agreement, including procurements of materials or leases of equipment, each potential sub-applicant or supplier shall be notified by CONTRACTOR of the CONTRACTOR’S obligations under this Agreement and the Regulations relative to nondiscrimination on the grounds of race, color, or national origin. d. Information and Reports: CONTRACTOR shall provide all information and reports required by the Regulations, or directives issued pursuant thereto, and shall permit access to its books, records, accounts, other sources of information, and its facilities as may be determined by the California Department of Transportation or FHWA to be pertinent to ascertain compliance with such
January 2021
242
Local Assistance Procedures Manual Exhibit 12-G
Required Federal-Aid Contract Language
Regulations or directives. Where any information required of CONTRACTOR is in the exclusive possession of another who fails or refuses to furnish this information, CONTRACTOR shall so certify to the California Department of Transportation or the FHWA as appropriate, and shall set forth what efforts CONTRACTOR has made to obtain the information. e. Sanctions for Noncompliance: In the event of CONTRACTOR’s noncompliance with the nondiscrimination provisions of this agreement, the California Department of Transportation shall impose such agreement sanctions as it or the FHWA may determine to be appropriate, including, but not limited to:
i. withholding of payments to CONTRACTOR under the Agreement within a reasonable period of time, not to exceed 90 days; and/or
ii. cancellation, termination or suspension of the Agreement, in whole or in part. f. Incorporation of Provisions: CONTRACTOR shall include the provisions of paragraphs (1) through (6) in every sub-agreement, including procurements of materials and leases of equipment, unless exempt by the Regulations, or directives issued pursuant thereto.
CONTRACTOR shall take such action with respect to any sub-agreement or procurement as the California Department of Transportation or FHWA may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions including sanctions for noncompliance, provided, however, that, in the event CONTRACTOR becomes involved in, or is threatened with, litigation with a sub-applicant or supplier as a result of such direction, CONTRACTOR may request the California Department of Transportation enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the State, and, in addition, CONTRACTOR may request the United States to enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the United States.
14. USE OF UNITED STATES-FLAG VESSELS (CARGO PREFERENCE ACT) The CONTRACTOR agrees1. To utilize privately owned United States-flag commercial vessels to ship at least 50 percent of the gross tonnage (computed separately for dry bulk carries, dry cargo liners, and tankers) involved, whenever shipping any equipment, material, or commodities pursuant to this contract, to the extent such vessels are available at fair and reasonable rates for United States-flag commercial vessels.
2. To Furnish within 20 days following the date of loading for shipments originating within the United State or within 30 working days following the date of loading for shipments originating outside the United States, a legible copy of a rated “on-board” commercial ocean bill-of-lading in English for each shipment of cargo described in paragraph (1) of this section to both the Contracting Officer (through the prime contractor in the case of subcontractor bills-of-lading) and to the Division of National Cargo, Office of Market Development, Maritime Administration, Washington, DC 20590.
3. To insert the substance of the provisions of this clause in all subcontracts issued pursuant to this contract.
Federal Trainee Program Special Provisions
(to be used when applicable)
15. FEDERAL TRAINEE PROGRAM
For the Federal training program, the number of trainees or apprentices is .
This section applies if a number of trainees or apprentices is specified in the special provisions.
As part of the prime contractor’s equal opportunity affirmative action program, provide on-the-job training to develop full journeymen in the types of trades or job classifications involved.
The prime contractor has primary responsibility for meeting this training requirement.
If the prime contractor subcontracts a contract part, they shall determine how many trainees or apprentices are to be trained by the subcontractor. Include these training requirements in each subcontract.
Where feasible, 25 percent of apprentices or trainees in each occupation must be in their 1st year of apprenticeship or training.
January 2021
243
Local Assistance Procedures Manual Exhibit 12-G
Required Federal-Aid Contract Language
Distribute the number of apprentices or trainees among the work classifications on the basis of the prime contractor’s needs and the availability of journeymen in the various classifications within a reasonable recruitment area.
Before starting work, the prime contractor shall submit to the City/County of :
1. Number of apprentices or trainees to be trained for each classification
2. Training program to be used
3. Training starting date for each classification
The prime contractor shall obtain the City/County of approval for this submitted information before the prime contractor starts work. The City/County of credits the prime contractor for each apprentice or trainee the prime contractor employs on the job who is currently enrolled or becomes enrolled in an approved program.
The primary objective of this section is to train and upgrade minorities and women toward journeyman status.
The prime contractor shall make every effort to enroll minority and women apprentices or trainees, such as conducting systematic and direct recruitment through public and private sources likely to yield minority and women apprentices or trainees, to the extent they are available within a reasonable recruitment area and show that they have made the efforts. In making these efforts, the prime contractor shall not discriminate against any applicant for training.
The prime contractor shall not employ as an apprentice or trainee an employee:
1. In any classification in which the employee has successfully completed a training course leading to journeyman status or in which the employee has been employed as a journeyman
2. Who is not registered in a program approved by the US Department of Labor, Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training
The prime contractor shall ask the employee if the employee has successfully completed a training course leading to journeyman status or has been employed as a journeyman. The prime contractor’s records must show the employee's answers to the questions.
In the training program, the prime contractor shall establish the minimum length and training type for each classification. The City/County of and FHWA approves a program if one of the following is met:
1. It is calculated to:
Meet the your equal employment opportunity responsibilities Qualify the average apprentice or trainee for journeyman status in the classification involved by the end of the training period
2. It is registered with the U.S. Department of Labor, Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training, and it is administered in a way consistent with the equal employment responsibilities of Federal-aid highway construction contracts
The prime contractor shall obtain the State's approval for their training program before they start work involving the classification covered by the program.
The prime contractor shall provide training in the construction crafts, not in clerk-typist or secretarial-type positions. Training is allowed in lower level management positions such as office engineers, estimators, and timekeepers if the training is oriented toward construction applications. Training is allowed in the laborer classification if significant and meaningful training is provided and approved by the division office. Off-site training is allowed if the training is an integral part of an approved training program and does not make up a significant part of the overall training.
January 2021
244
Local Assistance Procedures Manual Exhibit 12-G
Required Federal-Aid Contract Language
The City/County of reimburses the prime contractor 80 cents per hour of training given an employee on thiscontract under an approved training program:
1. For on-site training
2. For off-site training if the apprentice or trainee is currently employed on a Federal-aid project and prime contractor does at least one of the following:
a. Contribute to the cost of the training
b. Provide the instruction to the apprentice or trainee c. Pay the apprentice's or trainee's wages during the off-site training period
3. If the prime contractor complies with this section.
Each apprentice or trainee must:
1. Begin training on the project as soon as feasible after the start of work involving the apprentice's or trainee's skill
2. Remain on the project as long as training opportunities exist in the apprentice's or trainee's work classification or until the apprentice or trainee has completed the training program The prime contractor shall furnish the apprentice or trainee with a copy of the program that the prime contractor will comply with in providing the training
January 2021
245
Exhibit B
Federal Wage Rates
246
11/19/21, 4:10 PM SAM.gov
https://sam.gov/wage-determination/CA20210007/24 1/45
"General Decision Number: CA20210007 10/29/2021
Superseded General Decision Number: CA20200007
State: California
Construction Types: Building, Heavy (Heavy and Dredging) and Highway
Counties: Alpine, Amador, Butte, Colusa, El Dorado, Glenn, Lassen, Marin, Modoc, Napa, Nevada, Placer, Plumas, Sacramento, Shasta, Sierra, Siskiyou, Solano, Sonoma, Sutter, Tehama, Trinity, Yolo and Yuba Counties in California.
BUILDING CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS (excluding Amador County only); DREDGING CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS (does not include hopper dredge work); HEAVY CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS (does not include water well drilling); AND HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS
Note: Under Executive Order (EO) 13658, an hourly minimum wage of $10.95 for calendar year 2021 applies to all contracts subject to the Davis-Bacon Act for which the contract is awarded (and any solicitation was issued) on or after January 1, 2015. If this contract is covered by the EO, the contractor must pay all workers in any classification listed on this wage determination at least $10.95 per hour (or the applicable wage rate listed on this wage determination, if it is higher) for all hours spent performing on the contract in calendar year 2021. If this contract is covered by the EO and a
classification considered necessary for performance of work on the contract does not appear on this wage determination, the contractor must pay workers in that classification at least the wage rate determined through the conformance process set forth in 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(ii) (or the EO minimum wage rate,if it is higher than the conformed wage rate). The EO minimum wage rate will be adjusted annually. Please note that this EO applies to the above-mentioned types of contracts entered into by the federal government that are subject to the Davis-Bacon Act itself, but it does not apply to contracts subject only to the Davis-Bacon Related Acts, including those set forth at 29 CFR
5.1(a)(2)-(60). Additional information on contractor
requirements and worker protections under the EO is available at www.dol.gov/whd/govcontracts.
Modification Number Publication Date
0 01/01/2021
1 01/08/2021
2 01/15/2021
3 01/22/2021
4 02/05/2021
5 02/19/2021
6 02/26/2021
7 04/02/2021
8 04/23/2021
9 05/07/2021
10 05/14/2021
11 05/21/2021
12 06/18/2021
13 06/25/2021
14 07/02/2021
15 07/09/2021
247
11/19/21, 4:10 PM SAM.gov
https://sam.gov/wage-determination/CA20210007/24 2/45
16 08/06/2021
17 08/13/2021
18 08/20/2021
19 08/27/2021
20 09/10/2021
21 09/24/2021
22 10/15/2021
23 10/22/2021
24 10/29/2021
ASBE0016-001 01/01/2021
AREA 1: MARIN, NAPA, SAN BENITO, SAN FRANCISCO, SOLANO, &
SONOMA COUNTIES
AREA 2: ALPINE, AMADOR, BUTTE, COLUSA, EL DORADO, GLENN,
MODOC, NEVADA, PLACER, PLUMAS, SACRAMENTO, SHASTA, SIERRA,
SISKIYOU, SUTTER, TEHEMA, TRINITY, YOLO, & YUBA COUNTIES Rates Fringes
Asbestos Workers/Insulator
(Includes the application of
all insulating materials,
Protective Coverings,
Coatings, and Finishes to all
types of mechanical systems)
Area 1......................$ 74.16 23.58
Area 2......................$ 46.81 33.50
---------------------------------------------------------------- ASBE0016-007 01/01/2021
AREA 1 : ALPINE, AMADOR, BUTTE, COLUSA, EL DORADO, GLENN,
LASSEN, MODOC, NEVADA, PLACER, PLUMAS, SACRAMENTO, SHASTA,
SIERRA, SISKIYOU, SOLANO, SONOMA, SUTTER, TEHAMA, TRINITY, YOLO & YUBA COUNTIES
AREA 2: MARIN & NAPA COUNTIES
Rates Fringes
Asbestos Removal
worker/hazardous material
handler (Includes
preparation, wetting,
stripping, removal,
scrapping, vacuuming, bagging
and disposing of all
insulation materials from
mechanical systems, whether
they contain asbestos or not)
AREA 1......................$ 30.45 10.60
AREA 2......................$ 36.53 9.27
---------------------------------------------------------------- BOIL0549-002 01/01/2021
Rates Fringes
BOILERMAKER
(1) Marin & Solano Counties.$ 49.62 41.27
(2) Remaining Counties......$ 45.60 38.99
---------------------------------------------------------------- BRCA0003-001 08/01/2020
248
11/19/21, 4:10 PM SAM.gov
https://sam.gov/wage-determination/CA20210007/24 3/45
Rates Fringes
MARBLE FINISHER..................$ 36.53 17.08
---------------------------------------------------------------- BRCA0003-004 05/01/2019
AREA 1: ALPINE, AMADOR, BUTTE, COLUSA, EL DORADO, GLENN,
LASSEN, MODOC, NEVADA, PLACER, PLUMAS, SACRAMENTO, SHASTA,
SIERRA, SUTTER, TEHAMA, YOLO AND YUBA COUNTIES
AREA 2: MARIN, NAPA, SISKIYOU, SOLANO, SONOMA AND TRINITY
COUNTIES
Rates Fringes
BRICKLAYER
AREA 1......................$ 43.24 21.63
AREA 2......................$ 45.92 26.70
SPECIALTY PAY:
(A) Underground work such as tunnel work, sewer work,
manholes, catch basins, sewer pipes and telephone conduit shall be paid $1.25 per hour above the regular rate. Work in direct contact with raw sewage shall receive $1.25 per hour in addition to the above.
(B) Operating a saw or grinder shall receive $1.25 per hour above the regular rate.
(C) Gunite nozzle person shall receive $1.25 per hour above the regular rate.
---------------------------------------------------------------- BRCA0003-008 07/01/2019
Rates Fringes
TERRAZZO FINISHER................$ 37.58 17.33
TERRAZZO WORKER/SETTER...........$ 48.53 26.84
---------------------------------------------------------------- BRCA0003-010 04/01/2019
Rates Fringes
TILE FINISHER
Area 1......................$ 27.31 14.75
Area 2......................$ 27.10 16.50
Area 3......................$ 29.94 16.38
Area 4......................$ 28.06 15.82
Tile Layer
Area 1......................$ 45.51 17.64
Area 2......................$ 45.15 19.06
Area 3......................$ 49.90 19.16
Area 4......................$ 46.77 19.08
AREA 1: Butte, Colusa, El Dorado, Glenn, Lassen, Modoc, Nevada, Placer, Plumas, Sacramento, Shasta, Sierra, Sutter, Tehema, Yolo, Yuba
AREA 2: Alpine, Amador
AREA 3: Marin, Napa, Solano, Siskiyou
AREA 4: Sonoma
---------------------------------------------------------------- BRCA0003-014 08/01/2020
249
11/19/21, 4:10 PM SAM.gov
https://sam.gov/wage-determination/CA20210007/24 4/45
Rates Fringes
MARBLE MASON.....................$ 51.30 28.47
---------------------------------------------------------------- CARP0034-001 07/01/2021
Rates Fringes
Diver
Assistant Tender, ROV
Tender/Technician...........$ 54.10 34.69
Diver standby...............$ 60.51 34.69
Diver Tender................$ 59.51 34.69
Diver wet...................$ 103.62 34.69
Manifold Operator (mixed
gas)........................$ 64.51 34.69
Manifold Operator (Standby).$ 59.51 34.69
DEPTH PAY (Surface Diving):
050 to 100 ft $2.00 per foot
101 to 150 ft $3.00 per foot
151 to 220 ft $4.00 per foot
221 ft.-deeper $5.00 per foot
SATURATION DIVING:
The standby rate shall apply until saturation starts. The saturation diving rate applies when divers are under
pressure continuously until work task and decompression are complete. The diver rate shall be paid for all saturation hours.
DIVING IN ENCLOSURES:
Where it is necessary for Divers to enter pipes or tunnels, or other enclosures where there is no vertical ascent, the following premium shall be paid: Distance traveled from entrance 26 feet to 300 feet: $1.00 per foot. When it is necessary for a diver to enter any pipe, tunnel or other enclosure less than 48"" in height, the premium will be $1.00 per foot.
WORK IN COMBINATION OF CLASSIFICATIONS:
Employees working in any combination of classifications within the diving crew (except dive supervisor) in a shift are paid in the classification with the highest rate for that shift.
---------------------------------------------------------------- CARP0034-003 07/01/2021
Rates Fringes
Piledriver.......................$ 54.10 34.69
---------------------------------------------------------------- CARP0035-001 08/01/2020
AREA 1: MARIN, NAPA, SOLANO & SONOMA
AREA 3: SACRAMENTO, WESTERN EL DORADO (Territory west of an including highway 49 and the territory inside the city limits of Placerville), WESTERN PLACER (Territory west of and
including highway 49), & YOLO
AREA 4: ALPINE, BUTTE, COLUSA, EASTERN EL DORADO, GLENN,
LASSEN, MODOC, NEVADA, EASTERN PLACER, PLUMAS, SHASTA, SIERRA,
SISKIYOU, SUTTER, TEHAMA, TRINITY, & YUBA
250
11/19/21, 4:10 PM SAM.gov
https://sam.gov/wage-determination/CA20210007/24 5/45
Rates Fringes
Drywall Installers/Lathers:
Area 1......................$ 52.65 31.26
Area 3......................$ 47.27 31.26
Area 4......................$ 45.92 31.26
Drywall Stocker/Scrapper
Area 1......................$ 26.33 18.22
Area 3......................$ 23.64 18.22
Area 4......................$ 22.97 18.22
---------------------------------------------------------------- CARP0035-009 07/01/2020
Marin County
Rates Fringes
CARPENTER
Bridge Builder/Highway
Carpenter...................$ 52.65 30.82
Hardwood Floorlayer,
Shingler, Power Saw
Operator, Steel Scaffold &
Steel Shoring Erector, Saw
Filer.......................$ 52.80 30.82
Journeyman Carpenter........$ 52.65 30.82
Millwright..................$ 52.75 32.41
---------------------------------------------------------------- CARP0035-010 07/01/2020
AREA 1: Marin, Napa, Solano & Sonoma Counties
AREA 2: Monterey, San Benito and Santa Cruz
AREA 3: Alpine, Butte, Colusa, El Dorado, Glenn, Lassen, Modoc, Nevada, Placer, Plumas, Sacramento, Shasta, Sierra, Siskiyou, Sutter, Tehama, Trinity, Yolo & Yuba counties
Rates Fringes
Modular Furniture Installer
Area 1
Installer..................$ 28.76 22.53
Lead Installer.............$ 32.21 23.03
Master Installer...........$ 36.43 23.03
Area 2
Installer..................$ 26.11 22.53
Lead Installer.............$ 29.08 23.03
Master Installer...........$ 32.71 23.03
Area 3
Installer..................$ 25.16 22.53
Lead Installer.............$ 27.96 23.03
Master Installer...........$ 31.38 23.03
---------------------------------------------------------------- CARP0046-001 07/01/2021
El Dorado (West), Placer (West), Sacramento and Yolo Counties Rates Fringes
Carpenters
Bridge Builder/Highway
251
11/19/21, 4:10 PM SAM.gov
https://sam.gov/wage-determination/CA20210007/24 6/45
Carpenter...................$ 54.85 31.49
Hardwood Floorlayer,
Shingler, Power Saw
Operator, Steel Scaffold &
Steel Shoring Erector, Saw
Filer.......................$ 49.12 31.49
Journeyman Carpenter........$ 48.97 31.49
Millwright..................$ 51.47 33.08
Footnote: Placer County (West) includes territory West of and including Highway 49 and El Dorado County (West) includes territory West of and including Highway 49 and territory inside the city limits of Placerville.
---------------------------------------------------------------- CARP0046-002 07/01/2021
Alpine, Colusa, El Dorado (East), Nevada, Placer (East), Sierra, Sutter and Yuba Counties
Rates Fringes
Carpenters
Bridge Builder/Highway
Carpenter...................$ 54.85 31.49
Hardwood Floorlayer,
Shingler, Power Saw
Operator, Steel Scaffold &
Steel Shoring Erector, Saw
Filer.......................$ 47.77 31.49
Journeyman Carpenter........$ 47.62 31.49
Millwright..................$ 50.12 33.08
---------------------------------------------------------------- CARP0152-003 07/01/2020
Amador County
Rates Fringes
Carpenters
Bridge Builder/Highway
Carpenter...................$ 52.65 30.82
Hardwood Floorlayer,
Shingler, Power Saw
Operator, Steel Scaffold &
Steel Shoring Erector, Saw
Filer.......................$ 45.57 30.82
Journeyman Carpenter........$ 45.42 30.82
Millwright..................$ 47.92 32.41
---------------------------------------------------------------- CARP0180-001 07/01/2021
Solano County
Rates Fringes
Carpenters
Bridge Builder/Highway
Carpenter...................$ 54.85 31.49
Hardwood Floorlayer,
Shingler, Power Saw
Operator, Steel Scaffold &
Steel Shoring Erector, Saw
Filer.......................$ 55.00 31.49
252
11/19/21, 4:10 PM SAM.gov
https://sam.gov/wage-determination/CA20210007/24 7/45
Journeyman Carpenter........$ 54.85 31.49
Millwright..................$ 54.95 33.08
---------------------------------------------------------------- CARP0751-001 07/01/2021
Napa and Sonoma Counties
Rates Fringes
Carpenters
Bridge Builder/Highway
Carpenter...................$ 54.85 31.49
Hardwood Floorlayer,
Shingler, Power Saw
Operator, Steel Scaffold &
Steel Shoring Erector, Saw
Filer.......................$ 55.00 31.49
Journeyman Carpenter........$ 54.85 31.49
Millwright..................$ 54.95 33.08
---------------------------------------------------------------- CARP1599-001 07/01/2020
Butte, Glenn, Lassen, Modoc, Plumas, Shasta, Siskiyou, Tehama and Trinity Counties
Rates Fringes
Carpenters
Bridge Builder/Highway
Carpenter...................$ 52.65 30.82
Hardwood Floorlayer,
Shingler, Power Saw
Operator, Steel Scaffold &
Steel Shoring Erector, Saw
Filer.......................$ 45.57 30.82
Journeyman Carpenter........$ 45.42 30.82
Millwright..................$ 47.92 32.41
---------------------------------------------------------------- ELEC0180-001 06/01/2021
NAPA AND SOLANO COUNTIES
Rates Fringes
CABLE SPLICER....................$ 59.69 3%+24.38
ELECTRICIAN......................$ 53.06 3%+24.38
---------------------------------------------------------------- ELEC0180-003 12/01/2020
NAPA AND SOLANO COUNTIES
Rates Fringes
Sound & Communications
Installer...................$ 42.11 22.41
Technician..................$ 48.43 22.60
SCOPE OF WORK INCLUDES-
SOUND & VOICE TRANSMISSION (Music, Intercom, Nurse Call, Telephone); FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS [excluding fire alarm work when installed in raceways (including wire and cable
pulling) and when performed on new or major remodel
building projects or jobs],
TELEVISION & VIDEO SYSTEMS, SECURITY SYSTEMS, COMMUNICATIONS 253
11/19/21, 4:10 PM SAM.gov
https://sam.gov/wage-determination/CA20210007/24 8/45
SYSTEMS that transmit or receive information and/or control systems that are intrinsic to the above.
EXCLUDES-
Excludes all other data systems or multiple systems which include control function or power supply; excludes
installation of raceway systems, line voltage work,
industrial work, life-safety systems (all buildings having floors located more than 75' above the lowest floor level having building access); excludes energy management
systems.
---------------------------------------------------------------- ELEC0340-002 02/01/2018
ALPINE, AMADOR, BUTTE, COLUSA, EL DORADO, GLENN, LASSEN,
NEVADA, PLACER, PLUMAS, SACRAMENTO, TRINITY, YOLO, YUBA COUNTIES Rates Fringes
Communications System
Sound & Communications
Installer...................$ 29.35 3%+15.35
Sound & Communications
Technician..................$ 33.75 3%+15.35
SCOPE OF WORK
Includes the installation testing, service and maintenance, of the following systems which utilize the transmission and/or transference of voice, sound, vision and digital for commercial, education, security and entertainment purposes for the following TV monitoring and surveillance,
background-foreground music, intercom and telephone
interconnect, inventory control systems, microwave
transmission, multi-media, multiplex, nurse call system, radio page, school intercom and sound, burglar alarms, and low voltage master clock systems.
A. SOUND AND VOICE TRANSMISSION/TRANSFERENCE SYSTEMS
Background foreground music Intercom and telephone
interconnect systems, Telephone systems, Nurse call
systems, Radio page systems, School intercom and sound
systems, Burglar alarm systems, Low voltage master clock systems, Multi-media/multiplex systems, Sound and musical entertainment systems, RF systems, Antennas and Wave Guide.
B. FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS
Installation, wire pulling and testing
C. TELEVISION AND VIDEO SYSTEMS Television monitoring and surveillance systems, Video security systems, Video
entertainment systems, Video educational systems, Microwave transmission systems, CATV and CCTV
D. SECURITY SYSTEMS Perimeter security systems
Vibration sensor systems Card access systems Access
control systems Sonar/infrared monitoring equipment
E. COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS THAT TRANSMIT OR RECEIVE
INFORMATION AND/OR CONTROL SYSTEMS THAT ARE INTRINSIC TO THE ABOVE LISTED SYSTEMS SCADA (Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition) PCM (Pulse Code Modulation)
Inventory Control Systems Digital Data Systems
254
11/19/21, 4:10 PM SAM.gov
https://sam.gov/wage-determination/CA20210007/24 9/45
Broadband and Baseband and Carriers Point of Sale
Systems VSAT Data Systems Data Communication
Systems RF and Remote Control Systems Fiber Optic
Data Systems WORK EXCLUDED Raceway systems are not covered (excluding Ladder-Rack for the purpose of the above listed systems). Chases and/or nipples (not to exceed 10 feet) may be installed on open wiring systems. Energy management systems. SCADA (Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition) when not intrinsic to the above listed systems (in the
scope). Fire alarm systems when installed in raceways
(including wire and cable pulling) shall be performed at the electrician wage rate, when either of the following two (2) conditions apply:
1. The project involves new or major remodel building trades construction.
2. The conductors for the fire alarm system are installed in conduit.
---------------------------------------------------------------- ELEC0340-003 06/01/2021
ALPINE (West of Sierra Mt. Watershed), AMADOR, BUTTE, COLUSA, EL DORADO (West of Sierra Mt. Watershed), GLENN, LASSEN, NEVADA (West of Sierra Mt. Watershed), PLACER, PLUMAS, SACRAMENTO, SHASTA, SIERRA (West of Sierra Mt. Watershed), SUTTER, TEHAMA,
TRINITY, YOLO & YUBA COUNTIES
Rates Fringes
ELECTRICIAN
Remaining area..............$ 41.56 32.49
Sierra Army Depot, Herlong..$ 48.83 18.54
Tunnel work.................$ 41.01 18.54
CABLE SPLICER: Receives 110% of the Electrician basic hourly rate.
---------------------------------------------------------------- ELEC0401-005 07/01/2020
ALPINE (east of the main watershed divide), EL DORADO (east of the main watershed divide), NEVADA (east of the main
watershed), PLACER (east of the main watershed divide) and SIERRA (east of the main watershed divide) COUNTIES:
Rates Fringes
ELECTRICIAN......................$ 41.50 20.17
ZONE RATE:
70-90 miles - $8.00 per hour
91+ miles - $10.00 per hour
---------------------------------------------------------------- ELEC0551-004 06/01/2021
MARIN AND SONOMA COUNTIES
Rates Fringes
ELECTRICIAN......................$ 53.90 26.47
---------------------------------------------------------------- 255
11/19/21, 4:10 PM SAM.gov
https://sam.gov/wage-determination/CA20210007/24 10/45
ELEC0551-005 12/21/2020
MARIN & SONOMA COUNTIES
Rates Fringes
Sound & Communications
Installer...................$ 42.11 22.41
Technician..................$ 48.43 22.60
SCOPE OF WORK INCLUDES-
SOUND & VOICE TRANSMISSION (Music, Intercom, Nurse Call, Telephone); FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS [excluding fire alarm work when installed in raceways (including wire and cable
pulling) and when performed on new or major remodel
building projects or jobs],
TELEVISION & VIDEO SYSTEMS, SECURITY SYSTEMS, COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS that transmit or receive information and/or control systems that are intrinsic to the above.
EXCLUDES-
Excludes all other data systems or multiple systems which include control function or power supply; excludes
installation of raceway systems, line voltage work,
industrial work, life-safety systems (all buildings having floors located more than 75' above the lowest floor level having building access); excludes energy management
systems.
---------------------------------------------------------------- ELEC0659-006 01/01/2021
DEL NORTE, MODOC and SISKIYOU COUNTIES
Rates Fringes
ELECTRICIAN......................$ 38.49 17.74
---------------------------------------------------------------- ELEC0659-008 02/01/2020
DEL NORTE, MODOC & SISKIYOU COUNTIES
Rates Fringes
Line Construction
(1) Cable Splicer...........$ 60.28 4.5%+19.40
(2) Lineman, Pole Sprayer,
Heavy Line Equipment Man....$ 53.82 4.5%+19.40
(3) Tree Trimmer............$ 37.84 4.5%+14.30
(4) Line Equipment Man......$ 53.82 4.5%+19.40
(5) Powdermen,
Jackhammermen...............$ 40.37 4.5%+14.30
(6) Groundman...............$ 33.37 4.5%+14.30
---------------------------------------------------------------- ELEC1245-004 06/01/2021
ALL COUNTIES EXCEPT DEL NORTE, MODOC & SISKIYOU
Rates Fringes
LINE CONSTRUCTION
(1) Lineman; Cable splicer..$ 60.19 21.94
(2) Equipment specialist
(operates crawler
tractors, commercial motor
256
11/19/21, 4:10 PM SAM.gov
https://sam.gov/wage-determination/CA20210007/24 11/45
vehicles, backhoes,
trenchers, cranes (50 tons
and below), overhead &
underground distribution
line equipment)...........$ 48.08 20.73
(3) Groundman...............$ 36.76 20.33
(4) Powderman...............$ 51.87 18.79
HOLIDAYS: New Year's Day, M.L. King Day, Memorial Day,
Independence Day, Labor Day, Veterans Day, Thanksgiving Day and day after Thanksgiving, Christmas Day
---------------------------------------------------------------- ELEV0008-001 01/01/2021
Rates Fringes
ELEVATOR MECHANIC................$ 72.10 35.825+a+b
FOOTNOTE:
a. PAID VACATION: Employer contributes 8% of regular hourly rate as vacation pay credit for employees with more than 5 years of service, and 6% for 6 months to 5 years of service. b. PAID HOLIDAYS: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Veterans' Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday after Thanksgiving, and Christmas Day.
---------------------------------------------------------------- ENGI0003-008 07/20/2020
Rates Fringes
Dredging: (DREDGING:
CLAMSHELL & DIPPER DREDGING;
HYDRAULIC SUCTION DREDGING:)
AREA 1:
(1) Leverman...............$ 49.88 34.35
(2) Dredge Dozer; Heavy
duty repairman.............$ 44.92 34.35
(3) Booster Pump
Operator; Deck
Engineer; Deck mate;
Dredge Tender; Winch
Operator...................$ 43.80 34.35
(4) Bargeman; Deckhand;
Fireman; Leveehand; Oiler..$ 40.50 34.35
AREA 2:
(1) Leverman...............$ 51.88 34.35
(2) Dredge Dozer; Heavy
duty repairman.............$ 46.92 34.35
(3) Booster Pump
Operator; Deck
Engineer; Deck mate;
Dredge Tender; Winch
Operator...................$ 45.80 34.35
(4) Bargeman; Deckhand;
Fireman; Leveehand; Oiler..$ 42.50 34.35
AREA DESCRIPTIONS
AREA 1: ALAMEDA,BUTTE, CONTRA COSTA, KINGS, MARIN, MERCED,
NAPA, SACRAMENTO, SAN BENITO, SAN FRANCISCO, SAN JOAQUIN,
SAN MATEO, SANTA CLARA, SANTA CRUZ, SOLANO, STANISLAUS,
SUTTER, YOLO, AND YUBA COUNTIES
257
11/19/21, 4:10 PM SAM.gov
https://sam.gov/wage-determination/CA20210007/24 12/45
AREA 2: MODOC COUNTY
THE REMAINGING COUNTIES ARE SPLIT BETWEEN AREA 1 AND AREA 2 AS NOTED BELOW:
ALPINE COUNTY:
Area 1: Northernmost part
Area 2: Remainder
CALAVERAS COUNTY:
Area 1: Remainder
Area 2: Eastern part
COLUSA COUNTY:
Area 1: Eastern part
Area 2: Remainder
ELDORADO COUNTY:
Area 1: North Central part
Area 2: Remainder
FRESNO COUNTY:
Area 1: Remainder
Area 2: Eastern part
GLENN COUNTY:
Area 1: Eastern part
Area 2: Remainder
LASSEN COUNTY:
Area 1: Western part along the Southern portion of border with Shasta County
Area 2: Remainder
MADERA COUNTY:
Area 1: Except Eastern part
Area 2: Eastern part
MARIPOSA COUNTY
Area 1: Except Eastern part
Area 2: Eastern part
MONTERREY COUNTY
Area 1: Except Southwestern part
Area 2: Southwestern part
NEVADA COUNTY:
Area 1: All but the Northern portion along the border of Sierra County
Area 2: Remainder
PLACER COUNTY:
Area 1: Al but the Central portion
Area 2: Remainder
PLUMAS COUNTY:
Area 1: Western portion
Area 2: Remainder
SHASTA COUNTY:
Area 1: All but the Northeastern corner
Area 2: Remainder
SIERRA COUNTY:
Area 1: Western part
258
11/19/21, 4:10 PM SAM.gov
https://sam.gov/wage-determination/CA20210007/24 13/45
Area 2: Remainder
SISKIYOU COUNTY:
Area 1: Central part
Area 2: Remainder
SONOMA COUNTY:
Area 1: All but the Northwestern corner
Area 2: Remainder
TEHAMA COUNTY:
Area 1: All but the Western border with Mendocino & Trinity Counties
Area 2: Remainder
TRINITY COUNTY:
Area 1: East Central part and the Northeastern border with Shasta County
Area 2: Remainder
TUOLUMNE COUNTY:
Area 1: Except Eastern part
Area 2: Eastern part
---------------------------------------------------------------- ENGI0003-019 06/29/2020
SEE AREA DESCRIPTIONS BELOW
Rates Fringes
OPERATOR: Power Equipment
(LANDSCAPE WORK ONLY)
GROUP 1
AREA 1.....................$ 39.95 30.28
AREA 2.....................$ 41.95 30.28
GROUP 2
AREA 1.....................$ 36.35 30.28
AREA 2.....................$ 38.35 30.28
GROUP 3
AREA 1.....................$ 31.74 30.28
AREA 2.....................$ 33.74 30.28
GROUP DESCRIPTIONS:
GROUP 1: Landscape Finish Grade Operator: All finish grade work regardless of equipment used, and all equipment with a rating more than 65 HP.
GROUP 2: Landscape Operator up to 65 HP: All equipment with a manufacturer's rating of 65 HP or less except equipment covered by Group 1 or Group 3. The following equipment
shall be included except when used for finish work as long as manufacturer's rating is 65 HP or less: A-Frame and
Winch Truck, Backhoe, Forklift, Hydragraphic Seeder
Machine, Roller, Rubber-Tired and Track Earthmoving
Equipment, Skiploader, Straw Blowers, and Trencher 31 HP up to 65 HP.
GROUP 3: Landscae Utility Operator: Small Rubber-Tired
Tractor, Trencher Under 31 HP.
AREA DESCRIPTIONS:
AREA 1: ALAMEDA, BUTTE, CONTRA COSTA, KINGS, MARIN, MERCED, 259
11/19/21, 4:10 PM SAM.gov
https://sam.gov/wage-determination/CA20210007/24 14/45
NAPA, SACRAMENTO, SAN BENITO, SAN FRANCISCO, SAN JOAQUIN,
SAN MATEO, SANTA CLARA, SANTA CRUZ, SOLANO, STANISLAUS,
SUTTER, YOLO, AND YUBA COUNTIES
AREA 2 - MODOC COUNTY
THE REMAINING COUNTIES ARE SPLIT BETWEEN AREA 1 AND AREA 2 AS NOTED BELOW:
ALPINE COUNTY:
Area 1: Northernmost part
Area 2: Remainder
CALAVERAS COUNTY:
Area 1: Except Eastern part
Area 2: Eastern part
COLUSA COUNTY:
Area 1: Eastern part
Area 2: Remainder
DEL NORTE COUNTY:
Area 1: Extreme Southwestern corner
Area 2: Remainder
ELDORADO COUNTY:
Area 1: North Central part
Area 2: Remainder
FRESNO COUNTY
Area 1: Except Eastern part
Area 2: Eastern part
GLENN COUNTY:
Area 1: Eastern part
Area 2: Remainder
HUMBOLDT COUNTY:
Area 1: Except Eastern and Southwestern parts
Area 2: Remainder
LAKE COUNTY:
Area 1: Southern part
Area 2: Remainder
LASSEN COUNTY:
Area 1: Western part along the Southern portion of border with Shasta County
Area 2: Remainder
MADERA COUNTY
Area 1: Remainder
Area 2: Eastern part
MARIPOSA COUNTY
Area 1: Remainder
Area 2: Eastern part
MENDOCINO COUNTY:
Area 1: Central and Southeastern parts
Area 2: Remainder
MONTEREY COUNTY
Area 1: Remainder
Area 2: Southwestern part
260
11/19/21, 4:10 PM SAM.gov
https://sam.gov/wage-determination/CA20210007/24 15/45
NEVADA COUNTY:
Area 1: All but the Northern portion along the border of Sierra County
Area 2: Remainder
PLACER COUNTY:
Area 1: All but the Central portion
Area 2: Remainder
PLUMAS COUNTY:
Area 1: Western portion
Area 2: Remainder
SHASTA COUNTY:
Area 1: All but the Northeastern corner
Area 2: Remainder
SIERRA COUNTY:
Area 1: Western part
Area 2: Remainder
SISKIYOU COUNTY:
Area 1: Central part
Area 2: Remainder
SONOMA COUNTY:
Area 1: All but the Northwestern corner
Area 2: Reaminder
TEHAMA COUNTY:
Area 1: All but the Western border with mendocino & Trinity Counties
Area 2: Remainder
TRINITY COUNTY:
Area 1: East Central part and the Northeaster border with Shasta County
Area 2: Remainder
TULARE COUNTY;
Area 1: Remainder
Area 2: Eastern part
TUOLUMNE COUNTY:
Area 1: Remainder
Area 2: Eastern Part
---------------------------------------------------------------- ENGI0003-038 06/29/2020
""AREA 1"" WAGE RATES ARE LISTED BELOW
""AREA 2"" RECEIVES AN ADDITIONAL $2.00 PER HOUR ABOVE AREA 1 RATES.
SEE AREA DEFINITIONS BELOW
Rates Fringes
OPERATOR: Power Equipment
(AREA 1:)
GROUP 1.....................$ 51.42 31.15
GROUP 2.....................$ 49.89 31.15
261
11/19/21, 4:10 PM SAM.gov
https://sam.gov/wage-determination/CA20210007/24 16/45
GROUP 3.....................$ 48.41 31.15
GROUP 4.....................$ 47.03 31.15
GROUP 5.....................$ 45.76 31.15
GROUP 6.....................$ 44.44 31.15
GROUP 7.....................$ 43.30 31.15
GROUP 8.....................$ 42.16 31.15
GROUP 8-A...................$ 39.95 31.15
OPERATOR: Power Equipment
(Cranes and Attachments -
AREA 1:)
GROUP 1
Cranes.....................$ 52.30 31.15
Oiler......................$ 43.79 31.15
Truck crane oiler..........$ 46.08 31.15
GROUP 2
Cranes.....................$ 50.54 31.15
Oiler......................$ 42.83 31.15
Truck crane oiler..........$ 45.07 31.15
GROUP 3
Cranes.....................$ 48.80 31.15
Hydraulic..................$ 44.44 31.15
Oiler......................$ 42.55 31.15
Truck crane oiler..........$ 44.83 31.15
GROUP 4
Cranes.....................$ 45.76 31.15
OPERATOR: Power Equipment
(Piledriving - AREA 1:)
GROUP 1
Lifting devices............$ 52.64 31.15
Oiler......................$ 43.38 31.15
Truck Crane Oiler..........$ 45.66 31.15
GROUP 2
Lifting devices............$ 50.82 31.15
Oiler......................$ 43.11 31.15
Truck Crane Oiler..........$ 45.41 31.15
GROUP 3
Lifting devices............$ 49.14 31.15
Oiler......................$ 42.89 31.15
Truck Crane Oiler..........$ 45.12 31.15
GROUP 4
Lifting devices............$ 47.37 31.15
GROUP 5
Lifting devices............$ 44.73 31.15
GROUP 6
Lifting devices............$ 42.50 31.15
OPERATOR: Power Equipment
(Steel Erection - AREA 1:)
GROUP 1
Cranes.....................$ 53.27 31.15
Oiler......................$ 43.72 31.15
Truck Crane Oiler..........$ 45.95 31.15
GROUP 2
Cranes.....................$ 51.50 31.15
Oiler......................$ 43.45 31.15
Truck Crane Oiler..........$ 45.73 31.15
GROUP 3
Cranes.....................$ 50.02 31.15
Hydraulic..................$ 45.07 31.15
Oiler......................$ 43.23 31.15
Truck Crane Oiler..........$ 45.46 31.15
GROUP 4
Cranes.....................$ 48.00 31.15
GROUP 5
Cranes.....................$ 46.70 31.15
OPERATOR: Power Equipment
262
11/19/21, 4:10 PM SAM.gov
https://sam.gov/wage-determination/CA20210007/24 17/45
(Tunnel and Underground Work
- AREA 1:)
SHAFTS, STOPES, RAISES:
GROUP 1....................$ 47.52 31.15
GROUP 1-A..................$ 49.99 31.15
GROUP 2....................$ 46.26 31.15
GROUP 3....................$ 44.93 31.15
GROUP 4....................$ 43.79 31.15
GROUP 5....................$ 42.65 31.15
UNDERGROUND:
GROUP 1....................$ 47.42 31.15
GROUP 1-A..................$ 49.89 31.15
GROUP 2....................$ 46.16 31.15
GROUP 3....................$ 44.83 31.15
GROUP 4....................$ 43.69 31.15
GROUP 5....................$ 42.55 31.15
FOOTNOTE: Work suspended by ropes or cables, or work on a Yo-Yo Cat: $.60 per hour additional.
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR CLASSIFICATIONS
GROUP 1: Operator of helicopter (when used in erection work); Hydraulic excavator, 7 cu. yds. and over; Power shovels, over 7 cu. yds.
GROUP 2: Highline cableway; Hydraulic excavator, 3-1/2 cu. yds. up to 7 cu. yds.; Licensed construction work boat
operator, on site; Power blade operator (finish); Power shovels, over 1 cu. yd. up to and including 7 cu. yds.
m.r.c.
GROUP 3: Asphalt milling machine; Cable backhoe; Combination backhoe and loader over 3/4 cu. yds.; Continuous flight tie back machine assistant to engineer or mechanic; Crane
mounted continuous flight tie back machine, tonnage to
apply; Crane mounted drill attachment, tonnage to apply; Dozer, slope brd; Gradall; Hydraulic excavator, up to 3 1/2 cu. yds.; Loader 4 cu. yds. and over; Long reach excavator; Multiple engine scraper (when used as push pull); Power shovels, up to and including 1 cu. yd.; Pre-stress wire wrapping machine; Side boom cat, 572 or larger; Track
loader 4 cu. yds. and over; Wheel excavator (up to and
including 750 cu. yds. per hour)
GROUP 4: Asphalt plant engineer/box person; Chicago boom; Combination backhoe and loader up to and including 3/4 cu. yd.; Concrete batch plant (wet or dry); Dozer and/or push cat; Pull- type elevating loader; Gradesetter, grade
checker (GPS, mechanical or otherwise); Grooving and
grinding machine; Heading shield operator; Heavy-duty
drilling equipment, Hughes, LDH, Watson 3000 or similar; Heavy-duty repairperson and/or welder; Lime spreader;
Loader under 4 cu. yds.; Lubrication and service engineer (mobile and grease rack); Mechanical finishers or spreader machine (asphalt, Barber-Greene and similar); Miller
Formless M-9000 slope paver or similar; Portable crushing and screening plants; Power blade support; Roller operator, asphalt; Rubber-tired scraper, self-loading (paddle-wheels, etc.); Rubber- tired earthmoving equipment (scrapers); Slip form paver (concrete); Small tractor with drag; Soil
stabilizer (P & H or equal); Spider plow and spider puller; Tubex pile rig; Unlicensed constuction work boat operator, on site; Timber skidder; Track loader up to 4 yds.;
263
11/19/21, 4:10 PM SAM.gov
https://sam.gov/wage-determination/CA20210007/24 18/45
Tractor-drawn scraper; Tractor, compressor drill
combination; Welder; Woods-Mixer (and other similar Pugmill equipment)
GROUP 5: Cast-in-place pipe laying machine; Combination slusher and motor operator; Concrete conveyor or concrete pump, truck or equipment mounted; Concrete conveyor,
building site; Concrete pump or pumpcrete gun; Drilling equipment, Watson 2000, Texoma 700 or similar; Drilling and boring machinery, horizontal (not to apply to waterliners, wagon drills or jackhammers); Concrete mixer/all; Person and/or material hoist; Mechanical finishers (concrete)
(Clary, Johnson, Bidwell Bridge Deck or similar types); Mechanical burm, curb and/or curb and gutter machine,
concrete or asphalt); Mine or shaft hoist; Portable
crusher; Power jumbo operator (setting slip-forms, etc., in tunnels); Screed (automatic or manual); Self-propelled
compactor with dozer; Tractor with boom D6 or smaller;
Trenching machine, maximum digging capacity over 5 ft.
depth; Vermeer T-600B rock cutter or similar
GROUP 6: Armor-Coater (or similar); Ballast jack tamper; Boom- type backfilling machine; Assistant plant engineer; Bridge and/or gantry crane; Chemical grouting machine,
truck-mounted; Chip spreading machine operator; Concrete saw (self-propelled unit on streets, highways, airports and canals); Deck engineer; Drilling equipment Texoma 600,
Hughes 200 Series or similar up to and including 30 ft. m.r.c.; Drill doctor; Helicopter radio operator;
Hydro-hammer or similar; Line master; Skidsteer loader, Bobcat larger than 743 series or similar (with
attachments); Locomotive; Lull hi-lift or similar; Oiler, truck mounted equipment; Pavement breaker, truck-mounted, with compressor combination; Paving fabric installation and/or laying machine; Pipe bending machine (pipelines
only); Pipe wrapping machine (tractor propelled and
supported); Screed (except asphaltic concrete paving);
Self- propelled pipeline wrapping machine; Tractor;
Self-loading chipper; Concrete barrier moving machine
GROUP 7: Ballast regulator; Boom truck or dual-purpose
A-frame truck, non-rotating - under 15 tons; Cary lift or similar; Combination slurry mixer and/or cleaner; Drilling equipment, 20 ft. and under m.r.c.; Firetender (hot plant); Grouting machine operator; Highline cableway signalperson; Stationary belt loader (Kolman or similar); Lift slab
machine (Vagtborg and similar types); Maginnes internal full slab vibrator; Material hoist (1 drum); Mechanical trench shield; Pavement breaker with or without compressor combination); Pipe cleaning machine (tractor propelled and supported); Post driver; Roller (except asphalt); Chip
Seal; Self-propelled automatically applied concrete curing mahcine (on streets, highways, airports and canals);
Self-propelled compactor (without dozer); Signalperson; Slip-form pumps (lifting device for concrete forms); Tie spacer; Tower mobile; Trenching machine, maximum digging capacity up to and including 5 ft. depth; Truck- type loader GROUP 8: Bit sharpener; Boiler tender; Box operator;
Brakeperson; Combination mixer and compressor
(shotcrete/gunite); Compressor operator; Deckhand; Fire tender; Forklift (under 20 ft.); Generator;
Gunite/shotcrete equipment operator; Hydraulic monitor; Ken seal machine (or similar); Mixermobile; Oiler; Pump
operator; Refrigeration plant; Reservoir-debris tug (self264 11/19/21, 4:10 PM SAM.gov
https://sam.gov/wage-determination/CA20210007/24 19/45
propelled floating); Ross Carrier (construction site);
Rotomist operator; Self-propelled tape machine; Shuttlecar; Self-propelled power sweeper operator (includes vacuum
sweeper); Slusher operator; Surface heater; Switchperson; Tar pot firetender; Tugger hoist, single drum; Vacuum
cooling plant; Welding machine (powered other than by
electricity)
GROUP 8-A: Elevator operator; Skidsteer loader-Bobcat 743 series or smaller, and similar (without attachments); Mini excavator under 25 H.P. (backhoe-trencher); Tub grinder wood chipper
----------------------------------------------------------
ALL CRANES AND ATTACHMENTS
GROUP 1: Clamshell and dragline over 7 cu. yds.; Crane, over 100 tons; Derrick, over 100 tons; Derrick barge
pedestal-mounted, over 100 tons; Self-propelled boom-type lifting device, over 100 tons
GROUP 2: Clamshell and dragline over 1 cu. yd. up to and including 7 cu. yds.; Crane, over 45 tons up to and
including 100 tons; Derrick barge, 100 tons and under;
Self-propelled boom-type lifting device, over 45 tons;
Tower crane
GROUP 3: Clamshell and dragline up to and including 1 cu. yd.; Cranes 45 tons and under; Self-propelled boom-type lifting device 45 tons and under;
GROUP 4: Boom Truck or dual purpose A-frame truck,
non-rotating over 15 tons; Truck-mounted rotating
telescopic boom type lifting device, Manitex or similar (boom truck) over 15 tons; Truck-mounted rotating
telescopic boom type lifting device, Manitex or similar (boom truck) - under 15 tons;
-----------------------------------------------------------
PILEDRIVERS
GROUP 1: Derrick barge pedestal mounted over 100 tons;
Clamshell over 7 cu. yds.; Self-propelled boom-type lifting device over 100 tons; Truck crane or crawler, land or barge mounted over 100 tons
GROUP 2: Derrick barge pedestal mounted 45 tons to and
including 100 tons; Clamshell up to and including 7 cu. yds.; Self-propelled boom-type lifting device over 45 tons; Truck crane or crawler, land or barge mounted, over 45 tons up to and including 100 tons; Fundex F-12 hydraulic pile rig GROUP 3: Derrick barge pedestal mounted under 45 tons; Self- propelled boom-type lifting device 45 tons and under;
Skid/scow piledriver, any tonnage; Truck crane or crawler, land or barge mounted 45 tons and under
GROUP 4: Assistant operator in lieu of assistant to engineer; Forklift, 10 tons and over; Heavy-duty repairperson/welder GROUP 5: Deck engineer
GROUP 6: Deckhand; Fire tender
265
11/19/21, 4:10 PM SAM.gov
https://sam.gov/wage-determination/CA20210007/24 20/45
-------------------------------------------------------------
STEEL ERECTORS
GROUP 1: Crane over 100 tons; Derrick over 100 tons; Self- propelled boom-type lifting device over 100 tons
GROUP 2: Crane over 45 tons to 100 tons; Derrick under 100 tons; Self-propelled boom-type lifting device over 45 tons to 100 tons; Tower crane
GROUP 3: Crane, 45 tons and under; Self-propelled boom-type lifting device, 45 tons and under
GROUP 4: Chicago boom; Forklift, 10 tons and over; Heavy-duty repair person/welder
GROUP 5: Boom cat
-------------------------------------------------------------- --
TUNNEL AND UNDERGROUND WORK
GROUP 1-A: Tunnel bore machine operator, 20' diameter or more
GROUP 1: Heading shield operator; Heavy-duty repairperson; Mucking machine (rubber tired, rail or track type); Raised bore operator (tunnels); Tunnel mole bore operator
GROUP 2: Combination slusher and motor operator; Concrete pump or pumpcrete gun; Power jumbo operator
GROUP 3: Drill doctor; Mine or shaft hoist
GROUP 4: Combination slurry mixer cleaner; Grouting Machine operator; Motorman
GROUP 5: Bit Sharpener; Brakeman; Combination mixer and compressor (gunite); Compressor operator; Oiler; Pump
operator; Slusher operator
----------------------------------------------------------- AREA DESCRIPTIONS:
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS, CRANES AND ATTACHMENTS,TUNNEL AND UNDERGROUND [These areas do not apply to Piledrivers and Steel Erectors]
AREA 1: DEL NORTE, HUMBOLDT, LAKE, MENDOCINO
AREA 2 -NOTED BELOW
THE REMAINING COUNTIES ARE SPLIT BETWEEN AREA 1 AND AREA 2 AS NOTED BELOW:
DEL NORTE COUNTY:
Area 1: Extreme Southwest corner
Area 2: Remainder
HUMBOLDT COUNTY:
Area 1: Except Eastern and Southwestern parts
Area 2: Remainder
266
11/19/21, 4:10 PM SAM.gov
https://sam.gov/wage-determination/CA20210007/24 21/45
LAKE COUNTY:
Area 1: Southern part
Area 2: Remainder
MENDOCINO COUNTY:
Area 1: Central and Southeastern Parts
Area 2: Remainder
---------------------------------------------------------------- IRON0433-006 07/01/2020
Rates Fringes
IRONWORKER
Fence Erector...............$ 34.58 24.81
Ornamental, Reinforcing
and Structural..............$ 41.00 33.45
PREMIUM PAY:
$6.00 additional per hour at the following locations:
China Lake Naval Test Station, Chocolate Mountains Naval Reserve-Niland,
Edwards AFB, Fort Irwin Military Station, Fort Irwin Training Center-Goldstone, San Clemente Island, San Nicholas Island, Susanville Federal Prison, 29 Palms - Marine Corps, U.S. Marine Base - Barstow, U.S. Naval Air Facility - Sealey, Vandenberg AFB $4.00 additional per hour at the following locations:
Army Defense Language Institute - Monterey, Fallon Air Base, Naval Post Graduate School - Monterey, Yermo Marine Corps Logistics Center
$2.00 additional per hour at the following locations:
Port Hueneme, Port Mugu, U.S. Coast Guard Station - Two Rock ---------------------------------------------------------------- LABO0067-001 06/28/2021
AREA ""A"" - MARIN COUNTY
AREA ""B"" - ALPINE, AMADOR, BUTTE COLUSA EL DORADO, GLENN,
LASSEN, MODOC, NAPA, NEVADA, PLACER, PLUMAS, SACRAMENTO,
SHASTA, SIERRA, SISKIYOU, SOLANO, SONOMA, SUTTER, TEHAMA,
TRINITY, YOLO, AND YUBA COUNTIES
Rates Fringes
Asbestos Removal Laborer.........$ 26.05 12.75
LABORER (Lead Removal)
Marin County................$ 34.37 25.95
Remaining Counties..........$ 33.37 25.95
---------------------------------------------------------------- LABO0067-005 06/27/2017
AREA ""A"" - ALAMEDA, CONTRA COSTA, SAN FRANCISCO, SAN MATEO AND
SANTA CLARA COUNTIES
AREA ""B"" - ALPINE, AMADOR, BUTTE, CALAVERAS, COLUSA, DEL
NORTE, EL DORADO, FRESNO, GLENN, HUMBOLDT, KINGS, LAKE, LASSEN, 267
11/19/21, 4:10 PM SAM.gov
https://sam.gov/wage-determination/CA20210007/24 22/45
MADERA, MARIPOSA, MENDOCINO, MERCED, MODOC, MONTEREY, NEVADA,
PLACER, PLUMAS, SANCREMENTO, SAN BENITO, SAN JOAQUIN, SANTA
CRUZ, SIERRA, SHASTA, SISKIYOU, STANISLAUS, TEHAMA, TRINITY,
TULARE, TUOLUMNE, YOLO AND YOUBA COUNTIES
Rates Fringes
LABORER (TRAFFIC CONTROL/LANE
CLOSURE)
Escort Driver, Flag Person
Area A.....................$ 29.54 22.17
Area B.....................$ 28.54 22.17
Traffic Control Person I
Area A.....................$ 29.84 22.17
Area B.....................$ 28.84 22.17
Traffic Control Person II
Area A.....................$ 27.34 22.17
Area B.....................$ 26.34 22.17
TRAFFIC CONTROL PERSON I: Layout of traffic control, crash cushions, construction area and roadside signage.
TRAFFIC CONTROL PERSON II: Installation and removal of
temporary/permanent signs, markers, delineators and crash cushions.
---------------------------------------------------------------- LABO0185-002 07/01/2021
ALPINE, AMADOR, BUTTE, COLUSA, EL DORADO, GLENN, LASSEN, MODOC,
NEVADA, PLACER, PLUMAS, SACRAMENTO, SHASTA, SIERRA, SISKIYOU,
SUTTER, TEHAMA, TRINITY, YOLO AND YUBA COUNTIES
Rates Fringes
LABORER
Mason Tender-Brick..........$ 34.09 24.41
---------------------------------------------------------------- LABO0185-005 07/01/2021
ALPINE, AMADOR, BUTTE, COLUSA, EL DORADO, GLENN, LASSEN, MODOC,
NEVADA, PLACER, PLUMAS, SACRAMENTO, SHASTA, SIERRA, SISKIYOU,
SUTTER, TEHAMA, TRINITY, YOLO AND YUBA COUNTIES
Rates Fringes
Tunnel and Shaft Laborers:
GROUP 1.....................$ 42.00 25.71
GROUP 2.....................$ 41.77 25.71
GROUP 3.....................$ 41.52 25.71
GROUP 4.....................$ 41.07 25.71
GROUP 5.....................$ 40.53 25.71
Shotcrete Specialist........$ 42.52 25.71
TUNNEL AND SHAFT CLASSIFICATIONS
GROUP 1: Diamond driller; Groundmen; Gunite and shotcrete nozzlemen
GROUP 2: Rodmen; Shaft work & raise (below actual or
excavated ground level)
268
11/19/21, 4:10 PM SAM.gov
https://sam.gov/wage-determination/CA20210007/24 23/45
GROUP 3: Bit grinder; Blaster, driller, powdermen, heading; Cherry pickermen - where car is lifted; Concrete finisher in tunnel; Concrete screedman; Grout pumpman and potman; Gunite & shotcrete gunman & potman; Headermen; High
pressure nozzleman; Miner - tunnel, including top and
bottom man on shaft and raise work; Nipper; Nozzleman on slick line; Sandblaster - potman, Robotic Shotcrete Placer, Segment Erector, Tunnel Muck Hauler, Steel Form raiser and setter; Timberman, retimberman (wood or steel or substitute materials therefore); Tugger (for tunnel laborer work); Cable tender; Chuck tender; Powderman - primer house
GROUP 4: Vibrator operator, pavement breaker; Bull gang - muckers, trackmen; Concrete crew - includes rodding and spreading, Dumpmen (any method)
GROUP 5: Grout crew; Reboundman; Swamper/ Brakeman
---------------------------------------------------------------- LABO0185-006 06/25/2018
ALPINE, AMADOR, BUTTE, COLUSA, EL DORADO, GLENN, LASSEN, MODOC,
NEVADA, PLACER, PLUMAS, SACRAMENTO, SHIASTA, SIERRA, SISKIYOU,
SUTTER, TEHAMA, TRINITY, YOLO, YUBA COUNTIES
Rates Fringes
LABORER (CONSTRUCTION CRAFT
LABORERS - AREA B:)
Construction Specialist
Group.......................$ 30.49 23.20
GROUP 1.....................$ 29.79 23.20
GROUP 1-a...................$ 30.01 23.20
GROUP 1-c...................$ 30.01 23.20
GROUP 1-e...................$ 30.34 23.20
GROUP 1-f...................$ 30.37 23.20
GROUP 2.....................$ 29.64 23.20
GROUP 3.....................$ 29.54 23.20
GROUP 4.....................$ 23.23 23.20
See groups 1-b and 1-d under laborer classifications.
LABORER (GARDENERS,
HORTICULTURAL & LANDSCAPE
LABORERS - AREA B:)
(1) New Construction........$ 29.54 23.20
(2) Establishment Warranty
Period......................$ 23.23 23.20
LABORER (GUNITE - AREA B:)
GROUP 1.....................$ 29.75 22.31
GROUP 2.....................$ 29.25 22.31
GROUP 3.....................$ 28.66 22.31
GROUP 4.....................$ 28.54 22.31
LABORER (WRECKING - AREA B:)
GROUP 1.....................$ 29.79 23.20
GROUP 2.....................$ 29.64 23.20
FOOTNOTES:
Laborers working off or with or from bos'n chairs, swinging scaffolds, belts shall receive $0.25 per hour above the applicable wage rate. This shall not apply to workers
entitled to receive the wage rate set forth in Group 1-a below.
---------------------------------------------------------
269
11/19/21, 4:10 PM SAM.gov
https://sam.gov/wage-determination/CA20210007/24 24/45
LABORER CLASSIFICATIONS
CONSTRUCTION SPECIALIST GROUP: Asphalt ironer and raker; Chainsaw; Laser beam in connection with laborers' work; Cast-in- place manhole form setter; Pressure pipelayer; Davis trencher - 300 or similar type (and all small
trenchers); Blaster; Diamond driller; Multiple unit drill; Hydraulic drill
GROUP 1: Asphalt spreader boxes (all types); Barko, Wacker and similar type tampers; Buggymobile; Caulker, bander, pipewrapper, conduit layer, plastic pipelayer; Certified hazardous waste worker including Leade Abatement;
Compactors of all types; Concrete and magnesite mixer, 1/2 yd. and under; Concrete pan work; Concrete sander; Concrete saw; Cribber and/or shoring; Cut granite curb setter;
Dri-pak-it machine; Faller, logloader and bucker; Form
raiser, slip forms; Green cutter; Headerboard, Hubsetter, aligner, by any method; High pressure blow pipe (1-1/2"" or over, 100 lbs. pressure/over); Hydro seeder and similar type; Jackhammer operator; Jacking of pipe over 12 inches; Jackson and similar type compactor; Kettle tender, pot and worker applying asphalt, lay-kold, creosote, lime, caustic and similar type materials (applying means applying,
dipping or handling of such materials); Lagging, sheeting, whaling, bracing, trenchjacking, lagging hammer; Magnesite, epoxyresin, fiberglass, mastic worker (wet or dry); No
joint pipe and stripping of same, including repair of
voids; Pavement breaker and spader, including tool grinder; Perma curb; Pipelayer (including grade checking in
connection with pipelaying); Precast-manhole setter;
Pressure pipe tester; Post hole digger, air, gas and
electric; Power broom sweeper; Power tampers of all types (except as shown in Group 2); Ram set gun and stud gun; Riprap stonepaver and rock-slinger, including placing of sacked concrete and/or sand (wet or dry) and gabions and similar type; Rotary scarifier or multiple head concrete chipping scarifier; Roto and Ditch Witch; Rototiller;
Sandblaster, pot, gun, nozzle operators; Signalling and rigging; Tank cleaner; Tree climber; Turbo blaster;
Vibrascreed, bull float in connection with laborers' work; Vibrator; Hazardous waste worker (lead removal); Asbestos and mold removal worker
GROUP 1-a: Joy drill model TWM-2A; Gardner-Denver model DH143 and similar type drills; Track driller; Jack leg driller; Wagon driller; Mechanical drillers, all types regardless of type or method of power; Mechanical pipe layers, all types regardless of type or method of power; Blaster and powder; All work of loading, placing and blasting of all powder and explosives of whatever type regardless of method used for such loading and placing; High scalers (including drilling of same); Tree topper; Bit grinder
GROUP 1-b: Sewer cleaners shall receive $4.00 per day above Group 1 wage rates. ""Sewer cleaner"" means any worker who handles or comes in contact with raw sewage in small
diameter sewers. Those who work inside recently active, large diameter sewers, and all recently active sewer
manholes shal receive $5.00 per day above Group 1 wage
rates.
GROUP 1-c: Burning and welding in connection with laborers' work; Synthetic thermoplastics and similar type welding 270
11/19/21, 4:10 PM SAM.gov
https://sam.gov/wage-determination/CA20210007/24 25/45
GROUP 1-d: Maintenance and repair track and road beds. All employees performing work covered herein shall receive $ .25 per hour above their regular rate for all work
performed on underground structures not specifically
covered herein. This paragraph shall not be construed to apply to work below ground level in open cut. It shall
apply to cut and cover work of subway construction after the temporary cover has been placed.
GROUP 1-e: Work on and/or in bell hole footings and shafts thereof, and work on and in deep footings. (A deep footing is a hole 15 feet or more in depth.) In the event the
depth of the footing is unknown at the commencement of
excavation, and the final depth exceeds 15 feet, the deep footing wage rate would apply to all employees for each and every day worked on or in the excavation of the footing from the date of inception.
GROUP 1-f: Wire winding machine in connection with guniting or shot crete
GROUP 2: Asphalt shoveler; Cement dumper and handling dry cement or gypsum; Choke-setter and rigger (clearing work); Concrete bucket dumper and chute; Concrete chipping and grinding; Concrete laborer (wet or dry); Driller tender, chuck tender, nipper; Guinea chaser (stake), grout crew; High pressure nozzle, adductor; Hydraulic monitor (over 100 lbs. pressure); Loading and unloading, carrying and hauling of all rods and materials for use in reinforcing concrete construction; Pittsburgh chipper and similar type brush shredders; Sloper; Single foot, hand-held, pneumatic
tamper; All pneumatic, air, gas and electric tools not
listed in Groups 1 through 1-f; Jacking of pipe - under 12 inches
GROUP 3: Construction laborers, including bridge and general laborer; Dump, load spotter; Flag person; Fire watcher; Fence erector; Guardrail erector; Gardener, horticultural and landscape laborer; Jetting; Limber, brush loader and piler; Pavement marker (button setter); Maintenance, repair track and road beds; Streetcar and railroad construction track laborer; Temporary air and water lines, Victaulic or similar; Tool room attendant (jobsite only)
GROUP 4: Final clean-up work of debris, grounds and building including but not limited to: street cleaner; cleaning and washing windows; brick cleaner (jobsite only); material cleaner (jobsite only). The classification ""material
cleaner"" is to be utilized under the following conditions:
A: at demolition site for the salvage of the material.
B: at the conclusion of a job where the material is to be salvaged and stocked to be reused on another job.
C: for the cleaning of salvage material at the jobsite or temporary jobsite yard.
The material cleaner classification should not be used in the performance of ""form stripping, cleaning and oiling and moving to the next point of erection"".
--------------------------------------------------------
GUNITE LABORER CLASSIFICATIONS
GROUP 1: Structural Nozzleman
271
11/19/21, 4:10 PM SAM.gov
https://sam.gov/wage-determination/CA20210007/24 26/45
GROUP 2: Nozzleman, Gunman, Potman, Groundman
GROUP 3: Reboundman
GROUP 4: Gunite laborer
----------------------------------------------------------
WRECKING WORK LABORER CLASSIFICATIONS
GROUP 1: Skilled wrecker (removing and salvaging of sash, windows and materials)
GROUP 2: Semi-skilled wrecker (salvaging of other building materials)
---------------------------------------------------------------- LABO0185-008 07/01/2021
Rates Fringes
Plasterer tender.................$ 35.82 28.45
Work on a swing stage scaffold: $1.00 per hour additional. ---------------------------------------------------------------- LABO0261-002 06/28/2021
MARIN COUNTY
Rates Fringes
LABORER (TRAFFIC CONTROL/LANE
CLOSURE)
Escort Driver, Flag Person..$ 34.48 26.21
Traffic Control Person I....$ 34.78 26.21
Traffic Control Person II...$ 32.28 26.21
TRAFFIC CONTROL PERSON I: Layout of traffic control, crash cushions, construction area and roadside signage.
TRAFFIC CONTROL PERSON II: Installation and removal of
temporary/permanent signs, markers, delineators and crash cushions.
---------------------------------------------------------------- LABO0261-004 07/01/2021
MARIN COUNTY
Rates Fringes
Tunnel and Shaft Laborers:
GROUP 1.....................$ 42.00 25.71
GROUP 2.....................$ 41.77 25.71
GROUP 3.....................$ 41.52 25.71
GROUP 4.....................$ 41.07 25.71
GROUP 5.....................$ 40.53 25.71
Shotcrete Specialist........$ 42.52 25.71
TUNNEL AND SHAFT CLASSIFICATIONS
GROUP 1: Diamond driller; Groundmen; Gunite and shotcrete nozzlemen
272
11/19/21, 4:10 PM SAM.gov
https://sam.gov/wage-determination/CA20210007/24 27/45
GROUP 2: Rodmen; Shaft work & raise (below actual or
excavated ground level)
GROUP 3: Bit grinder; Blaster, driller, powdermen, heading; Cherry pickermen - where car is lifted; Concrete finisher in tunnel; Concrete screedman; Grout pumpman and potman; Gunite & shotcrete gunman & potman; Headermen; High
pressure nozzleman; Miner - tunnel, including top and
bottom man on shaft and raise work; Nipper; Nozzleman on slick line; Sandblaster - potman, Robotic Shotcrete Placer, Segment Erector, Tunnel Muck Hauler, Steel Form raiser and setter; Timberman, retimberman (wood or steel or substitute materials therefore); Tugger (for tunnel laborer work); Cable tender; Chuck tender; Powderman - primer house
GROUP 4: Vibrator operator, pavement breaker; Bull gang - muckers, trackmen; Concrete crew - includes rodding and spreading, Dumpmen (any method)
GROUP 5: Grout crew; Reboundman; Swamper/ Brakeman
---------------------------------------------------------------- LABO0261-007 07/01/2018
MARIN AND NAPA COUNTIES
Rates Fringes
LABORER
Mason Tender-Brick..........$ 32.45 22.20
---------------------------------------------------------------- LABO0261-010 06/25/2018
MARIN COUNTY
Rates Fringes
LABORER (CONSTRUCTION CRAFT
LABORERS - AREA A:)
Construction Specialist
Group.......................$ 31.49 23.20
GROUP 1.....................$ 30.79 23.20
GROUP 1-a...................$ 31.01 23.20
GROUP 1-c...................$ 30.84 23.20
GROUP 1-e...................$ 31.34 23.20
GROUP 1-f...................$ 31.37 23.20
GROUP 2.....................$ 30.64 23.20
GROUP 3.....................$ 30.54 23.20
GROUP 4.....................$ 24.23 23.20
See groups 1-b and 1-d under laborer classifications.
LABORER (GARDENERS,
HORTICULTURAL & LANDSCAPE
LABORERS - AREA A:)
(1) New Construction........$ 30.54 23.20
(2) Establishment Warranty
Period......................$ 24.23 23.20
LABORER (GUNITE - AREA A:)
GROUP 1.....................$ 30.75 22.31
GROUP 2.....................$ 30.25 22.31
GROUP 3.....................$ 29.66 22.31
GROUP 4.....................$ 29.54 22.31
LABORER (WRECKING - AREA A:)
GROUP 1.....................$ 30.79 23.20
GROUP 2.....................$ 30.64 23.20
273
11/19/21, 4:10 PM SAM.gov
https://sam.gov/wage-determination/CA20210007/24 28/45
FOOTNOTES:
Laborers working off or with or from bos'n chairs, swinging scaffolds, belts shall receive $0.25 per hour above the applicable wage rate. This shall not apply to workers
entitled to receive the wage rate set forth in Group 1-a below.
---------------------------------------------------------
LABORER CLASSIFICATIONS
CONSTRUCTION SPECIALIST GROUP: Asphalt ironer and raker; Chainsaw; Laser beam in connection with laborers' work; Cast-in- place manhole form setter; Pressure pipelayer; Davis trencher - 300 or similar type (and all small
trenchers); Blaster; Diamond driller; Multiple unit drill; Hydraulic drill
GROUP 1: Asphalt spreader boxes (all types); Barko, Wacker and similar type tampers; Buggymobile; Caulker, bander, pipewrapper, conduit layer, plastic pipelayer; Certified hazardous waste worker including Leade Abatement;
Compactors of all types; Concrete and magnesite mixer, 1/2 yd. and under; Concrete pan work; Concrete sander; Concrete saw; Cribber and/or shoring; Cut granite curb setter;
Dri-pak-it machine; Faller, logloader and bucker; Form
raiser, slip forms; Green cutter; Headerboard, Hubsetter, aligner, by any method; High pressure blow pipe (1-1/2"" or over, 100 lbs. pressure/over); Hydro seeder and similar type; Jackhammer operator; Jacking of pipe over 12 inches; Jackson and similar type compactor; Kettle tender, pot and worker applying asphalt, lay-kold, creosote, lime, caustic and similar type materials (applying means applying,
dipping or handling of such materials); Lagging, sheeting, whaling, bracing, trenchjacking, lagging hammer; Magnesite, epoxyresin, fiberglass, mastic worker (wet or dry); No
joint pipe and stripping of same, including repair of
voids; Pavement breaker and spader, including tool grinder; Perma curb; Pipelayer (including grade checking in
connection with pipelaying); Precast-manhole setter;
Pressure pipe tester; Post hole digger, air, gas and
electric; Power broom sweeper; Power tampers of all types (except as shown in Group 2); Ram set gun and stud gun; Riprap stonepaver and rock-slinger, including placing of sacked concrete and/or sand (wet or dry) and gabions and similar type; Rotary scarifier or multiple head concrete chipping scarifier; Roto and Ditch Witch; Rototiller;
Sandblaster, pot, gun, nozzle operators; Signalling and rigging; Tank cleaner; Tree climber; Turbo blaster;
Vibrascreed, bull float in connection with laborers' work; Vibrator; Hazardous waste worker (lead removal); Asbestos and mold removal worker
GROUP 1-a: Joy drill model TWM-2A; Gardner-Denver model DH143 and similar type drills; Track driller; Jack leg driller; Wagon driller; Mechanical drillers, all types regardless of type or method of power; Mechanical pipe layers, all types regardless of type or method of power; Blaster and powder; All work of loading, placing and blasting of all powder and explosives of whatever type regardless of method used for such loading and placing; High scalers (including drilling of same); Tree topper; Bit grinder
GROUP 1-b: Sewer cleaners shall receive $4.00 per day above 274
11/19/21, 4:10 PM SAM.gov
https://sam.gov/wage-determination/CA20210007/24 29/45
Group 1 wage rates. ""Sewer cleaner"" means any worker who handles or comes in contact with raw sewage in small
diameter sewers. Those who work inside recently active, large diameter sewers, and all recently active sewer
manholes shal receive $5.00 per day above Group 1 wage
rates.
GROUP 1-c: Burning and welding in connection with laborers' work; Synthetic thermoplastics and similar type welding GROUP 1-d: Maintenance and repair track and road beds. All employees performing work covered herein shall receive $ .25 per hour above their regular rate for all work
performed on underground structures not specifically
covered herein. This paragraph shall not be construed to apply to work below ground level in open cut. It shall
apply to cut and cover work of subway construction after the temporary cover has been placed.
GROUP 1-e: Work on and/or in bell hole footings and shafts thereof, and work on and in deep footings. (A deep footing is a hole 15 feet or more in depth.) In the event the
depth of the footing is unknown at the commencement of
excavation, and the final depth exceeds 15 feet, the deep footing wage rate would apply to all employees for each and every day worked on or in the excavation of the footing from the date of inception.
GROUP 1-f: Wire winding machine in connection with guniting or shot crete
GROUP 2: Asphalt shoveler; Cement dumper and handling dry cement or gypsum; Choke-setter and rigger (clearing work); Concrete bucket dumper and chute; Concrete chipping and grinding; Concrete laborer (wet or dry); Driller tender, chuck tender, nipper; Guinea chaser (stake), grout crew; High pressure nozzle, adductor; Hydraulic monitor (over 100 lbs. pressure); Loading and unloading, carrying and hauling of all rods and materials for use in reinforcing concrete construction; Pittsburgh chipper and similar type brush shredders; Sloper; Single foot, hand-held, pneumatic
tamper; All pneumatic, air, gas and electric tools not
listed in Groups 1 through 1-f; Jacking of pipe - under 12 inches
GROUP 3: Construction laborers, including bridge and general laborer; Dump, load spotter; Flag person; Fire watcher; Fence erector; Guardrail erector; Gardener, horticultural and landscape laborer; Jetting; Limber, brush loader and piler; Pavement marker (button setter); Maintenance, repair track and road beds; Streetcar and railroad construction track laborer; Temporary air and water lines, Victaulic or similar; Tool room attendant (jobsite only)
GROUP 4: Final clean-up work of debris, grounds and building including but not limited to: street cleaner; cleaning and washing windows; brick cleaner (jobsite only); material cleaner (jobsite only). The classification ""material
cleaner"" is to be utilized under the following conditions:
A: at demolition site for the salvage of the material.
B: at the conclusion of a job where the material is to be salvaged and stocked to be reused on another job.
C: for the cleaning of salvage material at the jobsite or temporary jobsite yard.
275
11/19/21, 4:10 PM SAM.gov
https://sam.gov/wage-determination/CA20210007/24 30/45
The material cleaner classification should not be used in the performance of ""form stripping, cleaning and oiling and moving to the next point of erection"".
--------------------------------------------------------
GUNITE LABORER CLASSIFICATIONS
GROUP 1: Structural Nozzleman
GROUP 2: Nozzleman, Gunman, Potman, Groundman
GROUP 3: Reboundman
GROUP 4: Gunite laborer
----------------------------------------------------------
WRECKING WORK LABORER CLASSIFICATIONS
GROUP 1: Skilled wrecker (removing and salvaging of sash, windows and materials)
GROUP 2: Semi-skilled wrecker (salvaging of other building materials)
---------------------------------------------------------------- LABO0261-015 07/01/2021
Rates Fringes
Plasterer tender.................$ 35.82 28.45
Work on a swing stage scaffold: $1.00 per hour additional. ---------------------------------------------------------------- LABO0324-004 06/28/2021
NAPA, SOLANO, AND SONOMA, COUNTIES
Rates Fringes
LABORER (TRAFFIC CONTROL/LANE
CLOSURE)
Escort Driver, Flag Person..$ 33.48 26.21
Traffic Control Person I....$ 33.78 26.21
Traffic Control Person II...$ 31.28 26.21
TRAFFIC CONTROL PERSON I: Layout of traffic control, crash cushions, construction area and roadside signage.
TRAFFIC CONTROL PERSON II: Installation and removal of
temporary/permanent signs, markers, delineators and crash cushions.
---------------------------------------------------------------- LABO0324-008 06/25/2018
NAPA, SOLANO, AND SONOMA COUNTIES
Rates Fringes
Tunnel and Shaft Laborers:
GROUP 1.....................$ 37.82 24.11
GROUP 2.....................$ 37.59 24.11
GROUP 3.....................$ 37.34 24.11
276
11/19/21, 4:10 PM SAM.gov
https://sam.gov/wage-determination/CA20210007/24 31/45
GROUP 4.....................$ 36.89 24.11
GROUP 5.....................$ 36.35 24.11
Shotcrete Specialist........$ 38.34 24.11
TUNNEL AND SHAFT CLASSIFICATIONS
GROUP 1: Diamond driller; Groundmen; Gunite and shotcrete nozzlemen
GROUP 2: Rodmen; Shaft work & raise (below actual or
excavated ground level)
GROUP 3: Bit grinder; Blaster, driller, powdermen, heading; Cherry pickermen - where car is lifted; Concrete finisher in tunnel; Concrete screedman; Grout pumpman and potman; Gunite & shotcrete gunman & potman; Headermen; High
pressure nozzleman; Miner - tunnel, including top and
bottom man on shaft and raise work; Nipper; Nozzleman on slick line; Sandblaster - potman, Robotic Shotcrete Placer, Segment Erector, Tunnel Muck Hauler, Steel Form raiser and setter; Timberman, retimberman (wood or steel or substitute materials therefore); Tugger (for tunnel laborer work); Cable tender; Chuck tender; Powderman - primer house
GROUP 4: Vibrator operator, pavement breaker; Bull gang - muckers, trackmen; Concrete crew - includes rodding and spreading, Dumpmen (any method)
GROUP 5: Grout crew; Reboundman; Swamper/ Brakeman
---------------------------------------------------------------- LABO0324-010 07/01/2018
SOLANO AND SONOMA COUNTIES
Rates Fringes
LABORER
Mason Tender-Brick..........$ 31.45 22.20
---------------------------------------------------------------- LABO0324-013 06/25/2018
NAPA, SOLANO, AND SONOMA COUNTIES
Rates Fringes
LABORER (CONSTRUCTION CRAFT
LABORERS - AREA B:)
Construction Specialist
Group.......................$ 30.49 23.20
GROUP 1.....................$ 29.79 23.20
GROUP 1-a...................$ 30.01 23.20
GROUP 1-c...................$ 29.84 23.20
GROUP 1-e...................$ 30.34 23.20
GROUP 1-f...................$ 29.37 23.20
GROUP 2.....................$ 29.64 23.20
GROUP 3.....................$ 29.54 23.20
GROUP 4.....................$ 23.23 23.20
See groups 1-b and 1-d under laborer classifications.
LABORER (GARDENERS,
HORTICULTURAL & LANDSCAPE
LABORERS - AREA B:)
(1) New Construction........$ 29.54 23.20
(2) Establishment Warranty
Period......................$ 23.23 23.20
277
11/19/21, 4:10 PM SAM.gov
https://sam.gov/wage-determination/CA20210007/24 32/45
LABORER (GUNITE - AREA B:)
GROUP 1.....................$ 29.75 22.31
GROUP 2.....................$ 29.25 22.31
GROUP 3.....................$ 28.66 22.31
GROUP 4.....................$ 28.54 22.31
LABORER (WRECKING - AREA B:)
GROUP 1.....................$ 29.79 23.20
GROUP 2.....................$ 29.64 23.20
FOOTNOTES:
Laborers working off or with or from bos'n chairs, swinging scaffolds, belts shall receive $0.25 per hour above the applicable wage rate. This shall not apply to workers
entitled to receive the wage rate set forth in Group 1-a below.
---------------------------------------------------------
LABORER CLASSIFICATIONS
CONSTRUCTION SPECIALIST GROUP: Asphalt ironer and raker; Chainsaw; Laser beam in connection with laborers' work; Cast-in- place manhole form setter; Pressure pipelayer; Davis trencher - 300 or similar type (and all small
trenchers); Blaster; Diamond driller; Multiple unit drill; Hydraulic drill
GROUP 1: Asphalt spreader boxes (all types); Barko, Wacker and similar type tampers; Buggymobile; Caulker, bander, pipewrapper, conduit layer, plastic pipelayer; Certified hazardous waste worker including Leade Abatement;
Compactors of all types; Concrete and magnesite mixer, 1/2 yd. and under; Concrete pan work; Concrete sander; Concrete saw; Cribber and/or shoring; Cut granite curb setter;
Dri-pak-it machine; Faller, logloader and bucker; Form
raiser, slip forms; Green cutter; Headerboard, Hubsetter, aligner, by any method; High pressure blow pipe (1-1/2"" or over, 100 lbs. pressure/over); Hydro seeder and similar type; Jackhammer operator; Jacking of pipe over 12 inches; Jackson and similar type compactor; Kettle tender, pot and worker applying asphalt, lay-kold, creosote, lime, caustic and similar type materials (applying means applying,
dipping or handling of such materials); Lagging, sheeting, whaling, bracing, trenchjacking, lagging hammer; Magnesite, epoxyresin, fiberglass, mastic worker (wet or dry); No
joint pipe and stripping of same, including repair of
voids; Pavement breaker and spader, including tool grinder; Perma curb; Pipelayer (including grade checking in
connection with pipelaying); Precast-manhole setter;
Pressure pipe tester; Post hole digger, air, gas and
electric; Power broom sweeper; Power tampers of all types (except as shown in Group 2); Ram set gun and stud gun; Riprap stonepaver and rock-slinger, including placing of sacked concrete and/or sand (wet or dry) and gabions and similar type; Rotary scarifier or multiple head concrete chipping scarifier; Roto and Ditch Witch; Rototiller;
Sandblaster, pot, gun, nozzle operators; Signalling and rigging; Tank cleaner; Tree climber; Turbo blaster;
Vibrascreed, bull float in connection with laborers' work; Vibrator; Hazardous waste worker (lead removal); Asbestos and mold removal worker
GROUP 1-a: Joy drill model TWM-2A; Gardner-Denver model DH143 and similar type drills; Track driller; Jack leg driller; 278
11/19/21, 4:10 PM SAM.gov
https://sam.gov/wage-determination/CA20210007/24 33/45
Wagon driller; Mechanical drillers, all types regardless of type or method of power; Mechanical pipe layers, all types regardless of type or method of power; Blaster and powder; All work of loading, placing and blasting of all powder and explosives of whatever type regardless of method used for such loading and placing; High scalers (including drilling of same); Tree topper; Bit grinder
GROUP 1-b: Sewer cleaners shall receive $4.00 per day above Group 1 wage rates. ""Sewer cleaner"" means any worker who handles or comes in contact with raw sewage in small
diameter sewers. Those who work inside recently active, large diameter sewers, and all recently active sewer
manholes shal receive $5.00 per day above Group 1 wage
rates.
GROUP 1-c: Burning and welding in connection with laborers' work; Synthetic thermoplastics and similar type welding GROUP 1-d: Maintenance and repair track and road beds. All employees performing work covered herein shall receive $ .25 per hour above their regular rate for all work
performed on underground structures not specifically
covered herein. This paragraph shall not be construed to apply to work below ground level in open cut. It shall
apply to cut and cover work of subway construction after the temporary cover has been placed.
GROUP 1-e: Work on and/or in bell hole footings and shafts thereof, and work on and in deep footings. (A deep footing is a hole 15 feet or more in depth.) In the event the
depth of the footing is unknown at the commencement of
excavation, and the final depth exceeds 15 feet, the deep footing wage rate would apply to all employees for each and every day worked on or in the excavation of the footing from the date of inception.
GROUP 1-f: Wire winding machine in connection with guniting or shot crete
GROUP 2: Asphalt shoveler; Cement dumper and handling dry cement or gypsum; Choke-setter and rigger (clearing work); Concrete bucket dumper and chute; Concrete chipping and grinding; Concrete laborer (wet or dry); Driller tender, chuck tender, nipper; Guinea chaser (stake), grout crew; High pressure nozzle, adductor; Hydraulic monitor (over 100 lbs. pressure); Loading and unloading, carrying and hauling of all rods and materials for use in reinforcing concrete construction; Pittsburgh chipper and similar type brush shredders; Sloper; Single foot, hand-held, pneumatic
tamper; All pneumatic, air, gas and electric tools not
listed in Groups 1 through 1-f; Jacking of pipe - under 12 inches
GROUP 3: Construction laborers, including bridge and general laborer; Dump, load spotter; Flag person; Fire watcher; Fence erector; Guardrail erector; Gardener, horticultural and landscape laborer; Jetting; Limber, brush loader and piler; Pavement marker (button setter); Maintenance, repair track and road beds; Streetcar and railroad construction track laborer; Temporary air and water lines, Victaulic or similar; Tool room attendant (jobsite only)
GROUP 4: Final clean-up work of debris, grounds and building including but not limited to: street cleaner; cleaning and 279
11/19/21, 4:10 PM SAM.gov
https://sam.gov/wage-determination/CA20210007/24 34/45
washing windows; brick cleaner (jobsite only); material cleaner (jobsite only). The classification ""material
cleaner"" is to be utilized under the following conditions:
A: at demolition site for the salvage of the material.
B: at the conclusion of a job where the material is to be salvaged and stocked to be reused on another job.
C: for the cleaning of salvage material at the jobsite or temporary jobsite yard.
The material cleaner classification should not be used in the performance of ""form stripping, cleaning and oiling and moving to the next point of erection"".
--------------------------------------------------------
GUNITE LABORER CLASSIFICATIONS
GROUP 1: Structural Nozzleman
GROUP 2: Nozzleman, Gunman, Potman, Groundman
GROUP 3: Reboundman
GROUP 4: Gunite laborer
----------------------------------------------------------
WRECKING WORK LABORER CLASSIFICATIONS
GROUP 1: Skilled wrecker (removing and salvaging of sash, windows and materials)
GROUP 2: Semi-skilled wrecker (salvaging of other building materials)
---------------------------------------------------------------- LABO0324-019 07/01/2021
Rates Fringes
Plasterer tender.................$ 35.82 28.45
Work on a swing stage scaffold: $1.00 per hour additional. ---------------------------------------------------------------- PAIN0016-004 01/01/2021
MARIN, NAPA, SOLANO & SONOMA COUNTIES
Rates Fringes
Painters:........................$ 45.22 25.48
PREMIUMS:
EXOTIC MATERIALS - $1.25 additional per hour.
SPRAY WORK: - $0.50 additional per hour.
INDUSTRIAL PAINTING - $0.25 additional per hour
[Work on industrial buildings used for the manufacture and processing of goods for sale or service; steel construction (bridges), stacks, towers, tanks, and similar structures] HIGH WORK:
over 50 feet - $2.00 per hour additional
100 to 180 feet - $4.00 per hour additional
Over 180 feet - $6.00 per houir additional
280
11/19/21, 4:10 PM SAM.gov
https://sam.gov/wage-determination/CA20210007/24 35/45
---------------------------------------------------------------- * PAIN0016-005 07/01/2021
ALPINE, BUTTE, COLUSA, EL DORADO (west of the Sierra Nevada Mountains), GLENN, LASSEN (west of Hwy. 395, excluding Honey Lake); MARIN, MODOC, NAPA, NEVADA (west of the Sierra Nevada Mountains), PLACER (west of the Sierra Nevada Mountains), PLUMAS, SACRAMENTO, SHASTA, SIERRA (west of the Sierra Nevada Mountains), SISKIYOU, SOLANO, SONOMA, SUTTER, TEHAMA, TRINITY,
YOLO AND YUBA COUNTIES
Rates Fringes
DRYWALL FINISHER/TAPER...........$ 50.78 28.09
---------------------------------------------------------------- PAIN0016-007 01/01/2021
ALPINE, AMADOR, BUTTE, COLUSA. EL DORADO (west of the Sierra Nevada Mountains), GLENN, LASSEN (west of Highway 395,
excluding Honey Lake), MODOC, NEVADA (west of the Sierra Nevada Mountains), PLACER (west of the Sierra Nevada Mountains), PLUMAS, SACRAMENTO, SHASTA, SIERRA (west of the Sierra Nevada Mountains), SISKIYOU, SUTTER, TEHAMA, TRINITY, YOLO & YUBA
COUNTIES
Rates Fringes
Painters:........................$ 35.88 21.16
SPRAY/SANDBLAST: $0.50 additional per hour.
EXOTIC MATERIALS: $1.25 additional per hour.
HIGH TIME: Over 50 ft above ground or water level $2.00 additional per hour. 100 to 180 ft above ground or water level $4.00 additional per hour. Over 180 ft above ground or water level $6.00 additional per hour.
---------------------------------------------------------------- PAIN0016-008 01/01/2019
MARIN, NAPA, SOLANO AND SONOMA COUNTIES
Rates Fringes
SOFT FLOOR LAYER.................$ 48.60 27.43
---------------------------------------------------------------- PAIN0169-004 01/01/2021
MARIN , NAPA & SONOMA COUNTIES; SOLANO COUNTY (west of a line defined as follows: Hwy. 80 corridor beginning at the City of Fairfield, including Travis Air Force Base and Suisun City; going north of Manakas Corner Rd., continue north on Suisun Valley Rd. to the Napa County line; Hwy. 80 corridor south on Grizzly Island Rd. to the Grizzly Island Management area) Rates Fringes
GLAZIER..........................$ 53.07 31.15
---------------------------------------------------------------- * PAIN0567-001 07/01/2021
EL DORADO COUNTY (east of the Sierra Nevada Mountains); LASSEN COUNTY (east of Highway 395, beginning at Stacey and including 281
11/19/21, 4:10 PM SAM.gov
https://sam.gov/wage-determination/CA20210007/24 36/45
Honey Lake); NEVADA COUNTY (east of the Sierra Nevada
Mountains); PLACER COUNTY (east of the Sierra Nevada
Mountains); AND SIERRA COUNTY (east of the Sierra Nevada Mountains)
Rates Fringes
Painters:
Brush and Roller............$ 31.80 13.54
Spray Painter & Paperhanger.$ 33.39 13.54
PREMIUMS:
Special Coatings (Brush), and Sandblasting = $0.50/hr
Special Coatings (Spray), and Steeplejack = $1.00/hr
Special Coating Spray Steel = $1.25/hr
Swing Stage = $2.00/hr
*A special coating is a coating that requires the mixing of 2 or more products.
---------------------------------------------------------------- PAIN0567-007 07/01/2020
EL DORADO COUNTY (east of the Sierra Nevada Mountains); LASSEN COUNTY (east of Highway 395, beginning at Stacey and including Honey Lake); NEVADA COUNTY (east of the Sierra Nevada
Mountains); PLACER COUNTY (east of the Sierra Nevada Mountains) AND SIERRA COUNTY (east of the Sierra Nevada Mountains) Rates Fringes
SOFT FLOOR LAYER.................$ 31.01 15.48
---------------------------------------------------------------- PAIN0567-010 07/01/2020
EL DORADO COUNTY (east of the Sierra Nevada Mountains); LASSEN COUNTY (east of Highway 395, beginning at Stacey and including Honey Lake); NEVADA COUNTY (east of the Sierra Nevada
Mountains); PLACER COUNTY (east of the Sierra Nevada
Mountains); AND SIERRA COUNTY (east of the Sierra Nevada Mountains)
Rates Fringes
Drywall
(1) Taper...................$ 35.20 14.02
(2) Steeplejack - Taper,
over 40 ft with open space
below.......................$ 36.70 14.02
---------------------------------------------------------------- PAIN0767-004 01/01/2021
ALPINE, AMADOR, BUTTE, COLUSA, EL DORADO, GLENN, LASSEN, MODOC,
NEVADA, PLACER, PLUMAS, SACRAMENTO, SHASTA, SIERRA, SISKIYOU, SOLANO (Remainder), SUTTER, TEHAMA, TRINITY, YOLO, YUBA Rates Fringes
GLAZIER..........................$ 41.51 31.36
PAID HOLIDAYS: New Year's Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, 282
11/19/21, 4:10 PM SAM.gov
https://sam.gov/wage-determination/CA20210007/24 37/45
President's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Veteran's Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day.
Employee rquired to wear a body harness shall receive $1.50 per hour above the basic hourly rate at any elevation.
---------------------------------------------------------------- PAIN1176-001 07/01/2020
HIGHWAY IMPR0VEMENT
Rates Fringes
Parking Lot Striping/Highway
Marking:
GROUP 1.....................$ 38.48 16.88
GROUP 2.....................$ 32.71 16.88
GROUP 3.....................$ 33.09 16.88
CLASSIFICATIONS
GROUP 1: Striper: Layout and application of painted traffic stripes and marking; hot thermo plastic; tape, traffic
stripes and markings
GROUP 2: Gamecourt & Playground Installer
GROUP 3: Protective Coating, Pavement Sealing
---------------------------------------------------------------- PAIN1237-001 01/01/2021
ALPINE; COLUSA; EL DORADO (west of the Sierra Nevada
Mountains); GLENN; LASSEN (west of Highway 395, beginning at Stacey and including Honey Lake); MODOC; NEVADA (west of the Sierra Nevada Mountains); PLACER (west of the Sierra Nevada Mountains); PLUMAS; SACRAMENTO; SHASTA; SIERRA (west of the Sierra Nevada Mountains); SISKIYOU; SUTTER; TEHAMA; TRINITY;
YOLO AND YUBA COUNTIES
Rates Fringes
SOFT FLOOR LAYER.................$ 41.81 23.39
---------------------------------------------------------------- PLAS0300-003 07/01/2018
Rates Fringes
PLASTERER
AREA 295: Alpine, Amador,
Butte, Colusa, El Dorado,
Glenn, Lassen, Modoc,
Nevada, Placer, Plumas,
Sacramento, Shasta,
Sierra, Siskiyou, Solano,
Sutter, Tehema, Trinity,
Yolo & Yuba Counties........$ 32.70 31.68
AREA 355: Marin.............$ 36.73 31.68
AREA 355: Napa & Sonoma
Counties....................$ 32.70 31.68
---------------------------------------------------------------- PLAS0300-005 07/01/2016
Rates Fringes
283
11/19/21, 4:10 PM SAM.gov
https://sam.gov/wage-determination/CA20210007/24 38/45
CEMENT MASON/CONCRETE FINISHER...$ 32.15 23.27
---------------------------------------------------------------- PLUM0038-002 07/01/2021
MARIN AND SONOMA COUNTIES
Rates Fringes
PLUMBER (Plumber,
Steamfitter, Refrigeration
Fitter)
(1) Work on wooden frame
structures 5 stories or
less excluding high-rise
buildings and commercial
work such as hospitals,
prisons, hotels, schools,
casinos, wastewater
treatment plants, and
resarch facilities as well
as refrigeration
pipefitting, service and
repair work - MARKET
RECOVERY RATE...............$ 67.15 44.21
(2) All other work - NEW
CONSTRUCTION RATE...........$ 79.00 46.01
---------------------------------------------------------------- PLUM0038-006 07/01/2021
MARIN & SONOMA COUNTIES
Rates Fringes
Landscape/Irrigation Fitter
(Underground/Utility Fitter).....$ 67.15 32.67
---------------------------------------------------------------- PLUM0228-001 07/01/2021
BUTTE, COLUSA, GLENN, LASSEN, MODOC, PLUMAS, SHASTA, SIERRA,
SISKIYOU, SUTTER, TEHAMA, TRINITY & YUBA COUNTIES
Rates Fringes
PLUMBER..........................$ 42.50 35.89
---------------------------------------------------------------- PLUM0343-001 07/01/2021
NAPA AND SOLANO COUNTIES
Rates Fringes
PLUMBER/PIPEFITTER
Light Commercial............$ 30.85 20.40
All Other Work..............$ 56.00 39.61
DEFINITION OF LIGHT COMMERICIAL:
Work shall include strip shopping centers, office buildings, schools and other commercial structures which the total plumbing bid does not exceed Two Hundred and Fifty Thousand ($250,000) and the total heating and cooling does not
exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand ($250,000); or Any
projects bid in phases shall not qualify unless the total project is less than Two Hundred Fifty Thousand ($250,000) 284
11/19/21, 4:10 PM SAM.gov
https://sam.gov/wage-determination/CA20210007/24 39/45
for the plumbing bid; and Two Hundred Fifty Thousand
($250,000) for the heating and cooling bid. Excluded are hospitals, jails, institutions and industrial projects, regardless size of the project
FOOTNOTES: While fitting galvanized material: $.75 per hour additional. Work from trusses, temporary staging,
unguarded structures 35' from the ground or water: $.75 per hour additional. Work from swinging scaffolds, boatswains chairs or similar devices: $.75 per hour additional.
---------------------------------------------------------------- PLUM0350-001 08/01/2021
EL DORADO COUNTY (Lake Tahoe area only); NEVADA COUNTY (Lake Tahoe area only); AND PLACER COUNTY (Lake Tahoe area only) Rates Fringes
PLUMBER/PIPEFITTER...............$ 47.54 17.11
---------------------------------------------------------------- PLUM0355-001 07/01/2021
ALPINE, AMADOR, BUTTE, COLUSA, EL DORADO, GLENN, LASSEN, MODOC,
NAPA, NEVADA, PLACER, PLUMAS, SACRAMENTO, SHASTA, SIERRA,
SISKIYOU, SOLANO, SUTTER, TEHAMA, TRINITY, YOLO, AND YUBA
COUNTIES
Rates Fringes
Underground Utility Worker
/Landscape Fitter...........$ 30.90 16.80
---------------------------------------------------------------- PLUM0442-003 07/01/2021
AMADOR (South of San Joaquin River) and ALPINE COUNTIES Rates Fringes
PLUMBER..........................$ 47.50 33.39
---------------------------------------------------------------- PLUM0447-001 07/01/2021
AMADOR (north of San Joaquin River), EL DORADO (excluding Lake Tahoe area), NEVADA (excluding Lake Tahoe area); PLACER (excluding Lake Tahoe area), SACRAMENTO AND YOLO COUNTIES Rates Fringes
PLUMBER/PIPEFITTER
Journeyman..................$ 56.37 26.75
Light Commercial Work.......$ 36.23 17.72
---------------------------------------------------------------- ROOF0081-006 08/01/2021
MARIN, NAPA, SOLANO AND SONOMA COUNTIES
Rates Fringes
Roofer...........................$ 47.17 19.86
---------------------------------------------------------------- ROOF0081-007 08/01/2021
285
11/19/21, 4:10 PM SAM.gov
https://sam.gov/wage-determination/CA20210007/24 40/45
ALPINE, BUTTE, COLUSA, EL DORADO, GLENN,LASSEN, MODOC, NEVADA,
PLACER, PLUMAS, SACRAMENTO, SHASTA, SIERRA, SISKIYOU, SUTTER,
TEHAMA, TRINITY, YOLO, AND YUBA COUNTIES
Rates Fringes
Roofer...........................$ 41.23 19.61
---------------------------------------------------------------- SFCA0483-003 08/02/2021
MARIN, NAPA, SOLANO AND SONOMA COUNTIES
Rates Fringes
SPRINKLER FITTER (Fire
Sprinklers)......................$ 70.99 34.85
---------------------------------------------------------------- SFCA0669-003 04/01/2021
ALPINE, BUTTE, COLUSA, EL DORADO, GLENN, LASSEN, MODOC, NEVADA,
PLACER, PLUMAS, SACRAMENTO, SHASTA, SIERRA, SISKIYOU, SUTTER,
TEHAMA, TRINITY, YOLO AND YUBA COUNTIES
Rates Fringes
SPRINKLER FITTER.................$ 42.34 26.29
---------------------------------------------------------------- SHEE0104-006 06/29/2020
MARIN, NAPA, SOLANO SONOMA & TRINITY COUNTIES
Rates Fringes
Sheet Metal Worker
Mechanical Contracts
$200,000 or less............$ 55.92 45.29
All other work..............$ 64.06 46.83
---------------------------------------------------------------- SHEE0104-009 07/01/2021
AMADOR, COLUSA, EL DORADO, NEVADA, PLACER, SACRAMENTO, SUTTER,
YOLO AND YUBA COUNTIES
Rates Fringes
SHEET METAL WORKER...............$ 47.85 41.90
---------------------------------------------------------------- SHEE0104-010 07/01/2020
AlPINE COUNTY
Rates Fringes
SHEET METAL WORKER...............$ 43.50 37.42
---------------------------------------------------------------- SHEE0104-011 07/01/2020
BUTTE, COLUSA, EL DORADO, GLENN, LASSEN, MODOC, NEVADA, PLACER,
PLUMAS, SACRAMENTO, SHASTA, SIERRA, SISKIYOU, SUTTER, TEHAMA,
YOLO AND YUBA COUNTIES
286
11/19/21, 4:10 PM SAM.gov
https://sam.gov/wage-determination/CA20210007/24 41/45
Rates Fringes
Sheet Metal Worker (Metal
decking and siding only).........$ 44.45 35.55
---------------------------------------------------------------- SHEE0104-014 07/01/2020
MARIN, NAPA, SOLANO, SONOMA AND TRINITY COUNTIES
Rates Fringes
SHEET METAL WORKER (Metal
Decking and Siding only).........$ 44.45 35.55
---------------------------------------------------------------- SHEE0104-019 07/01/2020
BUTTE, GLENN, LASSEN, MODOC, PLUMAS, SHASTA, SIERRA, SISKIYOU
AND TEHAMA COUNTIES
Rates Fringes
SHEET METAL WORKER
Mechanical Jobs $200,000 &
under.......................$ 35.16 35.88
Mechanical Jobs over
$200,000....................$ 46.60 40.21
---------------------------------------------------------------- TEAM0094-001 07/01/2021
Rates Fringes
Truck drivers:
GROUP 1.....................$ 35.15 31.42
GROUP 2.....................$ 35.45 31.42
GROUP 3.....................$ 35.75 31.42
GROUP 4.....................$ 36.10 31.42
GROUP 5.....................$ 36.45 31.42
FOOTNOTES:
Articulated dump truck; Bulk cement spreader (with or without auger); Dumpcrete truck; Skid truck (debris box); Dry
pre-batch concrete mix trucks; Dumpster or similar type; Slurry truck: Use dump truck yardage rate.
Heater planer; Asphalt burner; Scarifier burner; Industrial lift truck (mechanical tailgate); Utility and clean-up
truck: Use appropriate rate for the power unit or the
equipment utilized.
TRUCK DRIVER CLASSIFICATIONS
GROUP 1: Dump trucks, under 6 yds.; Single unit flat rack (2- axle unit); Nipper truck (when flat rack truck is used
appropriate flat rack shall apply); Concrete pump truck (when flat rack truck is used appropriate flat rack shall apply); Concrete pump machine; Fork lift and lift jitneys; Fuel and/or grease truck driver or fuel person; Snow buggy; Steam cleaning; Bus or personhaul driver; Escort or pilot car driver; Pickup truck; Teamster oiler/greaser and/or serviceperson; Hook tender (including loading and
unloading); Team driver; Tool room attendant (refineries) GROUP 2: Dump trucks, 6 yds. and under 8 yds.; Transit
287
11/19/21, 4:10 PM SAM.gov
https://sam.gov/wage-determination/CA20210007/24 42/45
mixers, through 10 yds.; Water trucks, under 7,000 gals.; Jetting trucks, under 7,000 gals.; Single-unit flat rack (3-axle unit); Highbed heavy duty transport; Scissor truck; Rubber-tired muck car (not self-loaded); Rubber-tired truck jumbo; Winch truck and ""A"" frame drivers; Combination winch truck with hoist; Road oil truck or bootperson;
Buggymobile; Ross, Hyster and similar straddle carriers; Small rubber-tired tractor
GROUP 3: Dump trucks, 8 yds. and including 24 yds.; Transit mixers, over 10 yds.; Water trucks, 7,000 gals. and over; Jetting trucks, 7,000 gals. and over; Vacuum trucks under 7500 gals. Trucks towing tilt bed or flat bed pull
trailers; Lowbed heavy duty transport; Heavy duty transport tiller person; Self- propelled street sweeper with
self-contained refuse bin; Boom truck - hydro-lift or
Swedish type extension or retracting crane; P.B. or similar type self-loading truck; Tire repairperson; Combination bootperson and road oiler; Dry distribution truck (A
bootperson when employed on such equipment, shall receive the rate specified for the classification of road oil
trucks or bootperson); Ammonia nitrate distributor, driver and mixer; Snow Go and/or plow
GROUP 4: Dump trucks, over 25 yds. and under 65 yds.; Water pulls - DW 10's, 20's, 21's and other similar equipment when pulling Aqua/pak or water tank trailers; Helicopter pilots (when transporting men and materials); Lowbedk Heavy Duty Transport up to including 7 axles; DW10's, 20's, 21's and other similar Cat type, Terra Cobra, LeTourneau Pulls, Tournorocker, Euclid and similar type equipment when
pulling fuel and/or grease tank trailers or other
miscellaneous trailers; Vacuum Trucks 7500 gals and over and truck repairman
GROUP 5: Dump trucks, 65 yds. and over; Holland hauler; Low bed Heavy Duty Transport over 7 axles
---------------------------------------------------------------- WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for craft performing
operation to which welding is incidental.
================================================================ Note: Executive Order (EO) 13706, Establishing Paid Sick Leave for Federal Contractors applies to all contracts subject to the Davis-Bacon Act for which the contract is awarded (and any solicitation was issued) on or after January 1, 2017. If this contract is covered by the EO, the contractor must provide employees with 1 hour of paid sick leave for every 30 hours they work, up to 56 hours of paid sick leave each year.
Employees must be permitted to use paid sick leave for their own illness, injury or other health-related needs, including preventive care; to assist a family member (or person who is like family to the employee) who is ill, injured, or has other health-related needs, including preventive care; or for reasons resulting from, or to assist a family member (or person who is like family to the employee) who is a victim of, domestic violence, sexual assault, or stalking. Additional information on contractor requirements and worker protections under the EO is available at www.dol.gov/whd/govcontracts.
Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be added after 288
11/19/21, 4:10 PM SAM.gov
https://sam.gov/wage-determination/CA20210007/24 43/45
award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29CFR 5.5 (a) (1) (ii)).
---------------------------------------------------------------- The body of each wage determination lists the classification and wage rates that have been found to be prevailing for the cited type(s) of construction in the area covered by the wage determination. The classifications are listed in alphabetical order of ""identifiers"" that indicate whether the particular rate is a union rate (current union negotiated rate for local), a survey rate (weighted average rate) or a union average rate (weighted union average rate).
Union Rate Identifiers
A four letter classification abbreviation identifier enclosed in dotted lines beginning with characters other than ""SU"" or ""UAVG"" denotes that the union classification and rate were prevailing for that classification in the survey. Example:
PLUM0198-005 07/01/2014. PLUM is an abbreviation identifier of the union which prevailed in the survey for this
classification, which in this example would be Plumbers. 0198 indicates the local union number or district council number where applicable, i.e., Plumbers Local 0198. The next number, 005 in the example, is an internal number used in processing the wage determination. 07/01/2014 is the effective date of the most current negotiated rate, which in this example is July 1, 2014.
Union prevailing wage rates are updated to reflect all rate changes in the collective bargaining agreement (CBA) governing this classification and rate.
Survey Rate Identifiers
Classifications listed under the ""SU"" identifier indicate that no one rate prevailed for this classification in the survey and the published rate is derived by computing a weighted average rate based on all the rates reported in the survey for that classification. As this weighted average rate includes all rates reported in the survey, it may include both union and non-union rates. Example: SULA2012-007 5/13/2014. SU indicates the rates are survey rates based on a weighted average
calculation of rates and are not majority rates. LA indicates the State of Louisiana. 2012 is the year of survey on which these classifications and rates are based. The next number, 007 in the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage determination. 5/13/2014 indicates the survey completion date for the classifications and rates under that identifier.
Survey wage rates are not updated and remain in effect until a new survey is conducted.
Union Average Rate Identifiers
Classification(s) listed under the UAVG identifier indicate that no single majority rate prevailed for those
classifications; however, 100% of the data reported for the classifications was union data. EXAMPLE: UAVG-OH-0010
08/29/2014. UAVG indicates that the rate is a weighted union average rate. OH indicates the state. The next number, 0010 in the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage 289
11/19/21, 4:10 PM SAM.gov
https://sam.gov/wage-determination/CA20210007/24 44/45
determination. 08/29/2014 indicates the survey completion date for the classifications and rates under that identifier.
A UAVG rate will be updated once a year, usually in January of each year, to reflect a weighted average of the current negotiated/CBA rate of the union locals from which the rate is based.
----------------------------------------------------------------
WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS
1.) Has there been an initial decision in the matter? This can be:
* an existing published wage determination
* a survey underlying a wage determination
* a Wage and Hour Division letter setting forth a position on a wage determination matter
* a conformance (additional classification and rate) ruling On survey related matters, initial contact, including requests for summaries of surveys, should be with the Wage and Hour Regional Office for the area in which the survey was conducted because those Regional Offices have responsibility for the Davis-Bacon survey program. If the response from this initial contact is not satisfactory, then the process described in 2.) and 3.) should be followed.
With regard to any other matter not yet ripe for the formal process described here, initial contact should be with the Branch of Construction Wage Determinations. Write to:
Branch of Construction Wage Determinations
Wage and Hour Division
U.S. Department of Labor
200 Constitution Avenue, N.W.
Washington, DC 20210
2.) If the answer to the question in 1.) is yes, then an interested party (those affected by the action) can request review and reconsideration from the Wage and Hour Administrator (See 29 CFR Part 1.8 and 29 CFR Part 7). Write to:
Wage and Hour Administrator
U.S. Department of Labor
200 Constitution Avenue, N.W.
Washington, DC 20210
The request should be accompanied by a full statement of the interested party's position and by any information (wage payment data, project description, area practice material, etc.) that the requestor considers relevant to the issue.
3.) If the decision of the Administrator is not favorable, an interested party may appeal directly to the Administrative Review Board (formerly the Wage Appeals Board). Write to:
Administrative Review Board
U.S. Department of Labor
200 Constitution Avenue, N.W.
Washington, DC 20210
290
11/19/21, 4:10 PM SAM.gov
https://sam.gov/wage-determination/CA20210007/24 45/45
4.) All decisions by the Administrative Review Board are final. ================================================================ END OF GENERAL DECISION"
291
Exhibit C
Escrow Bid Document Certification
292
293
Exhibit D
Insurance Certificates and
Endorsements
294
PROGRAM SUPPLEMENT NO. F010 Rev. 1
to
ADMINISTERING AGENCY-STATE AGREEMENT
FOR FEDERAL-AID PROJECTS NO 03-5398F15
Adv. Project ID
0318000029
Date: August 05, 2021
Location: 03-ED-O-SL TO
Project Number: CML-5398(013)
E.A. Number:
Locode: 5398
This Program Supplement hereby adopts and incorporates the Administering Agency-State Agreement for Federal Aid which was entered into between the Administering Agency and the State on 08/18/2016 and is subject to all the terms and conditions thereof. This Program Supplement is executed in accordance with Article I of the aforementioned Master Agreement under authority of Resolution No. 2017-21 approved by the Administering Agency on 4/15/2014 (See copy attached}.
The Administering Agency further stipulates that as a condition to the payment by the State of any funds derived from sources noted below obligated to this PROJECT, the Administering Agency accepts and will comply with the special covenants or remarks set forth on the following pages.
PROJECT LOCATION: Lake Tahoe Blvd from Intersection of Viking Way to the State Route 50.
TYPE OF WORK: Bike Trail
Estimated Cost Federal F1:1nds
2400
Z40E
$3,899,892.59 2005
Z23E
Z301
23E1
Z230
Z905
CITY OF SOUTH LAKE TAHOE
By
Title
Date
Attest
$203,000.00
$268,775.00
$218,573.00
$777,480.87
$607,300.00
$136,700.00
$749,519.13
$537,427.00
LOCAL
$401,117.59
LENGTH: O.O(MILES)
Matching Funds
STATE OF CALIFORNIA
Department of Transportation
By
OTHER
Chief, Office of Project Implementation
Division of Local Assistance
Date
I hereby certify upon my personal knowledge that budgeted fuRds are available for this enC1:1mbrance:
$0.00
Accounting Ofllc:er � Date r\ LO\ 2--1 $3,498,775.00
Program Supplement 03-5398F15-F01 0-R1- Page 1 of9
for
9/2/2021
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
Council Agenda Report January 18, 2022 Page 1 of 4
City of South Lake Tahoe
Report to City Council
Meeting Date: January 18, 2022
Title: 56-Acres Master Plan.
Location: Bijou/Al Tahoe Community Plan District #4, 56-acres (Multiple APNs) Responsible Staff Members: John Hitchcock, Planning Manager (530) 542-7405 Background: On June 26, the California Tahoe Conservancy Board adopted Resolution 20- 06-07, authorizing Proposition 68 grant funds to the City for up to $425,000 to develop the 56- Acres Master Plan. The 56-Acres Master Plan Project is a collaborative vision of the City of South Lake Tahoe, El Dorado County, and the California Tahoe Conservancy (CTC). Each agency is supporting this effort to turn the 56-Acres Project into a locally and nationally renowned civic space for the enjoyment of residents and visitors alike. The goals of the Master Plan focus on environmental sustainability, cultural preservation, provisions for recreational/civic needs, water quality, traffic mitigation, aesthetic improvements, and creating meaningful world-class facilities and public open space.
The purpose of the master plan is to develop a comprehensive strategy for the project site, facilities, programs, and services which is responsive to the community’s demographics, social background, and multigenerational recreational needs. The plan will serve to guide the City in capital improvement planning, programmatic planning, maintenance and operational planning, and budgetary decision making.
A Public Engagement Plan (PEP) was developed to guide outreach efforts and engage a diverse range of park users, residents, visitors, community organizations, and local officials. The public engagement effort included focus group interviews with key stakeholders, an on-site self-guided tour, online line surveys, and three public workshops to listen, share ideas, and refine the master plan concept plans.
In total, ten online-focused stakeholder meetings were conducted, over 150 community members participated in the three workshops, over 50 community members participated in the on-site selfguided tour, and over 200 individuals participated in the online survey. Overall, 82 percent of the respondents have expressed that they are very comfortable with the proposed program elements of the 56-Acre Master Plan Project or somewhat comfortable.
With input from City, County, and CTC staff, participants at all workshops, and online feedback, the consultant team has drafted the 56-Acres Park Master Plan and preferred conceptual site 305
Council Agenda Report January 18, 2022 Page 2 of 4
plan. The preferred conceptual plan illustrates the best aspects of the alternatives based on input and evaluation throughout the planning process. The preferred conceptual plan includes:
Preferred areas for enhancement of open space, habitat enhancement, and sustainable native planting opportunities, and potential for community restoration projects Locations for public spaces, types of uses and activities, pedestrian, and vehicular circulation (including ADA accessibility)
Relocation of the South Tahoe Recreation and Aquatics Center to the site located adjacent to the El Dorado County Library and Lake Tahoe Boulevard Location and space and capacity need for new and/ or renovated facilities to meet the identified need
Location for recreational uses and facilities related to day use and overnight accommodations
Maps, illustrations, before and after visualizations, and renderings of the conceptual plan to clearly communicate the aspects of facilities
Issue and Discussion:
Initial Study
To evaluate the potential environmental impacts of the 56-Acres Master Plan and the proposed South Lake Tahoe Recreation and Aquatics Center Project, Ascent Environmental prepared an Initial Study/Mitigated Negative Declaration (IS/MND) pursuant to the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA). The Draft IS/MND provides an analysis of the potential for the project to result in significant environmental impacts. Areas of analysis include aesthetics, agriculture and forestry, air quality, biological resources, cultural resources, geology and soils, greenhouse gas emissions, hazards and hazardous materials, hydrology and water quality, land use planning, mineral resources, noise, population and housing, public services, recreation, transportation and traffic, utility and services systems, and additional mandatory findings of significance related to potential cumulative impacts. The analysis concluded that the proposed project could have an impact in the following resource areas: cultural resources, hazards and hazardous materials, noise, tribal cultural resources, utilities and service systems, and cumulative impacts. However, the IS/MND incorporates mitigation measures that would reduce all impacts to a less than significant (see Attachment 02).
Tribal Consultation
Pursuant to state law, the City has completed requirements for consultation with Native American tribes under Assembly Bill 52 and the CEQA Guidelines (see Attachment 03). The City received a comment from the United Auburn Indian Community acknowledging the proposed project and deferring to the Washoe Tribe of Nevada and California. No other comments were received. Staff sent a notice to Chairman Serrell Smokey and Darrel Cruz, Cultural Resources Director of the 306
Council Agenda Report January 18, 2022 Page 3 of 4
Washoe Tribe of Nevada and California. At this time, no comments have been received from the Washoe Tribe of Nevada and California.
Public Comment Period and Public Noticing
The Draft IS/MND has been sent, along with a Notice of Completion and Notice of Intent, to the California State Clearinghouse for distribution to state and regional agencies for review. The IS/MND is also available at City offices (1052 Tata Lane) and online at https://www.cityofslt.us/DocumentCenter/View/15116/56-Acre-Master-Plan-PDF. The public review and comment period began December 10, 2021 and ends on January 10, 2022. A Notice of Intent, advertising the review period and the public hearing date, was mailed to all affected property owners within 300 and published in the Tahoe Daily Tribune on December 17, 2021 (see Attachment 04).
Environmental Considerations: See “Issue and Discussion” section above.
Financial Implications: None
Recommendation: City staff recommends that the City Council pass a Resolution adopting the 56-Acres Master Plan and Initial Study/Mitigated Negative Declaration (IS/MND) and finding that the IS/MND adequately addresses the potential environmental impacts of the proposed project and that no further environmental analysis is required to comply with the California Environmental Quality Act.
Policy Implications:
City of South Lake Tahoe General Plan
The proposed 56-Acres Master Plan and the South Lake Tahoe Recreation and Aquatics Center Project is consistent with the goals and policies of the City of South Lake Tahoe General Plan. 56-acress project area is currently designated as recreation in the City’s General Plan.
Recreation land use designation is defined as follows:
This designation provides for outdoor recreation areas, active and passive recreational uses, habitat protection, and public/quasi-public uses. This designation is applied to areas with existing and proposed outdoor recreation and areas without overriding environmental constraints.
The Land Use and Community Design Element of the General Plan include the following goals and policies to encourage development, redevelopment, and upgrades to existing development.
Goal LU-2 : To focus future commercial, multi-family residential, tourist, civic, and social gathering space development in community plan area in order to maximize incentives and create transit,- bicycle-, and pedestrian-oriented places that serve the needs of both residents and visitors. 307
Council Agenda Report January 18, 2022 Page 4 of 4
Policy LU-2.1: Community Plan Redevelopment, Expansion, and Upgrade The City shall encourage public and private investment in the expansion and upgrade of commercial and tourist accommodation projects within the Tahoe Valley, Bijou/Al Tahoe, and Stateline/Ski Run community plan areas and use appropriate financing tools, such as redevelopment, to achieve economic and land use goals, as determined proper to achieve this objective.
Policy LU-2.2: Community Plan Preparation, Adoption, and Implementation The City shall periodically update and implement the four Community Plans as a way to focus development commodities and revitalization efforts.
Policy LU-2.5: Bijou/Al Tahoe Community Plan Area
The City shall encourage the creation of a viable residential neighborhood with appropriate neighborhood amenities and compatible high-quality family-oriented recreation and public facilities including government offices.
Bijou/Al Tahoe Community Plan
The Bijou/Al Tahoe Community Plan (B/AT CP) was adopted by the City and states that the area “...should serve as a family oriented and recreation center, as well as the Town Center for the local Community. To accomplish this goal, policies must encourage diversification of recreational and commercial attractions to create the high-quality development expected in a family-oriented resort area.” The proposed amendments will further the goals of the B/AT CP by encouraging the redevelopment of an infill site with high quality recreation opportunities with development that complements the overall natural setting.
The proposed 56-Acres Master Plan and the South Lake Tahoe Recreation and Aquatics Center Project consistent with the B/AT CP “Town Center” designation, encouraging the relocation of city, county, state, and federal offices to the district and expanding recreational activities within the district and immediate surrounding areas.
In addition, the proposed 56-Acres Master Plan and the South Lake Tahoe Recreation and Aquatics Center Project amendment is consistent with the following policy:
Policy A: Establish four unique, separate districts.
Town Center District. Areas currently described as Campground by the Lake, South Tahoe Middle School, John Boulevard areas and Lake Tahoe Community College shall be combined to accommodate the following uses: Commercial (public service support orientation, or receiving area for transfer of SEZ/Scenic Corridor), Public Service, Recreation, and designation as a “Special Events Area.”
308
January, 2022
56 ACRES
ENVISION
MASTER PLAN
309
ii | 56 ACRES MASTER PLAN
INTRODUCTION: ENVISIONING 56 ACRES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 2
MISSION, VISION, AND OBJECTIVES 3
PROJECT HISTORY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 CONTEXT AND PROJECT EVOLUTION 6
REVIEW OF EXISTING DOCUMENTS AND STUDIES 7
EXISTING DOCUMENTS AND STUDIES 7
CURRENT PLANNING EFFORTS 10
EXISTING CONDITIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 DEMOGRAPHIC PROFILE 14
CONTEXT SCALE MAPPING 16
SITE SCALE MAPPING 22
SITE ANALYSIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 EXISTING CONDITIONS 28
SITE CONDITIONS 30
OPPORTUNITIES AND CONSTRAINTS 34
CONTENTS
310
Table of Contents | iii
PUBLIC ENGAGEMENT SUMMARY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 PUBLIC ENGAGEMENT PROCESS 38
ENGAGEMENT WINDOW ONE 41
ENGAGEMENT WINDOW TWO 46
ENGAGEMENT WINDOW THREE 47
DRAFT ALTERNATIVES & 56 ACRES MASTER PLAN . . . . . . . . . . 49 PROGRAMMING 50
PROGRAMMING CONCEPTS 56
MASTER PLAN 60
PHASING, FUNDING, OPERATIONS & MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . 65 PHASING AND FUNDING 66
PHASING PLAN 67
OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE 68
311
iv | 56 ACRES MASTER PLAN
List of Figures
FIGURE 1: PROJECT TIMELINE 6
FIGURE 2: 2020-2025 POPULATION GROWTH RATE BY BLOCK GROUP 14 FIGURE 4: SOUTH LAKE TAHOE 2020 POPULATION GROWTH RATE 14 FIGURE 3: 2020 DIVERSITY INDEX BY BLOCK GROUP 14
FIGURE 5: SOUTH LAKE TAHOE 2020 POPULATION BY RACE 14
FIGURE 6: 2020 MEDIAN AGE BY BLOCK GROUP 15
FIGURE 8: SOUTH LAKE TAHOE 2020 POPULATION BY AGE 15
FIGURE 7: 2020 MEDIAN HOUSEHOLD INCOME BY BLOCK GROUP 15 FIGURE 9: SOUTH LAKE TAHOE 2020 HOUSEHOLD INCOME 15
FIGURE 10: PUBLIC ACCESS & RECREATION 16
FIGURE 11: BICYCLE AND PEDESTRIAN CONNECTIVITY 18
FIGURE 12: WALKING DISTANCES AND BEACH ACCESS 20
FIGURE 13: SITE OWNERSHIP MAP 22
FIGURE 14: SITE STRUCTURES MAP 23
FIGURE 15: SITE COVERAGE PLAN 24
FIGURE 16: SITE SOUNDSCAPE MAP 25
FIGURE 17: EXISTING CONDITIONS MAP 28
FIGURE 18: SITE OPPORTUNITIES AND CONSTRAINTS MAP 35
FIGURE 19: STAKEHOLDER ORGANIZATION CHART 40
FIGURE 20: BILINGUAL PUBLIC WEBINAR BANNER 44
FIGURE 21: PROGRAMMING CONCEPT 1 DIAGRAM 56
FIGURE 22: PROGRAMMING CONCEPT 2 DIAGRAM 56
FIGURE 23: PROGRAMMING CONCEPT 3 DIAGRAM 57
FIGURE 24: PREFERRED CONCEPT PROGRAM DIAGRAM 59
FIGURE 25: MASTER PLAN 60
FIGURE 26: MASTER PLAN ALTERNATIVE 61
FIGURE 27: PHASING PLAN 67
312
Table of Contents | v313
314
The 56 Acres Master Plan, a collaboration
between the City of South Lake Tahoe and El
Dorado County, aims to create a signature park in
the heart of South Lake Tahoe. The Plan will build
upon the success of Lakeview Commons and
over a decade of site-oriented community, public,
and stakeholder engagement. The project goals
are aimed at residents and visitors alike. They
focus on recreational and civic needs, the creation
of meaningful world-class facilities and public
open space, environmental stainability, cultural
preservation, water quality, traffic mitigation,
aesthetic improvements, and habitat preservation.
Introduction:
Envisioning
56 Acres
315
2 | 56 ACRES MASTER PLAN
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The 56 Acres Master Plan is funded by a grant from the
California Tahoe Conservancy and is a collaborative effort between the two land owners, the City of South Lake
Tahoe and El Dorado County. The consultant team was
lead by Design Workshop. Key Stakeholders were included throughout the process to provide feedback on the master plan.
City of South Lake Tahoe
El Dorado County
Rufus Allen Boulevard with the existing Recreation Center in the foreground.
Consultant Team
Design Workshop, Inc.
Ascent Environmental
Cardno
Noll & Tam Architects
LSC Transportation Consultants
Key Stakeholders
California Tahoe Conservancy
El Dorado County Commission on Aging
El Dorado County Library, South Lake Tahoe Branch
El Dorado County Parks and Recreation Commission
Lake Tahoe Historical Society
Tahoe Art League
City of South Lake Tahoe Parks and Recreation
Commission
316
Introducti on | 3
Mission
The master plan encompasses the public and stakeholder
groups’ vision for recreation, community, and government uses on the 56 Acres site. The plan is approvable,
implementable, and identifies phases with the Multigenerational Aquatics and Recreation Center project as the first phase to be built.
Project Challenges: The 56 Acres project site has many
of the characteristics of a town center including a central location and community driven site program. However, the area has been challenged by decades of under investment and ownership constraints. This plan addresses how to
create a recreation and government center for South Lake Tahoe while recognizing past land use obligations and
ownership along with constraints imposed by permitting
and funding.
Vision
For over 40 years the site referred to 56 Acres has
provided a wide range of activities and created fond
memories for residents and visitors from all over the world.
The location in the center of the City of South Lake Tahoe, adjacency to Lakeview Commons Beach, the existing
recreation and overnight camping accommodations on
site, the proximity to other recreation and educational facilities and convenient shopping and dining within
walking distance makes the site a community hub and
a basecamp for many visitors. Working closely with the
City, stakeholders and the public, the project team utilized knowledge, creativity, and experience to provide a master plan that will elevate the recreation and community
experience. The master plan embraces the natural beauty of the site, creates a framework for short and long-term environmental enhancements, identifies opportunities for on-site revenue generation for on-going maintenance and future improvements.
Objectives
Critical Success Factors
• Robust public engagement process
• Coordination and collaboration with the Recreation
Center project to ensure it is implemented as the first project identified in the MP
• Provide guidance on the preferred location of the
Recreation Center early in the process
• Coordinate with the area plan amendment to make
sure the elements of the MP can be built
• Coordinate the MP with other planning projects within the area such as Alta Mira, Conolley Beach, ballfields, Bijou Park MP, and Regan Beach
• Think broadly and collaboratively about partnerships
• Environmental improvements
• Revenue generating (recreation center, camping/
overnight - increase, concessionaire, special events,
reservable spaces)
• Safe crossings, release valve for Lakeview Commons
• Address parking and traffic issues – improve Highway
50 entries, internal connectivity
• Work collaboratively with City and County staff
• Utilize existing resources and previous work to reduce overall timeline and budget
• Compliance with CEQA analysis of potential impacts to vehicle miles traveled consistent with SB 743
• Quality control methods in place to ensure deliverables are complete, accurate, and appropriately edited
• Encourage non-motorized access to the site
• Outline how to fund and implement future phases of
work beyond recreation center
MISSION, VISION, AND OBJECTIVES
317
318
Project History
For over 40 years, 56 Acres has created lasting
memories for residents and visitors from all
over the world. The location in the center of
the City of South Lake Tahoe, as well as its
adjacency to Lakeview Commons Beach and
its proximity to other recreation and educational
facilities, makes the site a community hub and a
basecamp.
319
6 | 56 ACRES MASTER PLAN
What Is The 56 Acres Project?
The 56 Acres project is a collaboration between the
City of South Lake Tahoe and El Dorado County, with
support from the California Tahoe Conservancy to create a signature recreation and civic space in the heart of South Lake Tahoe. The property contains some of the largest
remaining public open spaces within the city limits. It hosts a variety of existing features, including various recreational facilities, a campground, a museum, highway frontage, and a scenic lakefront park.
The 56 Acres project sits in the center of the City of South Lake Tahoe at the juncture where U.S. Highway 50 meets
the shores of Lake Tahoe. The location of the project
provides an important gateway to vehicles approaching
the city from the west. The property contains some of the largest remaining public open space within the city limits.
It hosts a variety of existing features including various recreational facilities, museum, highway frontage, and a scenic lakefront park that drops off steeply leading to the beaches of Lake Tahoe. Just to the west of the project
site is the Harrison Avenue commercial district, which was improved by a streetscape project in 2015.
Project Background
For over 40 years the site referred to 56 Acres has
provided a wide range of activities and created fond
memories for residents and visitors from all over the world.
The location in the center of the City of South Lake Tahoe, adjacency to Lakeview Commons Beach, the existing
recreation and overnight accommodations on site, the
proximity to other recreation and educational facilities and convenient shopping within walking distance makes the
site a community hub and a basecamp for many visitors.
2007 to Present
The master planning process builds on previous planning efforts including the 2014 Recreation Master Plan, and
the master planning efforts for the 56 Acres which began in 2006 when the California Tahoe Conservancy, in
partnership with the City and El Dorado County, funded the development of a concept plan for the area. The process resulted in an in-depth analysis of existing environmental, historical, and cultural conditions in the project area and several alternatives for future uses and development.
Although the conceptual planning was never finalized,
the process was the impetus to begin improvements to
the site, which resulted in the construction of Lakeview Commons, a popular lakefront park with sweeping views of Lake Tahoe and The Sierra.
CONTEXT & PROJECT EVOLUTION
Figure 1: Project Timeline
320
Project Hist ory | 7
Boat Ramp at El Dorado Beach and Lakeview Commons
Existing Documents and Studies
2007 56 Acres Master Plan
There are three main themes of the 2007 plan:
Connections, identity and access. Connections include
considering site to surrounding recreation opportunities, access includes building better relationships/access
between site amenities and identity includes developing the site as civic center with the local community as the primary driver. Key takeaways include:
• Public Engagement Outcome Steering Committee #1
» Dot game identifying liked and disliked parts of
the site, participants did not like the city yard and
vector control area.
» Precedent exercise was used to identify potential
program elements the most popular items were:
rustic amphitheaters, performing arts building,
a boathouse, campfire with yurts, creative
camp amenities, adventure play, forest plaza for
community events, outdoor movies, interpretive
stormwater management, and trails
» Post note issue identification most common
answers: Access across Highway 50, improved
trails, non-motorized boat facilities, renovations to
senior center, renovations to library, renovations to
campground.
» Steering Committee survey determined that users
often commuted there by car, lived between 2-10
miles away and use the site semi regularly
• Focus groups were held and used the same exercises,
listed are the different groups and the items they
wanted to most:
» Beach Users: Improved concessions, restrooms,
non-motorized rentals
» Harrison Avenue merchants: more parking,
improved access across Highway 50
» Campground Staff: more RV accommodation,
additional group gathering, improved facilities
(trash cans, hook ups), year-round options such as
yurts
» Library Staff: more space, additional rooms for
small and large gatherings, outdoor rooms, larger
collections, updated computer facilities
» Senior Center Staff: increased staff, safer access
through 56 Acres and public transit, more multipurpose spaces, improved dining facilities » Recreation Center Staff: larger gyms, more multipurpose spaces, cardio equipment, improved
REVIEW OF EXISTING DOCUMENTS & STUDIES
321
8 | 56 ACRES MASTER PLAN
admin offices, an indoor play area for young
children, improved outdoor areas
» Adjacent neighbors: did not participate
» Visitor’s Center Staff: Larger new facility, better
connection to rest of site, improved restrooms, add
retail space, maintain parking
» Boaters: dredge the channel, add break water, nonmotorized boat storage » Museum/Historical Society Staff: move locations
or combine collection, upgrade and expand
facilities
» Arts Center Staff & Users: dedicated art building
with outdoor and indoor spaces, room for studio
spaces, larger meeting spaces
2030 South Lake Tahoe General Plan
Key recommendations from the 2030 Plan include:
• Land Use
» Recreation land use surrounded by low density
residential, town center and special uses (schools)
» Development intensity
» 1-8 campground sites per acre
» 1-25 group facilities per acre
» 30% maximum land coverage
» Bijou/ Al Tahoe Community Area Plan, encourage
the creation a neighborhood with family
orientated recreation and public facilities including
government offices
• Community Character
» Mountain Architecture theme, pitched roofs,
natural colors and materials
» Native Plant Use
» Minimize visual impact of parking
» Strategically placed pedestrian scaled lighting
» New projects will protect and enhance scenic
quality
» Scenic Corridors: The City will work with Caltrans
to improve facades and landscaping along Highway
50 » Updated Wayfinding System fitting into Tahoe
style with more detailed distance and timing
information
» Improved pedestrian network, new developments
should connect to existing networks.
» Art in public places, the City will promote art in
public places
» Sustainable Development: Native and drought
tolerant landscaping for new and existing
development
» Environmental Justice: The City will promote
quality of public spaces that offer opportunities for
people of varying backgrounds and demographics
• Economic Vision
» To promote economic growth and diversification
» Year-Round Community: provide economic
incentives that increase year-round activity
» Expand Events and Entertainment Opportunities:
The City shall encourage sponsors to host events
at public facilities especially during off seasons
(Fall/Spring)
» Support Natural Capital: enhance outdoor
recreation opportunities
» Support Social Capital: Improve education
opportunities
» Create a Sense of Place: Through local business
and district character
» Regularly Scheduled Street Fair: Possibly along
Ski Run or Lakeview Commons; such as a farmers
market, street vendors, live music and special
events
2014 Parks and Recreation Plan
The City and County want to improve existing recreation facilities through their continued partnership and
relationships with other governing bodies. Goals in this plan address the need for varied recreation opportunities, year-round activities, improvements to revenue generating facilities for both residents and visitors. Improve recreation sites that showcase the world class landscape of Lake
Tahoe and bring environmental and economic vitality to the city. Key takeaways include:
• Regional Coordination and Collaboration – maximize
south shore goals of recreation and economic benefits
through partnerships with surrounding governing
bodies
• Park & Facility Maintenance, Renovation, and
Improvements – Renovate existing facilities to enhance
safety, accessibility, and protect revenue generating
resources long term
• New Park, Facility, and Trail Development – build new recreation facilities to provide an interconnected and
attractive recreation system that supports south shore
as a destination for outdoor recreation and tourism.
• Recreation Activities, Programs and Events – Activate recreation facilities with events, programs, and selfdirected opportunities to promote quality of life for residents and promote economic development
322
Project Hist ory | 9
• Improvements to the multi-modal transportation
network create a more equitable transportation system,
for people who cannot afford a car and those who do
not have ability to drive a car
• Pedestrian and cyclist focused transportation improves local economies
• Protect the environment through a comprehensive
multi-modal transportation system
• Use the American Bicyclist 5 E’s to change community
attitudes toward active transportation. This framework
strives to educate and create safe opportunities for
pedestrians and cyclists.
» Engineering – altering roadways in favor of
pedestrian and cyclists
» Education – increase community awareness about
active transportation
» Enforcement – reminding roadway users of the
rules of the road to encourage safety between
users
» Encouragement – community events and initiatives
that promote active transportation
» Evaluation- studying how effective the active
transportation system is and what the user group
looks like; their methods of transportation and how
frequently they use that form of transportation
Regional Transportation Plan
The Regional Transportation Plan was created as
transportation plan to meet needs of locals and visitors.
This plan encompasses seasonal, daily, and regional uses.
Various corridors around the lake have been identified with the specific transportation needs for that area. Non-auto transport and public transportation were the primary focus, these transportation methods will decrease congestion,
improve water and air quality, improve safety, and create an equitable transportation system for priority communities.
Key takeaways included:
• Environment – Protect and enhance environment
• Connectivity – enhance Tahoe transportation system
between modes, communities, and surrounding
regions
• Safety – increase safety for all users
• Economic Vitality – enable a diverse workforce,
sustainable environment, and quality experiences for
residents and visitors
• Operations Management – provide efficient
transportation through coordinated operations and
targeted investments
• System Preservation – preserve transportation system
to support climate resiliency
• Operations and Management – Ensure staffing and
resource needs are met to make strategic plans for
recreation facilities
Active Transportation Plan
The Active Transportation Plan (ATP) presents a guide
for planning, designing, constructing, and maintaining
a regional active transportation network that includes
innovative infrastructure, support facilities, and awareness programs. The infrastructure network includes on-street bicycle facilities such as bike lanes, bike routes, and intersection designs that promote safety and convenient travel for bicycling and walking and off-street shared-use paths and sidewalks. The ATP outlines goals, policies,
and actions that support implementation of high priority projects and guides long-term planning. To support this process, the plan includes analysis of current conditions, provides data for future projects, and outlines levels of project priority. Key takeaways include:
• Use the complete streets framework to promote safer
bicycle and pedestrian travel
• Connectivity between origin and destination are
essential in user decision making process if a safe
route in not available potential users will choose a
vehicle instead
Public programs in the existing Recreation Center
323
10 | 56 ACRES MASTER PLAN
Current Planning Efforts
Bijou Area Plan 1995/In-Process Plan
The community plan is a joint effort between the Tahoe
Regional Planning Agency (TRPA), the City of South
Lake Tahoe, and the Bijou/Tahoe Community Plan (CP)
Team. The CP area extends from Fairway Avenue along
Highway 50, just west of Al Tahoe Boulevard as well as
the property between Johnson Boulevard and Highway
50. Fundamental to the CP is the conviction that the Bijou/ Al Tahoe area should serve as a family-oriented space
and recreation center as well as the Town Center for the neighboring community. Key takeaways include:
• The Community Plan serves as a guide for the
enhancement of the Bijou/Al Tahoe area as a regional
commercial node and tourist area.
• Given the scenic and central location of the Bijou/Al Tahoe area, it is one of the most popular destinations
within the Lake Tahoe Basin. This has contributed to
environmental, economic, visual and transportation
challenges as a rising tourist destination.
• The Community Plan proposed to rectify some of the
growing challenges by supporting and encouraging the
removal, reconfiguration or relocation of development
within the Bijou/Al Tahoe area.
• A series of goals for the Bijou/Al Tahoe area were
adopted within the Community Plan
» Create a village like atmosphere in the Bijou/Al
Tahoe area and establish buffers between the four
districts
» Maintain a balance between economic health and
the environment
» Improve traffic circulation and parking. Reduce
dependency on the automobile and improve the
movement of people, goods and services within
the Plan Area.
» Ensure that physical development is consistent
with the environment and ecology of the area.
» Public services and facilities in a specific area.
» Preserve high quality family oriented recreational
experience of the Bijou/Al Tahoe area.
Bijou Area Plan Amendment
Underway
South Lake Tahoe Recreation and Swim Complex
The existing South Lake Tahoe Recreation and Swim
Complex sits on City land at what is known as the 56
Acres site. The site is comprised of four parcels totaling
56.35 acres. The County of El Dorado owns 73% of the
project site, while the City owns 27%. In 1973, a grant deed was executed by both agencies stating the “property should be used exclusively for public park, recreation, cultural and visitor information purposes. The City of South Lake Tahoe desires to construct the new recreation center in a different location on the 56 Acres site - providing a continuation of current recreation center.
Built in 1971, the South Lake Tahoe Recreation and Swim Complex has never had a major renovation and many
building systems and components are reaching the end of their usable life. The facility is inadequate for the current and future needs and demands of the City’s recreation
programs.
The project is the planning and design of a new community center to include:
• Aquatics
• Fitness
• Gymnasium
• Running track
• Senior center
• Meeting, multi-purpose, and classroom space
Community programs are offered at the existing senior center. 324
Project Hist ory | 11
How does the Multi-generational Aquatics and Recreation Center relate to the 56 Acres Master Plan?
The Multi-generational Aquatics and Recreation Center project focuses on the programming, design, and construction of the new recreation, aquatics, and senior center building. The new building will be located along Lake Tahoe Boulevard with views of the lake. The 56 Acres Master Plan project has been coordinated with the Multi-generational Aquatics and Recreation Center project for the building location and also provides recommendations for trails, recreation and civic uses for the entire project area.
Schematic site plan of the new Multi-generational Aquatics and Recreation Center
E XISTING
LIBRARY
MULTI-GENERATIONAL
AQUATICS AND RECREATION
CENTER
E XPANDED
PARKING
RUFUS ALLEN BLVD
325
326
56 Acres is bordered on the north
by Lake Tahoe, on the east by Rufus
Allen Boulevard, and on the south by
a residential neighborhood. These
connections create an interconnected
trail network that allows visitors
and residents alike to access the
numerous beaches, recreation areas,
and public amenities all located under
a mile from the project area.
Existing
Conditions
327
14 | 56 ACRES MASTER PLAN
DEMOGRAPHIC PROFILE
Population Growth
2020 South Lake Tahoe Population: 23,145
The population in South Lake Tahoe is projected to increase at a rate of 0.7% between 2020 and 2025. By comparison
California has a population growth rate of 0.55% and the nation has a growth rate of 0.72%.
In 2020 the City also had a daytime population 6% larger than the total population.
Ethnic Makeup
2020 South Lake Tahoe Diversity Index: 72.1
South Lake Tahoe ranks 72.1 on the diversity index,
which summarizes an area’s racial and ethnic diversity.
By comparison the state of California ranks at 83 and the national diversity index is 65.
32.8% of City residents are of Hispanic/Latino origin.
70.3% of residents are White only.
Figure 2: 2020-2025 Population Growth Rate
by Block Group
Source: ESRI
Figure 3: 2020 Diversity Index by Block Group
Source: ESRI. Note: Diversity index shows the likelihood that two persons, chosen at random from the same area, belong to different race or ethnic groups. The index ranges from 0 (no diversity) to 100 (complete diversity).
Figure 4: South Lake Tahoe 2020 Population Growth Rate Figure 5: South Lake Tahoe 2020 Population by Race Demographic and Income Profile
City of South Lake Tahoe
Area: 10.36 square miles
Trends 2020-2025 Annual Rate (in percent)
1.8 1.6
1.4 1.2
1 0.8
0.6 0.4
0.2 0
Population Households Families Owner HHs
Population by Age
16 14
ANNUAL POPULATION
GROWTH RATE
(IN PERCENT)
SOUTH LAKE
TAHOE
CALIFORNIA
USA
0 0.2
0.4 0.6
0.8 1.0
Demographic and Income Profile
City of South Lake Tahoe Prepared by Esri
Area: 10.36 square miles
Area
State
USA
Trends 2020-2025 Annual Rate (in percent)
1.8 1.6
1.4 1.2
1 0.8
0.6 0.4
0.2 0
Population Households Families Owner HHs Median HH Income 2020
2025
Population by Age Percent
16 14
12 10
8 6
4 2
0 0-4 5-9 10-14 15-19 20-24 25-34 35-44 45-54 55-64 65-74 75-84 85+ 2020 Household Income
<$15K
13.8%
$15K - $24K
8.8%
$25K - $34K
14.1%
$35K - $49K
10.6%
$50K - $74K
18.4%
$75K - $99K
12.7%
$100K - $149K
12.1%
$150K - $199K
4.2%
$200K+
5.3%
2020 Population by Race Percent
70 65
60 55
50 45
40 35
30 25
20 15
10 5
0 White Black Am. Ind. Asian Pacific Other Two+
2020 Percent Hispanic Origin: 32.8%
Source: U.S. Census Bureau, Census 2010 Summary File 1. Esri forecasts for 2020 and 2025.
PERCENT
0 20
40 60
10 30
50 70
WHITE
BLACK
AM. IND.
ASIAN
PACIFIC
OTHER
2+
81%
39%
39%
119%
43%
66%
131%
124%
33%
47%
-22%
100%
143%
114%
56% 44%
41%
110%
31%
42%
43%
0%
70%
42%
38%
41%
105%
43%
145%
133%
69%
60%
0%
69%
40%
35%
100%
123%
33%
122%
42%
56 ACRES
PROJECT AREA
HIGHWAY 50
CA|NV BORDER
PIONEER TRAIL
HIG
HWAY 50|89
CIT Y OF SOUTH LAKE
TAHOE BOUNDARY
LAKE TAHOE
80.9 60.9
73.4 84.4
76.9 70.7
70.6 71
68.1 57.1
77.8 23.2
27.7 72.5
45.3 69.3
43 31.9
29 85.8
76.8 84.4
87.9 81.7
0 36.7
26.9 3.6
45.4 43.6
40.7 28.9
29.9 28.5
35.2 73
0 67.3
62.2 38.3
27.2 35.2
56 ACRES
PROJECT AREA
HIGHWAY 50
CA|NV BORDER
PIONEER TRAIL
HIG
HWAY 50|89
CIT Y OF SOUTH LAKE
TAHOE BOUNDARY
LAKE TAHOE
328
Existing Conditi ons | 15
Age
2020 South Lake Tahoe Median Age: 37.3
The median age in the City of South Lake Tahoe is slowly increasing – the median age was 35.6 in 2010; 37.3 in
2020; and is projected to be 38.0 in 2025. Overall 80.9% of the City’s population is age 18 or above.
Figure 6: 2020 Median Age by Block Group
Source: ESRI
Figure 7: 2020 Median Household Income by Block Group
Source: ESRI
Figure 8: South Lake Tahoe 2020 Population by Age Figure 9: South Lake Tahoe 2020 Household Income Household Income
2020 South Lake Tahoe Median Household
Income: $52,517
South Lake Tahoe has a total of 9,622 households in 2020 with an average size of 2.37 people. Median household
income is projected to increase to $56,429 in 2025.
Household income includes wage and salary earnings,
interest dividends, net rents, pensions, SSI and welfare payments, child support, and alimony.
Demographic and Income Profile
City of South Lake Tahoe Prepared by Esri
Area: 10.36 square miles
Area
State
USA
Trends 2020-2025 Annual Rate (in percent)
1.8 1.6
1.4 1.2
1 0.8
0.6 0.4
0.2 0
Population Households Families Owner HHs Median HH Income 2020
2025
Population by Age Percent
16 14
12 10
8 6
4 2
0 0-4 5-9 10-14 15-19 20-24 25-34 35-44 45-54 55-64 65-74 75-84 85+ 2020 Household Income
$15K - $24K
8.8%
$25K - $34K
14.1%
2020 Population by Race
70 65
60 55
PERCENT
0-4 5-9 10-14 15-19 20-24 25-34 35-44 45-54
Prepared by Esri
Area
State
USA
n HH Income
2020
2025
4 85+
0 6
12 2
8 14
4 10
16 Demographic and Incom
City of South Lake Tahoe
Area: 10.36 square miles
Trends 2020-2025 Annual Rate (in percent)
1.8 1.6
1.4 1.2
1 0.8
0.6 0.4
0.2 0
Population Households Families
Population by Age Percent
16 14
12 10
8 6
4 2
0 0-4 5-9 10-14 15-19 20-24 25-34 35-44
2020 Household Income
<$15K
13.8%
$15K - $24K
8.8%
$25K - $34K
14.1%
$35K - $49K
10.6%
$50K - $74K
18.4%
$75K - $99K
12.7%
$100K - $149K
12.1%
$150K - $199K
4.2%
$200K+
5.3%
2020 P
Percent
70 65
60 55
50 45
40 35
30 25
20 15
10 5
0 W
2020
$15-24K
8.8%
<$15K
13.8%
$200K+
5.3%
$150-199K
4.2%
$100-149K
12.1% $75-99K
12.7%
$50-74K
18.4%
$35-49K
10.6%
$25-34K
14.1%
34 25.6
29.8 35.8
38 38.1
35.4 38.6
38.3 58.9
47.6 44.1
37.2 39.6
46.5 46.7
37 36.6
41 52.3
47.1 44.4
35.4 33.9
42.6 30.5
29.6 60.8
0 52.2
49.2 42.5
56.7 34.9
0 35.7
37.8 39.7
51.7 41.7
44.1 57.2
56 ACRES
PROJECT AREA
HIGHWAY 50
CA|NV BORDER
PIONEER TRAIL
HIG
HWAY 50|89
CIT Y OF SOUTH LAKE
TAHOE BOUNDARY
LAKE TAHOE
$31,616
$52,337
$60,866
$44,938
$57,579
$62,094
$43,787
$56,004
$75,000
$35,490
$38,486
$33,634
$90,570
$117,304
$84,417
$64,331
$54,205
$31,604
$34,007
$35,562
$88,261
$47,027
$74,447
$0
$55,326
$52,120
$61,892 $123,195
$31,182
$78,964 $50,552
$43,302
$71,990
$81,295 $59,840
$102,299
$86,799
$75,826
$90,661
$80,315
56 ACRES
PROJECT AREA
HIGHWAY 50
CA|NV BORDER
PIONEER TRAIL
HIG
HWAY 50|89
CIT Y OF SOUTH LAKE
TAHOE BOUNDARY
LAKE TAHOE
329
16 | 56 ACRES MASTER PLAN
CONTEXT SCALE MAPPING
Public Access and
Recreation
Numerous recreational activities are
located adjacent to 56 Acres. Both
Regan Beach and Lakeview Commons
are located within walking distance
from the park and contain a host of
public amenities such as:
• Beach
• Amphitheater
• Grassy Lawn
• Sand Volleyball Court
• Dog Water Park
• Playground
• Observation Deck
• Picnic & BBQ Areas
• Boat Launch
• Public Plaza
In addition to public beaches, the
project site is located just north
of Bijou Community Park. Bijou
Community Park boasts a dog park,
skate park, bike park, open meadow
areas, disc golf, basketball courts, and
a historic railroad exhibit among other
public amenities.
Site Context and
Ownership
The site is in the heart of South Lake
Tahoe on a mix of City and County
land. The site is bordered on the
north by Lake Tahoe, on the east by
Rufus Allen Blvd, and a residential
neighborhood. To the south is the Al
Tahoe Ballfields, Middle School, Boys
and Girls Club and another residential
neighborhood, to the west is Highway
50 and Harrison Avenue commercial
district. Highway 50 bisects the site.
To the east of the project site lies
Bijou Golf Course, Bijou Community
School, and Bijou Community Park. To
the southwest lies the Upper Truckee
River Marsh and Restoration Area and
Trout Creek.
Figure 10: Public Access and Recreation
LAKEVIEW AVE
TALLAC AVE
MODESTO AVE
REGAN BE ACH
AL TAHOE
RESIDENTIAL
HARRISON AVE
COMMERCIAL DISTRICT
HISTORY MUSEUM
SENIOR CENTER
ART LEAGUE GALLERY
Lake Tahoe
• BEACH
• GRASS AREA
• SAND
VOLLEYBALL
COURTS
• PLAYGROUND
• OBSERVATION
DECK
• DOG WATER
PARK AREA
• BEACH
• AMPHITHEATER & OVERLOOK
PLAZA
• PICNIC & BBQ
• BOAT LAUNCH
• CHAMPION’S PLAZA
LAKEVIEW COMMONS/
EL DORADO BEACH
Sources: TRPA, CPAD
0 ft 350 700
North
LEGEND
Campground
School
Cemetery
Picnic Area
Recreation Field/
Court
Play Equipment
Swim/Recreation
Complex
Beach Access
Restrooms
Fire Station
Library
Ice Rink
Visitor Information
Existing Class 1
Shared-use Path
Proposed Class 1
Shared-use Path
Existing Class 2
Bike Lane
Proposed Class 2
Bike Lane
Existing Class 3
Bike Route
Proposed Class 3
Bike Route
Public and QuasiPublic Recreation
Areas
Public Lake Access
Project Area
330
Existing Conditi ons | 17
AL TAHOE BLVD.
LYONS AVE
RESIDENTIAL
LIBRARY
CAMPGROUND
ST THERESA
CATHOLIC CHURCH
ICE
ARENA
ALTA MIR A PUBLIC
ACCESS PROJECT AREA
56 ACRES
PROJECT
AREA
SOUTH
TAHOE
MIDDLE
SCHOOL
BIJOU COMMUNITY PARK
TR ACK
& FIELD
BALLFIELDS
TENNIS
COURTS
• DOG PARK
• SKATE PARK
• BIKE PARK
• PICNIC & BBQ
• DISC GOLF
• BASKETBALL
COURT
• VOLLEYBALL
COURTS
• HISTORIC
R AILROAD
EXHIBIT
• OPEN
MEADOW
• PLAYGROUND
FAIRWAY DR
BLACKWOOD RD
SPRUCE AVE
PICKETT AVE
JOHNSON BLVD
RUFUS ALLEN BLVD.
GLENWOOD WAY
US 50/LAKE TAHOE BLVD.
BIJOU
GOLF
COURSE
BIJOU
COMMUNIT Y
PARK
BIJOU PINES
RESIDENTIAL
SLT REC & SWIM
COMPLEX PLAYGROUND
BIJOU
COMMUNIT Y
SCHOOL
CONOLLE Y BE ACH/ TIMBER
COVE MARINA
BOYS &
GIRLS CLUB
AL TAHOE
BALLFIELD
Bijou Creek
331
18 | 56 ACRES MASTER PLAN
Figure 11: Bicycle and Pedestrian Connectivity
Connectivity
The 56 Acres Master Plan project site
is centrally located and boasts several
local and regional trail connections.
Bicycle
The park includes three levels of
bicycle facilities. An existing Class II
bike lane can be found running along
Highway 50, the northern and western
boundaries of the site. An existing
Class III bike route runs along Rufus
Allen Boulevard on the park’s eastern
boundary, and a Class I shared-use
path meanders through the path as
well as Lakeview Commons.
Pedestrian
Pedestrian circulation on site relies
on the Class I shared-use path that
runs throughout the park as well as
across Highway 50 in the Lakeview
Commons area. The shared-use path
extends east to Ski Run Boulevard
and continues south past the site on
Highway 50.
Class 1 Path along Highway 50,
adjacent to 56 Acres
TALLAC AVE
MODESTO AVE
LAKEVIEW AVE
REGAN
BEACH
UPPER TRUCKEE RIVER AND
MARSH RESTORATION AREA
Lake Tahoe
332
Existing Conditi ons | 19
Sources: TRPA, CPAD
LEGEND
Intersection
Class 1 Shared-use Path
Class 2 Bike Lane
Class 3 Bike Route
Existing
Existing
Existing
Project Area
0 ft 350 700
North
56 ACRES
PROJECT
AREA
AL TAHOE BLVD
JOHNSON BLVD
RUFUS ALLEN BLVD
GLENWOOD WAY
HIGHWAY 50/LAKE TAHOE BLVD
BIJOU
GOLF
COURSE
BIJOU
COMMUNIT Y
PARK
SLT REC
CENTER
PROJECT BIJOU
COMMUNIT Y
SCHOOL
L AKE VIE W
COMMONS/
EL DOR ADO
BEACH
CONOLLEY BEACH/
TIMBER COVE MARINA
SOUTH TAHOE
MIDDLE SCHOOL
333
20 | 56 ACRES MASTER PLAN
Walking Distances and
Beach Access
The project site is centrally located and
boasts a strong pedestrian network
with connections to numerous public
beaches and lake access. Within
only a third of a mile, visitors to
the park can reach both Lakeview
Commons and El Dorado Beach. Also
conveniently located are Conolley
Beach and Regan Memorial Beach,
located 0.7 miles to the east and 0.9
miles to the west, respectively. Upper
Truckee Marsh lake access is the
furthest away from the project site,
but at 1.2 miles to the west, it’s still
very much a pedestrian destination.
Aside from beaches, the shared-use
path and trail connections extend
in every direction from the park.
Sidewalks surround South Lake
Tahoe Middle School located just
south of the project site and a 0.5
mile sidewalk cuts across the site’s
southern boundary adjacent to the
school property. Pedestrians are able
to access Bijou Community Park in
1.3 miles via sidewalk and Ski Run
Boulevard in 1.2 miles via sidewalk
along Highway 50.
Wayfinding signage along Figure 12: Walking Distances and Beach Access Harrison Avenue.
LAKEVIEW AVE
UPPER TRUCKEE RIVER AND
MARSH RESTORATION AREA
Lake Tahoe
REGAN
BEACH
TALLAC AVE
MODESTO AVE
334
Existing Conditi ons | 21
0 ft 350 700
North
Sources: TRPA, CPAD
LEGEND
Beach Access
Project Area
AL TAHOE BLVD
JOHNSON BLVD
RUFUS ALLEN BLVD
GLENWOOD WAY
HIGHWAY 50/LAKE TAHOE BLVD
BIJOU
GOLF
COURSE
SLT REC
CENTER
PROJECT BIJOU
COMMUNIT Y
SCHOOL
L AKE VIE W
COMMONS/
EL DOR ADO
BEACH
CONOLLEY
BEACH/
TIMBER COVE
MARINA
SOUTH TAHOE
MIDDLE SCHOOL
BIJOU
COMMUNIT Y
PARK
56 ACRES
PROJECT
AREA
335
22 | 56 ACRES MASTER PLAN
SITE SCALE MAPPING
Site Ownership
The project is jointly owned by the
City of South Lake Tahoe and El
Dorado County. While the County
owns most of the project site, the City
maintains an area for maintenance and
the Recreation Center. Adjustments
will be made in an updated lease
agreement between the City and
County.
Existing facilities on site. Figure 13: Site Ownership Map 0 ft 150 300
North
RUFUS ALLEN BLVD
HIGHWAY 50/LAKE TAHOE BLVD
HARRISON AVE
SLT REC
CENTER
LIBRARY
CAMP
STORE
CAMPGROUND
CHAMPION’S
PLAZA
TERR ACED
AMPHITHEATER
PLAZA
PICNIC
AREA
BEACH
ICE
ARENA
CIT Y
MAINTENANCE
CAMP
MAINTENANCE
VECTOR
CONTROL
SENIOR
CENTER
HISTORY
MUSEUM
FORMER
VISITOR
CENTER
LAKEVIEW COMMONS/
EL DORADO BEACH
Lake Tahoe SITE BOUNDARY
LEGEND
City of South Lake Tahoe
Ownership
El Dorado County Ownership
Existing Structures
336
Existing Conditi ons | 23
Site Structures
Numerous structures are currently
located within the project area.
Building relocation and removal was
considered after significant county
and city input, as well as planning and
collaboration with co-current projects
on site such as the Multi-generational
Aquatics and Recreation Center.
The future for each building within the
park is variable. Some site structures
will remain, some will be relocated,
and others will be completely
removed altogether. Structures such
as the Ice Arena will remain in the
same location whereas numerous
campground and county maintenance
buildings will be removed. Other
buildings that will remain include the
library, ambulance service, Art League,
History Museum, and Osgood Toll
House & Log Cabin.
Existing buildings on site. Figure 14: Site Structures Map LEGEND
Will remain
Undetermined future
0 ft 150 300 Will be removed
North
RUFUS ALLEN BLVD
HIGHWAY 50/LAKE TAHOE BLVD
HARRISON AVE
SLT REC
CENTER
LIBRARY
CAMP
STORE
CAMPGROUND
CHAMPION’S
PLAZA
TERR ACED
AMPHITHEATER
PLAZA
PICNIC
AREA
BEACH
ICE
ARENA
CIT Y
MAINTENANCE
CAMP
MAINTENANCE
VECTOR
CONTROL
SENIOR
CENTER
HISTORY
MUSEUM
AMBUL ANCE
SERVICE
ART LEAGUE
LAKEVIEW COMMONS/
EL DORADO BEACH
Lake Tahoe SITE BOUNDARY
337
24 | 56 ACRES MASTER PLAN
LAND USE #
CHECKED
SHEET NUMBER
PROJECT #
SHEET TITLE
DESIGNED
DATE
DRAWN DESCRIPTION # DATE BY
Plot Stamp: 2/25/2021 10:00:47 AM - Parker Johnson
File: C:\Users\parker.johnson\OneDrive - Cardno USA Inc\E302405400 - 56 Acre Parcel Master Plan\15 CAD\1 DWG\4 Figures\56AC_TRPA COVERAGE.dwg, Tab: TRPA-1 56 ACRES PARCEL MASTER PLAN
TRPA
1 0
P
P
B
E
FOR
INFORMA
ON
100 200
HORIZONTAL SCALE: 1" = 100'
0 PROJECT AREA - EXISTING COVERAGE
LAND CAPABILITY TYPE 1B (SF) 7 (SF)
COMPACTED DIRT/SOFT COVERAGE 0 156,422
PARKING/DRIVEWAYS, DECKS, PATIOS, SIDEWALKS, AND UTILITIES 2,631 871,811 BUILDINGS 0 120,603
TOTAL EXISTING COVERAGE IN SQUARE FEET 2,631 1,148,836
TOTAL EXISTING COVERAGE IN ACRES 0.06 26.4
TOTAL PROJECT AREA IN ACRES 56.4
NOTES:
1. EXISTING COVERAGE WAS CALCULATED STRICTLY
TO THE PROJECT PARCEL LINES DEPICTED IN THIS
DRAWING.
CARDNO BASEMAP DEVELOPMENT NOTES:
THIS BASEMAP WAS DEVELOPED FROM MULTIPLE SURVEY AND ENGINEER MAPS/DRAWINGS. THESE MAPS EITHER WERE ON DIFFERING DATUMS, HAD NO DATUM, HAD POOR MATCHUP OR DIFFERENT ROTATION, ETC.
REFERENCE DRAWINGS AND PROCESS FOR COMBINATION AND RECTIFICATION:
1. TURNER SURVEY DRAWINGS - "9190000TOPO" AND "campground_topo_turner." CARDNO TRANSLATED AND ROTATED THE "campground_topo_turner" DRAWING TO THE "9190000TOPO" DRAWING BASED ON PARCEL LINES PROVIDED IN THE DRAWINGS. INFORMATION WITHIN THE DRAWINGS STATED THAT THE COORDINATE SYSTEM USED WAS NAD 83 ZONE II CALIFORNIA STATE PLAN COORDINATE SYSTEM.
2. DRAWING "RHAA_plan" - CARDNO ADDED "RHAA_plan" CONTAINING LINEWORK FOR THE LAKEVIEW COMMONS AREA TO THE ABOVE TURNER SURVEY DRAWINGS. CARDNO TRANSLATED AND ROTATED "RHAA_plan" TO BEST FIT THE TURNER SURVEY DRAWINGS USING COMMON LINEWORK.
3. PSOMAS SURVEY "20201102-TP-JJ" - THIS DRAWING WAS RECEIVED AFTER THE ABOVE. INFORMATION WITHIN THE DRAWING INDICATED THAT THIS DRAWING, WHICH OCCUPIED A PORTION OF THE TURNER SURVEY DRAWINGS, WAS ALSO THE MOST RECENT SURVEY DRAWING (COMPLETED IN 2020). IN THE AREA AND INFORMATION WITHIN THE DRAWING INDICATED THAT IT CONFORMED TO KNOWN SURVEY DATUM NAD 83 ZONE II CALIFORNIA STATE PLANE COORDINATES HOWEVER, THE PSOMAS DRAWING LOCATION DID NOT CONFORM TO THE ABOVE SURVEY DRAWINGS. THE CIVIL 3D GEOLOCATION TOOL INDICATED THAT THE PSOMAS DRAWING WAS LOCATED CORRECTLY TO THE NAD 83 ZONE II COORDINATE SYSTEM, SO THE PREVIOUSLY COMBINED/CONFORMED DRAWINGS WERE THEREFORE TRANSLATED AND ROTATED TO MATCH THE PSOMAS SURVEY. LINEWORK FROM PREVIOUS DRAWINGS WAS UPDATED TO MATCH PASOMAS DRAWINGS WHERE DISCREPANCIES WERE NOTICED.
4. CALTRANS HIGHWAY 50 ASBUILT AND DESIGN DRAWINGS - CARDNO RECEIVED THESE DRAWINGS IN PDF FORM MOST RECENTLY. THESE DRAWINGS WERE OLDER AND SOME WERE LOCATED OUTSIDE OF THE PROJECT AREA INFORMATION CONTAINED WITHIN THESE DRAWINGS WAS NOT RELEVANT TO THIS BASEMAP.
5. GOOGLE EARTH - GOOGLE EARTH WAS USED FOR AREAS ALONG HIGHWAY 50 AND IN THE TRIANGLE PARCEL SOUTH OF LAKEVIEW COMMONS WHERE SURVEY/MAP INFORMATION WAS MISSING. A GOOGLE EARTH PHOTO WAS UNDERLAID IN THE CAD DRAWING AND CONFORMED TO LINEWORK. CAD MEASUREMENTS WERE TAKEN ON THE GOOGLE EARTH PHOTO TO VERIFY CONFORMANCE AND THEN THE MISSING MAP FEATURES WERE DIGITIZED INTO THE CAD DRAWING. FINAL MEASUREMENTS WERE TAKEN ON DIGITIZED LINEWORK TO VERIFY ACCURACY.
THIS DRAWING IS INTENDED FOR GENERAL PLANNING PURPOSED ONLY FOR THE "56 ACRE PARCEL MASTER PLAN" AND REQUIRED TRPA COVERAGE VERIFICATION AND SHALL NOT BE USED FOR ANY DESIGNED OR ENGINEERED PROJECTS. A NEW SURVEY CONDUCTED BY A CALIFORNIA LICENSED SURVEYOR SHALL BE COMPLETED FOR ANY SUBSEQUENT PROJECTS.
Figure 15: Site Coverage Plan
Land Coverage and Tree Canopy
The Site Coverage Plan (Figure 15) was developed by
Cardno from multiple survey and engineer maps/drawings.
This drawing is intended for general planning purposed only for the “56 Acres Park Master Plan” and required TRPA
coverage. A new survey conducted by a California licensed land surveyor shall be completed for any subsequent
implementation projects.
Reference drawings and process for combination and
rectification:
1. Turner & Associates survey drawings - “9190000topo”
and “campground_topo_turner.” Cardno translated and
rotated the “campground_topo_turner” drawing to the
“9190000topo” drawing based on parcel lines provided in the drawings. Information within the drawings stated that the coordinate system used was nad 83 zone ii California State Plane Coordinate System.
2. Drawing “rhaa_plan” - Cardno added “rhaa_plan”
containing linework for the Lakeview Commons area to
the above Turner survey drawings. Cardno translated and rotated “rhaa_plan” to best fit the Turner survey drawings using common linework.
3. Psomas survey “20201102-tp-jj” - this drawing was
received after the above. Information within the drawing indicated that this drawing, which occupied a portion of the Turner survey drawings, was also the most recent survey drawing (completed in 2020). Linework from previous
drawings was updated to match Psomas drawings where
discrepancies were noticed.
4. Caltrans Highway 50 as built and design drawings
- Cardno received these drawings in pdf form. These
drawings were older and some were located outside of the project area information.
5. Google Earth - Google Earth was used for areas along Highway 50 and in the triangle parcel south of Lakeview Commons where survey/map information was missing. A
Google Earth photo was underlaid in the AutoCAD drawing and conformed to linework. AutoCAD measurements were
taken on the Google Earth photo to verify conformance
and then the missing map features were digitized into the AutoCAD drawing. Final measurements were taken on
digitized linework to verify accuracy.
338
Existing Conditi ons | 25
Site Soundscape
The noise generated by Highway
50 creates a significant challenge
to the project site. As seen on the
soundscape map to the right, the
areas with the most significant noise
pollution are those that interface
with Highway 50 along the northern
and western site boundaries. Rufus
Allen Boulevard on the park’s eastern
boundary is also a significant source
of noise pollution.
The project site’s significant tree cover
protects the interior from high noise
levels generated by the busy roads
surrounding the park. However, much
of the northern areas on site are still
subjected to disruptive noise levels
and only the very interior of the site
remains largely noise free.
Highway 50 Streetscape Figure 16: Site Soundscape Map
0 ft 150 300
North
RUFUS ALLEN BLVD
HIGHWAY 50/LAKE TAHOE BLVD
HARRISON AVE
SLT REC
CENTER
LIBRARY
CAMP
STORE
CAMPGROUND
CHAMPION’S
PLAZA
PICNIC
AREA
BEACH
ICE
ARENA
CIT Y
MAINTENANCE
CAMP
MAINTENANCE
VECTOR
CONTROL
SENIOR
CENTER
HISTORY
MUSEUM
FORMER
VISITOR
CENTER
LAKEVIEW COMMONS/
EL DORADO BEACH
Lake Tahoe SITE BOUNDARY
LEGEND
High noise level
Moderate noise level
Low noise level
339
340
Site Analysis
This section describes the current
physical conditions and environmental
aspects of the site. This information,
which was collected and observed during
the early stages of the design process,
allowed our team to have informed
conversations with stakeholders and
advanced the master plan.
341
28 | 56 ACRES MASTER PLAN
EXISTING CONDITIONS
The Heart of South
Lake Tahoe
The current 56 Acres site lies in the
heart of South Lake Tahoe. The park
is bordered to north and west by
Highway 50, to the east by Rufus
Allen Blvd. and to the south by a
neighborhood. The project site can
take advantage of amenities such as
expansion of Lakeview Commons
directly across Highway 50 to the
north and strengthen connections
to the Harrison Avenue commercial
district along the western border.
Currently, 56 Acres contains a
centrally located campground with
over 170 tent and RV sites. Camp
maintenance as well as County
maintenance and Vector Control
border the campground, at times
to the detriment of the adjacent
campsites and public areas. Two
modest parking areas are located on
both the north and south ends of the
site.
Class I and Class II bicycle facilities
surround the project site. The Class
I shared-use path runs adjacent to
Highway 50 and often suffers from
noise, traffic, and exhaust pollution.
“Registered Guests Only”
sign at Campground by the Lake. Figure 17: Existing Conditions Map 0 ft 350 700
North
Lakeview
Commons
Crosswalks
Existing Class 1
Shared-use Path
Proposed Class 1
Shared-use Path
Existing Class 2
Bike Lane
Proposed Class 2
Bike Lane
Existing Class 3
Bike Route
Proposed Class 3
Bike Route
Campsites
Parking
Restrooms
P
342
Site Anal ysis | 29
Class I path and covered bus shelter located on Highway 50 in front of the existing library. 343
30 | 56 ACRES MASTER PLAN
SITE CONDITIONS
Ice Arena
The Ice Arena is owned by the City of South Lake Tahoe
and managed by a private operator. It is the only year-round indoor ice arena in the region and the facility hosts a variety of programs and teams that attract locals and visitors.
Library
The South Lake Tahoe Library is part of the El Dorado
County Library system. In addition to loaning print and digital media, the library hosts many community groups
and events.
Recreation & Swim Complex
The South Lake Tahoe Recreation and Swim Complex has
a variety of fitness rooms, meeting rooms, a gymnasium, and swimming pool. As well as an outdoor playground,
basketball, and volleyball courts. A new, relocated Multigenerational Aquatics and Recreation Center is currently being planned on 56 Acres.
Campground at the Lake
The campground is operated by the City and has been
a part of the site since the 1960s. It is one of the most popular campgrounds in the area. A separate maintenance area is currently included within the campground.
344
Site Anal ysis | 31
Vector Control & Public Works
In the future, El Dorado County’s Vector Control facility will be relocated and the City’s Public Works facility may be scaled down in size. The City’s Public Works facility houses snowplows and the central location makes snow
work more efficient.
Lakeview Commons Phase 2
Unbuilt, proposed improvements to the shared-use path
and beach accessibility east of Lakeview Commons,
connecting to public land owned by the California Tahoe Conservancy, will create more useable space at the park and improve bicycle/pedestrian access.
Fire Training Facility
The South Lake Fire Department uses this facility for
training exercises. This building has been used for many different purposes over the years.
Lakeview Commons
Lakeview Commons was opened in 2011 providing
improvements to eroding shoreline at El Dorado Beach.
The park hosts a variety of events and is one of the most accessible beaches in the area.
345
32 | 56 ACRES MASTER PLAN
Ambulance Service, Art League, History Museum,
Osgood Toll House & Log Cabin
Clustered in the southwest part of the site the Tahoe Art League and the Lake Tahoe Historical Society operate an art gallery and museum. The Historical Society cares for two historic buildings as well; the Osgood Toll House and a log cabin. Recently, the City entered into a 5-year lease with an ambulance service at former Visitor Center building.
Highway 50 Frontage
A recent 4-year $52M improvement project along Highway
50 by Caltrans included new sidewalks, landscaping,
lighting, and stormwater basins on site. Highway 50 is
a major feature of the 56 Acres site, dividing Lakeview Commons from the rest of the site. It discourages
pedestrian traffic due to limited crossings and fast road speeds.
Senior Center
The City of South Lake Tahoe Senior Center is an activity center that brings social, recreational, and educational opportunities for older adults. The Senior Center also
facilitates the El Dorado County Senior Nutrition Program.
Water Tower
The water tower, located southwest of the library,
dates from the 1930s. It was originally built to provide pressurized water to campers before South Lake Tahoe
had a water company.
346
Site Anal ysis | 33
The historic 1930s log cabin is used by the Historical Society to house additional artifacts that do not fit in the museum.
The Campground by the Lake is well-loved and has potential for improvements to the camping experience. 347
34 | 56 ACRES MASTER PLAN
Constraints
Highway 50 creates a significant barrier between Lakeview Commons, the Harrison Avenue commercial district
and the larger park site. This results in high volumes of pedestrians and bicyclists on both sides of Highway 50. In addition to isolating desirable lake side amenities, the noise pollution it creates is a detriment to recreation on site.
The high visitor use creates wear and tear on Lakeview
Commons facilities and the narrow and steep space
between the highway and the lake inhibits lake access.
Site Constraints Overview
• Highway 50 creates a barrier between Lakeview
Commons/the Harrison Avenue commercial district
and the larger park site.
• High visitor use creates wear and tear on Lakeview
Commons facilities.
• Uses are spread throughout the site and heavy tree
canopy can disorient users and reduce the sense of
place.
• Gap in bike trail along Rufus Allen Boulevard.
• High volumes of pedestrians and bicyclists on both
sides of the highway pose safety concerns.
• Narrow and steep space between highway and the
lake.
• Road noise adjacent to the highway.
OPPORTUNITIES AND CONSTRAINTS
Opportunities
Recent improvements to the Harrison Avenue commercial
district, Highway 50 frontage, and Lakeview Commons
have enhanced the area’s visual quality as well as improved walking and bicycling. The 56 Acres project site presents an opportunity for shared parking with the Harrison Avenue commercial district and lake access. Along with enhanced pedestrian crossings and recent bikeway improvements,
these developments will increase the vibrancy and mobility of one of the most active areas in South Lake Tahoe. In addition, many of these improvements can be coordinated with adjacent recreation, civic, trail and stormwater
projects. This kind of cooperation could not only result in positive community benefits, but reduce capital costs.
Many of the civic uses on site can be consolidated and
new civic uses can be included by designing new efficient, effective, and attractive buildings. New and engaging civic infrastructure will reinforce the site’s role as a premier civic and recreation destination.
Site Opportunities Overview
• The site is centrally located and close to commercial, residential, and school uses.
• Lakeview Commons has been successful and is
loved by both residents and visitors. The full site can accommodate some of the visitor demand while
creating a signature park and civic destination in the
heart of the city.
• Coordinating improvements with adjacent recreation,
civic, trail, and stormwater projects can increase
positive community benefits with reduced capital
costs.
• Harrison Avenue commercial district improvements
have enhanced the area’s visual quality and improved
walking and bicycling; the site location may present
shared parking opportunities for the district.
• Recent bikeway improvements can be continued to
eliminate gaps in the network.
• The healthy tree canopy can be preserved for visual
character while opening views to the lake and
enhancing wayfinding.
• Pedestrian crossings at Highway 50 can be enhanced.
• Civic uses can be consolidated, and more civic uses
can be included on the site by designing new efficient, effective and attractive building(s) that reinforce the site’s role as a civic and recreation destination.
348
Site Anal ysis | 35
Opportunity area Class 1 bike path Building Viewshed
Gateway Sound buffer
Existing point of
interest
Residential edge Proposd bike path
connection
Pedestrian
connection
Figure 18: Site Opportunities and Constraints Map
LAKEVIEW AVE
TALLAC AVE
RUFUS ALLEN BLVD
US 50/LAKE TAHOE BLVD HARRISON AVE
SLT REC
CENTER
LIBRARY
BIJOU PINES
RESIDENTIAL
AL TAHOE
FIELD
BOYS & GIRLS CLUB
RESIDENTIAL
AL TAHOE
RESIDENTIAL
Expand civic presence and
improve the roadside image
of the site along US 50
Complete gap in
Class 1 bike path
Acknowledge
relationship to
surrounding
residential
neighborhoods
Repurpose Vector
Control site when
it is relocated
Bike connection
Improve pedestrian
crossing
Improve
pedestrian
crossing
Create an attractive
front entry and
improve site access
Consider
expanded outdoor
recreation
opportunities if
the Recreation
Center is relocated
by the Library
Provide trail
connection to Middle
School, Boys & Girls
Club, and sports
fields/courts
SITE WIDE INTERPRETIVE/
EDUCATION
OPPORTUNITIES
Upgrade & consider
year-round camping
opportunities
Consider
recreation and
civic opportunities
Provide interpretation of
historical structures
• Osgood Toll House
• Log cabin
• Stormwater
• Washoe culture &
traditions
• Emergency response &
training
Expand upon the success
of Lakeview Commons
& improve pedestrian
connection across US 50
Celebrate Tahoe’s
forest and tree canopy
while opening views &
enhancing wayfinding
Increase bicycle/pedestrian & path to
connect to nearby recreation area
Improve lake access
Buffer road noise while
providing views of the lake
HARRISON AVE
COMMERCIAL
DISTRICT
CHAMPION’S
PLAZA
ICE
ARENA
CIT Y PUBLIC
WORKS
CAMPGROUND
MAINTENANCE
VECTOR
CONTROL
FIRE
TRAINING
SENIOR
CENTER
HISTORY
MUSEUM
LAKEVIEW COMMONS/
EL DORADO BEACH
349
350
A Public Engagement Plan was developed
at the beginning of the master planning
process to ensure communication
throughout the project. The plan
considered the best methods of informing
the public and involving them in the
development of the 56 Acres Master Plan.
These methods creatively utilized new
digital tools and engagement strategies
during COVID-19.
Public
Engagement
Summary
351
38 | 56 ACRES MASTER PLAN
The project team developed a Public Engagement Plan
(PEP) to ensure communication occurred throughout
the process. The PEP considered the best methods of
informing the public and involving them in the development of the 56 Acres Master Plan. The final presentations,
exercises and content for each workshop varied from
what is identified in the PEP based on feedback from the City and County, but the approach and desired outcomes
remained the same.
Overall Engagement Goals
• Be equitable and inclusive.
• Be purposeful.
• Hold events that are approachable for all stakeholders and provide the necessary context.
• Conduct varied and multi-layered strategies to reach a wide and diverse audience and include more personal
interaction.
• Provide on-site and self-guided opportunities
• Weave public education into stakeholders and
community engagement
• Communicate trade-offs and manage expectations
• Identify and distinguish between recreation and civic goals and stakeholder priorities for the project.
• Clearly differentiate from the Recreation Center
engagement effort. Each project will inform one
another but allows for individual project focus.
• Learn from and invite participation from campground,
civic, mobility, recreation, and other on-site users
• Include implementation partners in project discussions Metrics of Success
The purpose of stakeholder and community input is
to capitalize on the wisdom of the many by gathering
balanced input from community members/stakeholders
representing all demographic, geographic, and interest
groups in the community on values, vision and design
specifics. This enables all community members to share in the decision-making process for the long-term success of the community’s planning efforts. Concerns and conflicts can be raised in a productive context that will use that information for the betterment of the project. The project team carefully designed the input process to efficiently and effectively gather input to serve the overall outcome.
1 Who is participating?
• How many people?
• How diverse?
• Previously engaged in other City/County efforts?
2 Satisfied with the process and project?
• Positive comments received?
• Easy for people to get involved?
• Did people feel included?
3 Impact of the engagement and outreach
• Impact engagement had on community’s
knowledge and ability to stay involved
• Better capacity to engage on future projects?
• Did process help the public to consider capital
/operational costs as part of decision-making?
• Input gathered align with overall engagement
goals?
PUBLIC ENGAGEMENT PROCESS
Advertising banner for websites and online media outlets. 352
Public Engagement Summar y | 39
On-site signs in both English and Spanish informed
the public of the project.
Outreach Methods
The City and County were responsible for properly
advertising and marketing the engagement opportunities, and Design Workshop provided the graphic materials for
the print and digital campaigns.
DW summarized project content and involvement
opportunities in a web based StoryMap The link to
the StoryMap was available on the City, County, and
Recreation Center project websites.
Stakeholders
Based on the understanding of the stakeholder community, and input from the City and County, stakeholder groups
were organized into three groups: key, secondary, and
tertiary. Figure 19 shows the arrangement the stakeholders and interested parties into the three groups and visually depicts the grouping and engagement methods for each
group. Stakeholder engagement has been a cornerstone in the 56 Acres master planning process.
Project Development Team (PDT)
Bi-weekly meetings were held throughout the process
with this group. Staff members of the City, County, and Conservancy provided insights, reviewed project process and interim deliverables, and provided strategies for
addressing particular issues or adjustments needed
to meet project goals and addressed potential risks or
issues. In addition, this team managed administrative
issues including contract management; initial review of deliverables and project information before presentations to the stakeholders, and public; provided existing site and project information needed for planning team to conduct their work; and interacted with and provided updates to the City Council and County Board of Supervisors as needed.
Stakeholder Groups
These groups provided more focused input and feedback in a small group setting.
Commission Meetings
Updates to the City and County’s Parks and Rec
Commissions, City Planning Commission, and City Council were provided by the Planning Team, in coordination with City and County staff, at the end of each engagement
window. A summary of the project process and feedback
was received and offered with opportunities for direction and insights from the commissions and council meetings.
City and County staff provided similar updates to the
County Board of Supervisors during the same time-period.
Target Groups
Of the stakeholders identified, certain groups were
essential to target for the success of this project. These included: underrepresented populations (Latinx community, youth and older adults) and coordinating agencies (TRPA, Caltrans, mobility user groups, and recreation users).
353
40 | 56 ACRES MASTER PLAN
Figure 19: Stakeholder Organization Chart
Stakeholder Organization
Project Development Team (PDT)
Regular PDT Meetings
City of South Lake Tahoe
El Dorado County
California Tahoe Conservancy
Agencies
Interim Feedback and Updates as
One-on-One Meetings
TRPA
Caltrans
Greater Community
Webinars, StoryMap, Surveys,
Self-guided Tours
SLT resident
Greater SLT/Meyers community
Commissions & Councils
Milestone Commission Updates
City | Parks and Rec Commission
City | Planning Commission
City Council
County | Parks and Rec Commission
County | Board of Supervisors
Interest Groups
Stakeholder Group Meetings
LTUSD
Boys & Girls Club
Tahoe Bike Coalition
Lakeview Commons Concessionaire
Tahoe Chamber
Reps for nearby neighborhoods &
districts (Fremont Ave Businesses, St.
Theresa’s Church, Hotel Azure)
Surveys
Rec Center Users (Rec Center Focus)
Campground Users (Surveys)
Seasonal Residents & Visitors
Webinars, StoryMap, Surveys,
Self-guided Tours
Seasonal residents
Visitors
Master Plan Focus Groups
Individual Meetings & Part
of Secondary and Tertiary
Stakeholder Group Meetings
Lake Tahoe Historical Society
Tahoe Art League
Library
Harrison Avenue Businesses
Potential donors (Private donors,
Tahoe Fund, etc.)
Senior Center (Rec Center Focus)
Interest Groups
Webinars, StoryMap, Surveys,
Self-guided Tours
Other recreation providers & vendors
Other community groups
Key Stakeholders | Self-identified, impacted or interested Secondary Stakeholders | Potentially Impacted and/or Interested Tertiary Stakeholders | Project/Process Observers
City Staff Steering Committee
City PM and Key City & County Staff
Design Workshop & Planning Team
Steve Noll, PIC
Ben Fish, PM
Stephanie Grigsby, Public Engagement
Groups also included in
Stakeholder Group Meetings
354
Public Engagement Summar y | 41
ENGAGEMENT WINDOW ONE
Listen, Discover & Confirm Goals
and Programs
Engagement Window 1 focused on identifying purpose
and how information would be used. It took place between October 19, 2020 and November 13, 2020. The goals of
Engagement Window 1 were as follows:
• Confirm overall project vision and goals
• Input and feedback on program elements (including
scale, location, and character)
• Input and feedback on-site opportunities and potential challenges to be addressed
• Outcomes will be used to generate conceptual
alternatives presented in conjunction with the
Recreation Center concepts during Engagement
Window 2
• Gain initial input on priorities
Survey
Community and Visitor Survey:
November 2-22, 2020
An online survey was coordinated with workshop
information to get input from locals, part-time residents, and visitors on project vision, goals, and program elements. walk run ski climb jump eat skip dance play read bark race talk hug rest draw sing nap cook paint swim laugh meet write recite chat fall rise celebrate color jog hike crawl meditate bounce cuddle gather imagine dribble whistle lounge collect snack connect recharge mourn meow should crochet envision watch holler wiggle stare dream serve enjoy build embroider create design conserve shape teach unite cry compose share skateboard count cycle rollerblade knit entertain think listen wait examine inquire shout sit roll float journal weave photograph sew jump taste love study squabble fry workout orate drum sip grill walk run ski climb jump eat skip dance play read bark race talk hug rest draw sing nap cook paint swim laugh meet write recite chat fall rise celebrate color jog hike crawl meditate bounce cuddle gather imagine dribble whistle lounge collect snack connect recharge mourn meow should crochet envision watch holler wiggle stare dream serve enjoy build embroider create design conserve shape teach unite cry compose share skateboard count cycle rollerblade knit entertain think listen wait examine inquire shout sit roll float journal weave photograph sew jump taste love study squabble fry workout orate drum sip grill walk run ski climb jump eat skip dance play read bark race talk hug rest draw sing nap cook paint swim laugh meet write recite chat fall rise celebrate color jog hike crawl meditate bounce cuddle gather imagine dribble whistle lounge collect snack connect recharge mourn meow should crochet envision watch holler wiggle stare dream serve enjoy build embroider create design conserve shape teach unite cry compose share skateboard count cycle rollerblade knit entertain think listen wait examine inquire shout sit roll float journal weave photograph sew jump taste love study squabble fry workout orate drum sip grill walk run ski climb jump eat skip dance play read bark race talk hug rest draw sing nap cook paint swim laugh meet write recite chat fall rise celebrate color jog hike crawl meditate bounce cuddle gather imagine dribble whistle lounge collect snack connect recharge mourn meow There are many ways to participate!
Join us online for the webinar.
Take a self-guided tour at the site.
Take a survey.
Share with your friends. LEARN MORE AT
h t tps://www.ci tyo fsl t.us/ 1 1 10/Planning-Ini tia tives ENVISION 56
ACRES
SHARE YOUR
IDEAS TO SHAPE
THE FUTURE OF
56 ACRES IN THE
HEART OF
SOUTH LAKE
TAHOE
City of South Lake Tahoe | El Dorado County
November 10, 2020
5:30 PM - 7:00 PM
HOW TO JOIN
ZOOM: https://bit.ly/37NQ07s
Join by phone: 1.669.900.6833
Webinar ID: 984 3957 2057
Passcode: 438691
Flyer for Workshop #1
355
42 | 56 ACRES MASTER PLAN Flyer for the Self-Guided Walking Tour and Survey 356
Public Engagement Summar y | 43
Visitors participate in the Self-Guided Walking Tour
Walking Tour
This on-site self-guided walk was designed to meet
all COVID-19 safety protocols. People were invited to
participate in the self-guided tour between
November 2-22, 2020.
Printed maps and project information with QR codes and
survey link were distributed throughout the project site for a walk-through workshop. Boards at the Recreation Center covered project background, site analysis and mapping,
previous work, and goals. The same information was also available online through the project StoryMap and via
online survey for broader input options.
TAKE THE WALKING TOUR SURVEY
THINK BIG... IF THE NEW
MULTIGENERATIONAL
RECREATION & AQUATICS
CENTER WAS LOCATED NEAR THE
LIBRARY HOW SHOULD THIS
h t t p s: // a r c g.i s /S 9 1Tj STATION A
SPACE BE REUSED?
HOW DO YOU GET TO
56 ACRES?
TAKE THE WALKING TOUR SURVEY h t t p s: // a r c g.i s /S 9 1Tj STATION C 357
44 | 56 ACRES MASTER PLAN
Figure 20: Bilingual Public Webinar Banner
Thank you for joining!
The meeting will begin shortly.
¡Gracias por unirte!
La reunión comenzará en breve.
Public Virtual Workshop #1
November 10, 2020
Public Webinar
A public webinar was conducted on November 10, 2020
through the online platform Zoom. The presentation
content and agenda was as follows:
• Virtual meeting format through Zoom.
• The team gave a short presentation to walk through
the project information and background materials and
asked some interim questions, opened up for Q&A,
and directed people to the online survey.
358
Public Engagement Summar y | 45
Window 1
Engagement
Highlights
155
online survey
responses
39%
of survey
respondents visit
56 Acres on a weekly
basis year-round
62%
of online survey
respondents
access 56 Acres
by car
52%
of survey
respondents said
that incorporating
play facilities was
very important
359
46 | 56 ACRES MASTER PLAN
ENGAGEMENT WINDOW TWO
Collaborate
Engagement Window 2 took place between December
14, 2020 - January 22, 2021. The goals of Engagement
Window 2 were as follows:
• Receive input on conceptual alternatives to develop
preferred alternative
• Coordinate feedback and events with the Recreation
Center project
• Gather input on implementation priorities
Window 2
Engagement
Highlights
69 online survey
responses
63%
of respondents
preferred the Play
and Gather Areas
in Concept 3
53%
of respondents
would prefer
Tallac Avenue
through the site
60%
of respondents
said they were very
comfortable moving
forward with current
program elements
360
Public Engagement Summar y | 47
ENGAGEMENT WINDOW THREE
Refine
Engagement Window 3 focused on presenting the Master
Plan and Master Plan Alternative. On March 31, 2021 there was a public webinar presentation and on May 4, 2021
there was a public presentation to a joint meeting between City Council and County Board of Supervisors for approval of the master plan. The goals of Engagement Window 3
were as follows:
• Receive input on preferred alternative to integrate
feedback into master plan document
• Confirm implementation priorities
• Approval of the master plan
Window 3
Engagement
Highlights
100%
approval from
El Dorado County
Board of
Supervisors
100%
approval from
City of South
Lake Tahoe City
Council
46 attendees
on the
public
webinar
94%
of respondents
said they were
comfortable moving
forward with the
master plan as
presented
361
362
Community and stakeholder
engagement led to the creation of a
series of initial programming concepts.
These gave shape to a variety of
possibilities for the project area.
Engagement efforts included eliciting
feedback regarding programmatic
elements of the site as well as
circulation, access, and the location of
amenities within the park.
Draft
Alternatives
& 56 Acres
Master Plan
363
50 | 56 ACRES MASTER PLAN
Program Concept Development
Following public input opportunities including the selfguided tour, online survey, and first public meeting, a series of program concepts were developed to illustrate a variety of ways that 56 Acres could support and organize four
main categories of program elements. These categories
were: Civic and Community, Play and Gather, Open Space
and Trails, and Camping.
The first public survey resulted in over 200 participants.
The results of the survey helped shape the character of each program category, and drove the way program was
deployed on-site in each of the three original program
concept diagrams.
Survey respondents helped articulate the importance of
the Recreation and Swim Center, the library and providing safe, easy and accessible connections to Lakeview
Commons. In addition, survey respondents also reinforced the importance of adventure play features, native
landscape areas and gardens, a variety of sports courts, seating, and open lawn areas.
Participants stressed that trails within the park should provide connections to other areas as part of the citywide trail system, and the project area should have a walking and bicycling loop.
Programming For Every Season
The winter season doesn’t drive recreation to halt in
and around the Lake Tahoe Basin. Survey respondents
stressed the importance of year-round programming and
infrastructure of in the Tahoe region. A primary concern was that the trail system within the project area would not be accessible year-round. Residents and visitors alike preferred plowed walking and bicycling opportunities at 56 Acres during the snowy season.
Additionally, the public survey demonstrated that there are numerous winter recreation uses that are of interest for the project area. Respondents cited cross country skiing, sledding, and ice rink activities as some of their top winter priorities for getting out and enjoying 56 Acres in the snow.
PROGRAMMING
364
Draft Alternatives & 56 Acres Master Plan | 51
Robust Civic Amenities
Maintaining robust community and civic amenities is critical to the success of the 56 Acres Master Plan. When asked
which amenities were most important to respondents
in Survey 1, civic amenities such as the Recreation and Aquatic Center, the library and Lakeview Commons rose to the top.
Other community and civic amenities that are being
prioritized include a facility for seniors, the ice arena, and a cultural center that celebrates the history and art of the Lake Tahoe region.
Community & Civic
Rec & Aquatics Center
Ice Arena
Library
Senior Facility
Civic Center
Cultural Center (History & Art)
CIVIC & COMMUNITY
365
52 | 56 ACRES MASTER PLAN
Flexible Public Space
A key element of the 56 Acres Master Plan is ensuring
areas within the project area that are dedicated to a wide variety of amenities that support diverse types of play and various community events and gatherings. Play and
gather space in the park should be flexible, welcoming and encourage residents and visitors alike to relax, socialize, and stay active.
Community Oriented Events
Community oriented events are a cornerstone of the
South Lake Tahoe lifestyle. Whether it’s an amphitheater or a public plaza, residents and visitors should be ensured space within the park for community-oriented events of
varying sizes.
Play & Gather
Flexible Use Public Spaces
PLAY & GATHER
366
Draft Alternatives & 56 Acres Master Plan | 53
Adventure Play
South Lake Tahoe is a national destination for adventure recreation. It is no surprise that residents and visitors alike cast their vote for the inclusion of adventure play amenities in the 56 Acres Master Plan. These features could
include slides, landform manipulation, nature-based play areas, rock climbing walls, and a numerous other multigenerational activities that teach new skills, and help to cultivate appreciation and excitement for the outdoors.
Interactive Elements
Interactive play elements such as sculptures, engagementbased interpretive material and fitness play features were among some of the top-rated interests in Survey 1. Many of these features can spark curiosity among all ages and can be made accessible regardless of ability level.
Play & Gather
Adventure Play Fitness Play Interactive Elements
367
54 | 56 ACRES MASTER PLAN
Connected Trail Network
A connected trail network within the project area would bolster South Lake Tahoe’s already robust public trails network. Shared-use paths within the park would connect to key access points as well as circulate users throughout the site itself.
Accessible Open Space
The 56 Acres Master Plan is committed to helping design public spaces that are open and accessible to everyone
in the community. Safety, wayfinding, and signage are
all elements of creating a trail system that is usable, safe and accommodating to a variety of residents and visitors.
This includes crafting trails that are desirable for differently abled users, seniors, families, and pet owners among
others.
Trails & Open Space
TRAILS & OPEN SPACE
368
Draft Alternatives & 56 Acres Master Plan | 55
Campground Updates
The Campground by the Lake has become one of the
most attractive destinations in South Lake Tahoe. In the Survey 1 results, a majority of respondents suggested that maintenance and rehabilitation of the existing campsites was critical, and the addition of a variety of year-round overnight options was desirable.
Year-Round Options
Based on market research, an increasing number of
campgrounds are moving to provide accessible year-round camping facilities. Options could include simple camping cabins, yurts, or other structures that would allow visitors to the campground to continue to enjoy this incredible
amenity throughout the year.
Camping
Replae
Yurts Tent Sites Tent Cabins
RV/Trailer Sites Camping Cabins
CAMPING
369
56 | 56 ACRES MASTER PLAN
PROGRAMMING CONCEPTS
Programming Concept 1:
Civic Center North
The Civic Center North program concept is defined by large swaths of camping, open space, and trails on the south
end of the site and a concentration of civic amenities to the north. In this program concept, the Recreation and
Aquatic Center, the library and civic center, the senior center and the cultural center are all grouped together in a civic-oriented hub. Parking is similarly concentrated within the northern portion of the site, providing ample and convenient parking adjacent to civic amenities. Additional parking can be found next to the city maintenance zone
and the ice arena but is largely located further north.
The areas of the site adjacent to Highway 50 are buffered by open space and trails as well as areas for play and
gather related activities. These areas form a linear park that connects to the Recreation Center as well as Lakeview
Commons. The camping area in this program concept is
shifted slightly south from its current location. It is the largest area to be allotted for camping out of the three concepts.
Programming Concept 2:
Civic Center South
The Civic Center South program concept’s most distinctive feature is a “Main Street” that meanders through the park and can be closed off for special events. This thoroughfare provides easy access to numerous on-site amenities
such as the civic center, play and gather spaces, the
campground, and additional parking that is connected to the cultural and senior centers.
Like its title, many of the Civic amenities in this program concept are concentrated in the southern half of the park.
Though the Recreation and Aquatic Center as well as the library are still located on the northern end of the site, the civic center, senior services, and cultural amenities (such as the cultural center and a cultural green) are all located to the south. Parking is located throughout the site, adjacent to convenient locations such as the Recreation and Aquatic Center, city maintenance and civic amenities such as
the senior center. The campground is consolidated and
centrally located. Because it is more compact, additional space can be allocated to other features.
Figure 21: Programming Concept 1 Diagram Figure 22: Programming Concept 2 Diagram US-50
RUFUS ALLEN BLVD
TALLAC AVE
LIBRARY
LAKEVIEW
COMMONS
CHAMPIONS
PLAZA
PLAY &
GATHER
PLAY &
GATHER
CLASS I PATH
CLASS I PATH
PEDESTRIAN TRAIL
CLASS I PATH
LAKE TAHOE
LAKEVIEW AVE HARRISON AVE COMMERCIAL DISTRICT
CIVIC
CENTER
CULTURAL
CENTER
SENIOR
SERVICES
PARKING
PARKING PARKING
EXISTING BUILDING
TO REMAIN FESTIVAL STREET
EXISTING BUILDING
TO REMAIN
ICE ARENA
CAMPING
CITY
MAINTENANCE
RECREATION &
AQUATIC CENTER
LC PHASE 2
CULTURAL
GREEN
OPEN SPACE
& TRAILS
OPEN SPACE
& TRAILS
US-50
RUFUS ALLEN BLVD
TALLAC AVE
LIBRARY
& CIVIC
CENTER
LAKEVIEW
COMMONS
PLAY &
GATHER
CLASS I PATH
CLASS I PATH
CLASS I PATH
PEDESTRIAN TRAIL
LAKE TAHOE
HARRISON AVE
COMMERCIAL DISTRICT
CULTURAL
CENTER
SENIOR
SERVICES
PARKING
ICE ARENA
EXISTING BUILDING
TO REMAIN
CAMPING
CITY
MAINTENANCE
RECREATION &
AQUATIC CENTER
LC PHASE 2
OPEN SPACE
& TRAILS
PARKING
PARKING
370
Draft Alternatives & 56 Acres Master Plan | 57
Programming Concept 3:
Campground South
Like the Civic Center South program concept, the
Campground South program concept features Tallac
Avenue as a Main Street that runs throughout the park. The camping area remains consolidated and is located to the south. This concept features the smallest camping area out of the three concepts. Because the designated camping
area is compact, other amenities can take up additional space. The Recreation and Aquatic Center as well as the cultural and senior centers have slightly larger footprints and are more centrally located on site. Large parking areas appear in both the north and south ends of the site, with a smaller more compact parking lot close to the intersection of Tallac Avenue and Highway 50.
Additionally, play and gather spaces are found in the heart of the park. Open spaces and trails buffer most of the
Highway 50 and park interface while making room for a
large portion of the site to be programmed with a variety of different play and gather activities and amenities.
Figure 23: Programming Concept 3 Diagram Aerial view of Highway 50 and the Lakeview Commons Phase II site
LIBRARY
LAKEVIEW
COMMONS
CHAMPIONS
PLAZA
PLAY &
GATHER
CLASS I PATH
CLASS I PATH
CLASS I PATH
PEDESTRIAN TRAIL
CIVIC
CENTER
CULTURAL
CENTER
SENIOR
SERVICES
PARKING
PARKING
PARKING
FESTIVAL STREET
EXISTING BUILDING
TO REMAIN
EXISTING BUILDING
TO REMAIN
ICE ARENA
CITY
MAINTENANCE
RECREATION &
AQUATIC CENTER
LC PHASE 2
OPEN SPACE
& TRAILS
OPEN SPACE
& TRAILS
US-50
RUFUS ALLEN BLVD
TALLAC AVE
LAKE TAHOE
HARRISON AVE
COMMERCIAL DISTRICT
CAMPING
LAKEVIEW AVE
371
58 | 56 ACRES MASTER PLAN
Preferred Programming Concept:
A Combination Concept
The preferred program concept was developed from critical feedback received by the South Lake Tahoe community,
the City, and the County. After robust public engagement, desirable elements from each of the three program
concepts emerged and as a response, a new program
concept was developed.
A shared-use path bisects a large play and gathering space that buffers a portion of the Highway 50 frontage. This large, concentrated zone for activities such as adventure play, fitness play, interactive elements, and a variety of gathering opportunities creates flexible public space that reaches into the heart of the park. Convenient access to Lakeview Commons emerges out of the play and gather
area, and open space and trails zones buffer most of
what remains of the Highway 50 frontage as well as the
southern boundary of the park.
The cultural center and senior center join forces in the southwest corner of the park and occupy a space directly off Highway 50. The camping area is concentrated in the southern half of the park but leaves room for large areas dedicated to the ice arena, parking, and city maintenance.
The site is bisected by an access road and parking lot. This increases accessibility to a variety of civic amenities within the park itself and fills a community need for additional parking near the Harrison Avenue commercial district.
In addition to the access road that runs west to east
throughout the park, a connected series of shared-use
paths allows visitors to walk through the heart of the site and enjoy 56 Acres away from the loudest areas adjacent to Highway 50. The shared-use path creates convenient
connections to access both Lakeview Commons and the
Harrison Avenue commercial district.
Many of the civic amenities are concentrated in the
northern half of the site. A large parking lot provides ample access to each of these amenities and the Multigenerational Aquatics and Recreation Center abuts both a play and gather area as well as open space and trails. This provides a seamless connection between recreational
activities in and out of doors for residents and visitors alike.
The Main Street will connect through the 56 Acres site at Tallac Avenue, as shown in this photo. 372
Draft Alternatives & 56 Acres Master Plan | 59
Figure 24: Preferred Concept Program Diagram
0 ft 200 400
North
US-50
RUFUS ALLEN BLVD
TALLAC AVE
EXISTING
LIBRARY
CIVIC
CENTER
LAKEVIEW
COMMONS
PLAY & GATHER
CLASS I PATH
CLASS I PATH
CLASS I PATH
PEDESTRIAN PROMENADE
LAKE TAHOE
HARRISON AVE COMMERCIAL DISTRICT
BIJOU
RESIDENTIAL
EXISTING
ARTS, HISTORY
& SENIOR
CENTER
PARKING
ICE ARENA
EXISTING BUILDING
TO REMAIN
CAMPING
CITY
FACILITIES
MULTI-GENERATIONAL
RECREATION &
AQUATIC CENTER
LC PHASE 2
OPEN SPACE
& TRAILS
OPEN SPACE
& TRAILS
OPEN SPACE
& TRAILS
MAIN STREET & PARKING
PARKING
CAMPING
373
60 | 56 ACRES MASTER PLAN
MASTER PLAN
Figure 25: Master Plan
CAMPING
(TENT & RV)
CIVIC CENTER
MULTIGENERATIONAL
AQUATICS &
RECREATION
CENTER
HIGHWAY 50
HIGHWAY 50
HARRISON AVE
HARRISON AVE
TALLAC AVE
RUFUS ALLEN BLVD..
RUFUS ALLEN BLVD.
TRANSIT
STOP
LAKEVIEW COMMONS
EXTENSION
TRANSIT
STOP
EXISTING SENIOR
CENTER
CABINS
PLAYGROUND
MUSEUM
ART CENTER
LAKEVIEW AVE
LIBRARY
LAKEVIEW
COMMONS
EXPANDED
CHAMPION’S
PLAZA
FLEXIBLE
EVENT SPACE
FITNESS
PLAY
NATURE &
ADVENTURE
PLAY
CAMPING
CABINS
“MAIN
STREET”
ICE ARENA
REPURPOSED
BLDG..
CULTURAL
HUB
LAKE TAHOE
0 ft 100 200
North
374
Draft Alternatives & 56 Acres Master Plan | 61
The master plan was approved by the City of South Lake
City Council and El Dorado County Board of Supervisors
on April 27, 2021, further negotiations with the lease
agreement between the City and County continued
through 2021. The following elements are shown in the
master plan:
• Enhanced at-grade pedestrian crossings at Rufus Allen Boulevard and Highway 50, Lakeview Avenue and
Highway 50, and Tallac Avenue and Highway 50.
• Continuation of the pedestrian lakefront promenade
at Lakeview Commons. Consisting of a cantilevered
boardwalk connecting from the existing Lakeview
Commons improvements to the existing stair access to
the lake across from Rufus Allen Boulevard.
• Expanded Champion’s Plaza. The parking area
immediately adjacent to the existing Champion’s Plaza
will be reclaimed for more pedestrian space with an
expansion of the plaza including new landscaping and
pavers. On street parking will be formalized along
Harrison Avenue and vehicular access to the boat ramp
will be maintained as is.
• The Multi-generational Aquatics and Recreation Center (MARC) is located on the northern part of the site with filtered views of Lake Tahoe. There will be associated
outdoor spaces for fitness and small group events.
There will be a shared service drive with the existing
library and a new Class I shared-use path connecting
from the parking lot to Lakeview Commons to double
as emergency vehicular access. The existing library
parking lot will be expanded to accommodate the
MARC and Civic Center.
• A new Civic Center is included in the center of the
site, immediately south of the MARC, creating a
courtyard between the buildings that can be used for
community events. The Civic Center will consist of two
buildings connected with one roof and a breezeway
between them—a two story 18,000 s.f. building for
administration offices and a separate one story 7,000
s.f. building for council chambers. 7,000 s.f. would
include space for restrooms, commercial kitchen, and
other support spaces. It could be leased for private
functions or used for municipal gatherings.
• A flexible event space is included to the west of the Civic Center, it is approximately 70,000 s.f. and would hold community events.
• Immediately west of the flexible event space is a
nature-based play area under the existing trees and
incorporating new earthwork of berming and sculpting
landforms.
• The Main Street bisects the site from west to east
connecting Tallac Avenue at Highway 50 to Rufus
Allen Boulevard. This would act as the primary spine
of vehicular access through the site with a new entry
to the campground and civic center. Approximately
50 parallel parking spaces would be located along the
two-lane access road. The Main Street could be closed
for community events.
• The existing campground would be reconfigured
and located more to the south. The campground
would have approximately 141 spots, with 118 being
spur sites for RVs and tents, and 17 cabin sites. It is anticipated the upgraded campground would be able to
accommodate year-round camping and have full hook
ups at most sites. One existing restroom would remain
in place, one would be relocated, and a new restroom
would be built for a total of three restroom buildings. • The existing Ice Arena would remain with the
possibility for a second sheet of ice located to the east where the current County Vector Control is located
along with a new expanded parking lot along Rufus
Allen Boulevard. This is not shown graphically in the
master plan, but could be considered in the future.
• The existing County Vector Control is proposed to be
relocated off site based on coordination between the
City and County.
• The existing Recreation Center and adjacent parking
is proposed to be removed and the site restored to a
natural state allowing a buffer with the campground.
The existing playground would remain and be
incorporated into the site.
• The existing City Parks Maintenance yard is proposed
to be relocated within the City.
• The existing Senior Center, History Museum, and Art
Center would remain with proposed upgrades to create
a cultural hub on the southwest side of the site. The
historic cabins would be incorporated into a community
green for small events and tours.
• Class 1 shared use paths will connect throughout the
site to fill gaps in the regional bicycle and pedestrian system.
375
62 | 56 ACRES MASTER PLAN
Proposed rendering showing a view of the Main Street at the 56 Acres entrance across from Tallac Avenue.
Illustration showing an event along the 56 Acres Main Street 376
Draft Alternatives & 56 Acres Master Plan | 63
Proposed rendering showing a view of the entrance of the new Multi-generational Recreation and Aquatic Center.
Illustration showing potential camping cabins within the new campground. 377
378
Phasing, Funding,
Operations &
Maintenance
379
66 | 56 ACRES MASTER PLAN
PHASING AND FUNDING
The following outline describes a potential phasing
approach dependent upon funding. Further coordination
between the City of South Lake Tahoe and El Dorado
County is needed.
• First Phase: Multi-generational Recreation and
Aquatics Center
Phase 1: Site and Utility Work
Phase 2: Vertical Construction
• Second Phase: Build 3/4 of Main Street ending in a
cul de sac near Highway 50 and build first phase of
campground renovations (Tent and RV Sites)
• Next Phase: Camping Cabins
• Next Phase: Event Space, Adventure Play,
and Fitness Play
• Subsequent Phases would include connecting Main
Street to Highway 50, Civic Center, Cultural Hub,
Lakeview Commons Extension, and demolition of
existing Recreation Center and Vector Control.
Funding:
Funding sources may include but are not limited to:
California Prop 68
Air quality mitigation funds
Hazard mitigation funds
TRPA VMT reduction mitigation funds
City General Funds
Note that Measure P funds are prioritized to provide
recreation improvements first.
Legend
Recreation Center Event Space
Main Street Subsequent Phases
Camping Cabins
Lakeview Commons will be expanded to the east, left side of this photo. 380
Phasing, FU NDING, OPERATIONS & MAINTENANCE | 67
Figure 27: Phasing Plan
PHASING PLAN
CAMPING
(TENT & RV)
CIVIC CENTER
MULTIGENERATIONAL
AQUATICS &
RECREATION
CENTER
HIGHWAY 50
HIGHWAY 50
HARRISON AVE
HARRISON AVE
TALLAC AVE
RUFUS ALLEN BLVD..
RUFUS ALLEN BLVD.
TRANSIT
STOP
LAKEVIEW COMMONS
EXTENSION
TRANSIT
STOP
EXISTING SENIOR
CENTER
CABINS
PLAYGROUND
MUSEUM
ART CENTER
LAKEVIEW AVE
LIBRARY
LAKEVIEW
COMMONS
EXPANDED
CHAMPION’S
PLAZA
FLEXIBLE
EVENT SPACE
FITNESS
PLAY
NATURE &
ADVENTURE
PLAY
CAMPING
CABINS
“MAIN
STREET”
ICE ARENA
REPURPOSED
BLDG..
CULTURAL
HUB
LAKE TAHOE
0 ft 100 200
North
381
68 | 56 ACRES MASTER PLAN
OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE
The master plan recommends that City and County staff
and representatives of elected officials work closely
to develop a strategy that incorporates the day to day
operations and maintenance considerations. The following Policies and Needs were developed from input given by
City staff as a starting point.
Policies
1. Monitor and manage tree health.
» Pre-Construction: Catalog and evaluate trees to
remove and trees to save on site. Establish tree
protection plan that is to remain in effect for the
duration of ALL construction activities, Consulting
Arborist should be available during construction
to advise on any pruning, tree protection, soil
compaction issues, or underground pruning that might
need to take place, or could otherwise alter tree
protection plan.
» Post-Construction: Monitor preserved trees for a
minimum of three years following turnover of project.
Schedule regular evaluations of landscape and
plantings to enforce any warranty claims. Ensure
watering is adequate. Ensure snow storage solutions
do not damage trees, displace mulching, or over
saturate planting sites during thaw.
2. Staff the Parks Department to meet the long term
needs of 56 Acres improvements.
» Maintenance Staffing Needs: Three, full time
Maintenance level 1 or 2 employees to assist with
janitorial/custodial needs for evenings, weekends, and
regularly scheduled days. One, full time Maintenance
level 3,4,or 5 to monitor and maintain site, potentially helping to direct staff depending on level of worker
staffed on site.
» Document all assets, amenities, and needs as they
are implemented, and revaluate on an annual basis.
3. Seek partnerships with stewardship groups and non
profit organizations.
4. Develop policy to permit special events.
5. Develop policy to contract with concessionaires.
6. Develop policy to fundraise for improvements and
maintenance.
» Any funds raised for Maintenance should be allocated
by Maintenance. This way, equipment needs are
not sacrificed for staff, and staffing needs will not be wasted on tools, etc.
Needs
1. Allow for a small location on site for maintenance of the campground, play areas, and grounds. The area
shall include a maintenance shed, or other, separate
facility that has power, heat, and some hard surface
surrounding it.
2. Maintain a space on site for up to three city snow
plows. Recognize the City’s stated intent to be fully
electric, make sure these sites can accommodate, or
include charging stations. These sites would be best if they allow covered or partially covered parking.
3. Additional Staff
» Maintenance Staffing Needs: Three, full time
Maintenance level 1 or 2 employees to assist with
janitorial/custodial needs for evenings, weekends, and
regularly scheduled days. One, full time Maintenance
level 3,4,or 5 to monitor and maintain site, potentially helping to direct staff depending on level of worker
staffed on site.
4. Equipment
» Two Gem Carts, miscellaneous small powered
equipment for landscape needs, Two to three tracked
walk behind snow blowers, small snow removal
tractor similar to the Holder.
5. Cost estimates for maintenance (2022 dollars).
• Equipment: $250,000
• Labor Fully Burdened (Annually): $300,000
6. Cost estimates for phasing to be developed prior to
implementation.
382
Phasing, FU NDING, OPERATIONS & MAINTENANCE | 69
Photos of the inaugural Festival of WInter Lights, December 2021, located at the Cultural Hub of 56 Acres. 383
56 ACRES
ENVISION
MASTER PLAN
384
CITY OF SOUTH LAKE TAHOE
Development Services Department, Planning Division
1052 Tata Lane, South Lake Tahoe, CA 96150
Phone (530) 542-6010 Fax (530) 541-7524
Web address: www.cityofslt.us
June 8, 2021
Ione Band of Miwok Indians
Cultural Committee
PO Box 699
Plymouth, CA 95699
RE: Tribal Cultural Resources under the California Environmental Quality Act, AB 52, Formal Notification of Determination that a Project Application is Complete, pursuant to Public Resources Code (PRC) § 310080.3.1.
The City of South Lake Tahoe Planning Division is preparing a master plan for the following project: 56-Acre Master Plan.
Below please find a description of the project, a description of the project location, and the name of our project point of contact, pursuant to PRC § 21080.3.1(d). Enclosed for your review are figures showing locational information and proposed conceptual plans.
Project Description:
The City of South Lake Tahoe is preparing the 56-Acre Master Plan with an intent to develop a comprehensive master plan to guide the transformation of 56-Acres into a signature recreation and civic space. The Master Plan is intended to achieve the following objectives:
• Create a plan for future improvements, development, and operation of a locally and nationally renowned civic and recreational space for the enjoyment of residents and visitors alike;
• Provide a wide range of facilities, such as a multigenerational recreation center and aquatic complex, city government center, outdoor event venue, beach/lakefront public facilities (Lakeview Commons), and active and passive recreation facilities; • Improve pedestrian and bicycle circulation and access, including pedestrian access throughout the plan area and the beach/lakefront area and connections to surrounding destinations and the regional network;
• Preservation of cultural and environmental resources in future development and operations;
• A Master Plan that includes a clear plan for implementation, including project phasing, necessary technical studies, regulatory challenges, permitting requirements, and potential funding sources;
• Implement robust community participation and achieve stakeholder support; • Consistency with the architecture and engineering design of the Multigenerational Center.
385
The project goals are aimed at residents and visitors alike. They focus on recreational and civic needs, the creation of meaningful world-class facilities and public open space, environmental stainability, cultural preservation, water quality, traffic mitigation, and aesthetic improvements.
Location:
Please see the enclosed exhibit for the location of 56-Acres.
Point of Contact:
John Hitchcock
Planning Division
1052 Tata Lane
South Lake Tahoe, CA 96150
(530) 542-7472
[email protected]
Pursuant to PRC § 21080.3.1(b), you have 30-days from the receipt of this letter to request consultation, in writing, with the Planning Division.
Very Respectfully,
John Hitchcock
Planning Manager
CC: Jason Camp
Tribal Historic Preservation Officer
Marcus Guerrero
Cultural Resources Manager
386
56-Acre Master Plan Project Location Map
Project
Location
387
MASTER PLAN CONCEPTUAL DESIGN
388
MASTER PLAN CONCEPT ALTERNATIVE
389
CITY OF SOUTH LAKE TAHOE
Development Services Department, Planning Division
1052 Tata Lane, South Lake Tahoe, CA 96150
Phone (530) 542-6010 Fax (530) 541-7524
Web address: www.cityofslt.us
June 8, 2021
Chairwoman Regina Cuellar
Shingle Springs Band of Miwok Indians
PO Box 1340
Shingle Springs, CA 95682
RE: Tribal Cultural Resources under the California Environmental Quality Act, AB 52, Formal Notification of Determination that a Project Application is Complete, pursuant to Public Resources Code (PRC) § 310080.3.1.
The City of South Lake Tahoe Planning Division is preparing a master plan for the following project: 56-Acre Master Plan.
Below please find a description of the project, a description of the project location, and the name of our project point of contact, pursuant to PRC § 21080.3.1(d). Enclosed for your review are figures showing locational information and proposed conceptual plans.
Project Description:
The City of South Lake Tahoe is preparing the 56-Acre Master Plan with an intent to develop a comprehensive master plan to guide the transformation of 56-Acres into a signature recreation and civic space. The Master Plan is intended to achieve the following objectives:
• Create a plan for future improvements, development, and operation of a locally and nationally renowned civic and recreational space for the enjoyment of residents and visitors alike;
• Provide a wide range of facilities, such as a multigenerational recreation center and aquatic complex, city government center, outdoor event venue, beach/lakefront public facilities (Lakeview Commons), and active and passive recreation facilities; • Improve pedestrian and bicycle circulation and access, including pedestrian access throughout the plan area and the beach/lakefront area and connections to surrounding destinations and the regional network;
• Preservation of cultural and environmental resources in future development and operations;
• A Master Plan that includes a clear plan for implementation, including project phasing, necessary technical studies, regulatory challenges, permitting requirements, and potential funding sources;
• Implement robust community participation and achieve stakeholder support; • Consistency with the architecture and engineering design of the Multigenerational Center.
390
The project goals are aimed at residents and visitors alike. They focus on recreational and civic needs, the creation of meaningful world-class facilities and public open space, environmental stainability, cultural preservation, water quality, traffic mitigation, and aesthetic improvements.
Location:
Please see the enclosed exhibit for the location of 56-Acres.
Point of Contact:
John Hitchcock
Planning Division
1052 Tata Lane
South Lake Tahoe, CA 96150
(530) 542-7472
[email protected]
Pursuant to PRC § 21080.3.1(b), you have 30-days from the receipt of this letter to request consultation, in writing, with the Planning Division.
Very Respectfully,
John Hitchcock
Planning Manager
391
56-Acre Master Plan Project Location Map
Project
Location
392
MASTER PLAN CONCEPTUAL DESIGN
393
MASTER PLAN CONCEPT ALTERNATIVE
394
CITY OF SOUTH LAKE TAHOE
Development Services Department, Planning Division
1052 Tata Lane, South Lake Tahoe, CA 96150
Phone (530) 542-6010 Fax (530) 541-7524
Web address: www.cityofslt.us
June 8, 2021
Gene Whitehouse, Chairman
United Auburn Indian Community
10720 Indian Hill Road
Auburn, CA 95603
RE: Tribal Cultural Resources under the California Environmental Quality Act, AB 52, Formal Notification of Determination that a Project Application is Complete, pursuant to Public Resources Code (PRC) § 310080.3.1.
The City of South Lake Tahoe Planning Division is preparing a master plan for the following project: 56-Acre Master Plan.
Below please find a description of the project, a description of the project location, and the name of our project point of contact, pursuant to PRC § 21080.3.1(d). Enclosed for your review are figures showing locational information and proposed conceptual plans.
Project Description:
The City of South Lake Tahoe is preparing the 56-Acre Master Plan with an intent to develop a comprehensive master plan to guide the transformation of 56-Acres into a signature recreation and civic space. The Master Plan is intended to achieve the following objectives:
• Create a plan for future improvements, development, and operation of a locally and nationally renowned civic and recreational space for the enjoyment of residents and visitors alike;
• Provide a wide range of facilities, such as a multigenerational recreation center and aquatic complex, city government center, outdoor event venue, beach/lakefront public facilities (Lakeview Commons), and active and passive recreation facilities; • Improve pedestrian and bicycle circulation and access, including pedestrian access throughout the plan area and the beach/lakefront area and connections to surrounding destinations and the regional network;
• Preservation of cultural and environmental resources in future development and operations;
• A Master Plan that includes a clear plan for implementation, including project phasing, necessary technical studies, regulatory challenges, permitting requirements, and potential funding sources;
• Implement robust community participation and achieve stakeholder support; • Consistency with the architecture and engineering design of the Multigenerational Center.
395
The project goals are aimed at residents and visitors alike. They focus on recreational and civic needs, the creation of meaningful world-class facilities and public open space, environmental stainability, cultural preservation, water quality, traffic mitigation, and aesthetic improvements.
Location:
Please see the enclosed exhibit for the location of 56-Acres.
Point of Contact:
John Hitchcock
Planning Division
1052 Tata Lane
South Lake Tahoe, CA 96150
(530) 542-7472
[email protected]
Pursuant to PRC § 21080.3.1(b), you have 30-days from the receipt of this letter to request consultation, in writing, with the Planning Division.
Very Respectfully,
John Hitchcock
Planning Manager
CC: Mathew Moore
Tribal Historic Preservation Officer
Anna Starkey
Cultural Regulatory Specialist
396
56-Acre Master Plan Project Location Map
Project
Location
397
MASTER PLAN CONCEPTUAL DESIGN
398
MASTER PLAN CONCEPT ALTERNATIVE
399
CITY OF SOUTH LAKE TAHOE
Development Services Department, Planning Division
1052 Tata Lane, South Lake Tahoe, CA 96150
Phone (530) 542-6010 Fax (530) 541-7524
Web address: www.cityofslt.us
June 8, 2021
Chairwoman Serrell Smokey
Washoe Tribe of California and Nevada
919 US Highway 395 N
Gardnerville, NV 89410
RE: Tribal Cultural Resources under the California Environmental Quality Act, AB 52, Formal Notification of Determination that a Project Application is Complete, pursuant to Public Resources Code (PRC) § 310080.3.1.
The City of South Lake Tahoe Planning Division is preparing a master plan for the following project: 56-Acre Master Plan.
Below please find a description of the project, a description of the project location, and the name of our project point of contact, pursuant to PRC § 21080.3.1(d). Enclosed for your review are figures showing locational information and proposed conceptual plans.
Project Description:
The City of South Lake Tahoe is preparing the 56-Acre Master Plan with an intent to develop a comprehensive master plan to guide the transformation of 56-Acres into a signature recreation and civic space. The Master Plan is intended to achieve the following objectives:
• Create a plan for future improvements, development, and operation of a locally and nationally renowned civic and recreational space for the enjoyment of residents and visitors alike;
• Provide a wide range of facilities, such as a multigenerational recreation center and aquatic complex, city government center, outdoor event venue, beach/lakefront public facilities (Lakeview Commons), and active and passive recreation facilities; • Improve pedestrian and bicycle circulation and access, including pedestrian access throughout the plan area and the beach/lakefront area and connections to surrounding destinations and the regional network;
• Preservation of cultural and environmental resources in future development and operations;
• A Master Plan that includes a clear plan for implementation, including project phasing, necessary technical studies, regulatory challenges, permitting requirements, and potential funding sources;
• Implement robust community participation and achieve stakeholder support; • Consistency with the architecture and engineering design of the Multigenerational Center.
400
The project goals are aimed at residents and visitors alike. They focus on recreational and civic needs, the creation of meaningful world-class facilities and public open space, environmental stainability, cultural preservation, water quality, traffic mitigation, and aesthetic improvements.
Location:
Please see the enclosed exhibit for the location of 56-Acres.
Point of Contact:
John Hitchcock
Planning Division
1052 Tata Lane
South Lake Tahoe, CA 96150
(530) 542-7472
[email protected]
Pursuant to PRC § 21080.3.1(b), you have 30-days from the receipt of this letter to request consultation, in writing, with the Planning Division.
Very Respectfully,
John Hitchcock
Planning Manager
CC: Darrell Cruz
Cultural Resources Director
401
56-Acre Master Plan Project Location Map
Project
Location
402
MASTER PLAN CONCEPTUAL DESIGN
403
MASTER PLAN CONCEPT ALTERNATIVE
404
From: John Hitchcock
To: Anna Cheng
Cc: Anna Starkey
Subject: RE: AB52: 56-Acre Master Plan
Date: Tuesday, July 6, 2021 3:40:00 PM
Anna,
No other tribe has responded.
Regards,
John
From: Anna Cheng <[email protected]>
Sent: Tuesday, July 6, 2021 3:36 PM
To: John Hitchcock <[email protected]>
Cc: Anna Starkey <[email protected]>
Subject: RE: AB52: 56-Acre Master Plan
Hello Mr. Hitchcock,
I wanted to follow up on the email below. May you please confirm if Washoe or any other tribes had responded to the notification letter?
Thank you,
Anna C.
From: Anna Cheng
Sent: Friday, June 18, 2021 11:57 AM
To: '[email protected]' <[email protected]> Cc: Anna Starkey <[email protected]>
Subject: AB52: 56-Acre Master Plan
Dear Mr. Hitchcock,
On behalf of the United Auburn Indian Community’s Tribal Historic Preservation Department, thank you for the notification and opportunity to consult for the above referenced project. UAIC generally defers to Washoe for projects in the Truckee and Tahoe Basin area if they are actively consulting. May you confirm if Washoe or any other tribes are actively consulting on this project? Thank you,
Anna C.
405
Nothing in this e-mail is intended to constitute an electronic signature for purposes of the Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act (E-Sign Act), 15, U.S.C. §§ 7001 to 7006 or the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act of any state or the federal government unless a specific statement to the contrary is included in this email. 406
CITY OF SOUTH LAKE TAHOE
DEVELOPMENT SERVICES DEPARTMENT - PLANNING DIVISION
NOTICE OF INTENT TO ADOPT A NEGATIVE DECLARATION
Proof of Service by Mail
SUBJECT: 56-Acres Master Plan & South Lake Tahoe Recreation and Acquatics Center Project – A Multigeneratioinal Center Project
ADDRESS: 1004 Lakeview Ave & 3050, 1176 & 1170 Rufus Allen Blvd APN: 026-050-003, -004, -005 & -006
DATE OF HEARING: January 18, 2022
TIME OF HEARING: 5:30 p.m.
LOCATION OF HEARING: City Council Chambers, 1901 Lisa Maloff Way, South Lake Tahoe, CA 96150
STATE OF CALIFORNIA
COUNTY OF EL DORADO
CITY OF SOUTH LAKE TAHOE
I am an employee of the City of South Lake Tahoe, Development Services Department.
On December 10, 2021, I served the attached notice pursuant to Section 6.55.640 of the South Lake Tahoe Municipal Code and Government Code Sections 65090 and 65091 (Planning and Zoning Law) on the persons named thereon or attached thereto by placing a true copy thereof with postage thereon fully prepaid in the United States mail. I declare, under penalty of perjury, that the foregoing is true and correct.
John Hitchcock
Signature
Executed on 12/10/2021 , by John Hitchcock
Development Service Department
1052 Tata Lane
South Lake Tahoe, CA 96150-6251
Enclosures: Buffer Map, Notice of Intent, Mailing List
407
City of South Lake Tahoe
NOTICE OF INTENT TO ADOPT A MITIGATED NEGATIVE DECLARATION Release of an Initial Study and Proposed Mitigated Negative Declaration for the 56 Acres Master Plan and South Lake Tahoe Recreation and Aquatics Center Project – A Multigenerational Center Project
Pursuant to the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA), the City of South Lake Tahoe (City) has released for public review Initial Study and Proposed Mitigated Negative Declaration (IS/MND) for the 56 Acres Master Plan (Master Plan) and South Lake Tahoe Recreation and Aquatics Center referred to herein as the Multigenerational Center Project (collectively, proposed project). The 56 Acres Master Plan will create a signature public park located in the City of South Lake Tahoe. The project goals focus on recreational and civic needs, creation of meaningful world-class facilities and public open space, environmental sustainability, cultural preservation, water quality, traffic mitigation, aesthetic improvements, and habitat preservation. The Master Plan would relocate the existing campground within the plan area; improve circulation and connectivity, including shared-use path and beach access near Lakeview Commons and construction of a new “Main Street;” construct new play and gather spaces, including an outdoor event space; and construct a new Civic Center to house City Council chambers. The first project to be implemented under the Master Plan would be the Multigenerational Center project that would replace the existing South Lake Tahoe Recreation and Swim Complex.
: The plan area is centrally located in the City of South Lake Tahoe between Lake Tahoe to the north; U.S. Highway 50 (Lake Tahoe Boulevard) to the west; Al Tahoe Ballfields, South Tahoe Middle School, Boys and Girls Club, and another residential neighborhood to the south; and Rufus Allen Boulevard and a residential neighborhood to the east. The proposed site for the Multigenerational Center is within the plan area, west of the library and the area that currently contains the northern portion of the Campground by the Lake. : The City has prepared an IS/MND pursuant to State CEQA Guidelines Sections 15063 and 15071. The City has studied the effects the proposed project may have on the environment. Based on the IS, the proposed project would not result in significant environmental impacts with implementation of mitigation measures. Therefore, an IS/MND is proposed for compliance with the requirements of CEQA.
: The City is releasing the IS/MND for public review and comments. The document is available for a 32-day public review period from December 10, 2021 to January 10, 2022.
408
: Comments regarding the
IS/MND may be submitted in writing via U.S. mail or email any time during the public review period.
Written comments regarding the scope and content of information in the IS/MND or any questions regarding the document should be submitted no later than January 10, 2022. Comments may be sent to:
John Hitchcock
Development Services Department
1052 Tata Lane
South Lake Tahoe, CA 96150
Email: [email protected]
Phone: (530) 542-7472
Printed copies of the IS/MND, and the documents referenced in the IS/MND, can be requested from John Hitchcock (contact information above) and would be available at the City of South Lake Tahoe Offices at 1052 Tata Lane in South Lake Tahoe for pick up.
Digital copies of the IS/MND are available online at: https://www.cityofslt.us/.
A public City Council meeting to consider the proposed project and IS/MND will begin at 5:30 p.m. on January 18, 2022. The meeting is scheduled to occur at the South Lake Tahoe 0, South Lake Tahoe, CA 96150.
-29-20, remote public participation is allowed in
-streamed on Channel 21, on the City’s website
-
you will not
e close of public comment on an item,
and read into the record during public comment. Emailed public comment received 72 hours prior to the meeting will be distributed to the City Council.
Every reasonable effort will be made to accommodate any person needing special assistance to participate in this meeting. Contact the City Clerk at (530) 542-6005 in advance of the meeting for assistance [28 CFR 35.102.35.104 ADA Title II and Brown Act Government Code Sections 54953.2, 54954.1, 54954.2, and 54957.5].
409
City of South Lake Tahoe NOTICE OF INTENT TO ADOPT A MITIGATED NEGATIVE DECLARATION Release of an Initial
Study and Proposed
Mitigated Negative Declaration
for the 56 Acres Master
Plan and South Lake
Tahoe Recreation and
Aquatics Center Project
– A Multigenerational
Center Project
Pursuant to the California
Environmental Quality
Act (CEQA), the City of
South Lake Tahoe (City)
has released for public
review Initial Study and
Proposed Mitigated Negative Declaration (IS/
MND) for the 56 Acres
Master Plan (Master
Plan) and South Lake
Tahoe Recreation
and Aquatics Center
referred to herein as the
Multigenerational Center
Project (collectively,
proposed project). The
56 Acres Master Plan
will create a signature
public park located in
the City of South Lake
Tahoe. The project goals
focus on recreational and
civic needs, creation of
meaningful world-class
facilities and public open
space, environmental
sustainability, cultural
preservation, water
aesthetic improvements,
and habitat preservation. The Master Plan
would relocate the
existing campground
within the plan area;
improve circulation and
connectivity, including
shared-use path and
beach access near Lakeview Commons and
construction of a new
“Main Street;” construct
new play and gather
spaces, including an
outdoor event space;
and construct a new
Civic Center to house
City Council chambers.
implemented under the
Master Plan would be the
Multigenerational Center
project that would replace
the existing South Lake
Tahoe Recreation and
Swim Complex.
Plan Location: The plan area is centrally located
in the City of South
Lake Tahoe between
Lake Tahoe to the north;
U.S. Highway 50 (Lake
Tahoe Boulevard) to
the west; Al Tahoe
Middle School, Boys and
Girls Club, and another
residential neighborhood to the south; and
Rufus Allen Boulevard and a residential
neighborhood to the
east. The proposed site
for the Multigenerational
Center is within the
plan area, west of the
library and the area that
currently contains the
northern portion of the
Campground by the
Lake.
Environmental Effects: The City has prepared
an IS/MND pursuant to
State CEQA Guidelines
Sections 15063 and
15071. The City has
studied the effects the
proposed project may
have on the environment. Based on the IS, the
proposed project would
environmental impacts
with implementation of
mitigation measures.
Therefore, an IS/MND is
proposed for compliance
with the requirements of CEQA.
Public Review and
Comments: The City is releasing the IS/
MND for public review
and comments. The document is available for
a 32-day public review
period from December
10, 2021 to January 10, 2022.
Where to Review
the Environmental Document and Provide
Comments: Comments regarding the IS/MND
may be submitted in
writing via U.S. mail or
email any time during
the public review period. Written comments
regarding the scope and
content of information
in the IS/MND or any
questions regarding
the document should
be submitted no later
than January 10, 2022.
Comments may be sent to:
John Hitchcock
Development Services Department
1052 Tata Lane
South Lake Tahoe, CA 96150 Email: jhitchcock@ cityofslt.us Phone: (530) 542-7472 Printed copies of the IS/
MND, and the documents
referenced in the IS/
MND, can be requested
from John Hitchcock
(contact information
above) and would be
available at the City
of South Lake Tahoe
in South Lake Tahoe for
pick up. Digital copies of
the IS/MND are available
online at: https://www.city ofslt.us/.
Public Meeting: A public
City Council meeting to
consider the proposed
project and IS/MND will
begin at 5:30 p.m. on
January 18, 2022. The
meeting is scheduled to
occur at the South Lake
Tahoe Airport at 1901
Lisa Maloff Way, Suite
100, South Lake Tahoe, CA 96150.
In accordance with the
Governor’s Executive
Order N-29-20, remote
public participation is
allowed in the following
ways: (1) City Council
meetings are livestreamed on Channel
21, on the City’s website at www.cityofslt. us, and via ZOOM. (2) Public comment
may be submitted by
TELEPHONE during
the meeting, prior to the
close of public comment
on an item, by calling
the City Clerk at (530)
318-1461, ONLY AT THE
TIME INDICATED BY
THE CHAIR. Please do
not leave a message,
you will not receive a
return call. If the line is
busy, please try your
call again. (3) Public
comment may be submitted by EMAIL with
the subject line PUBLIC
COMMENT ITEM #
(insert item number)
to PublicComment@
cityofslt.us during the
meeting, prior to the
close of public comment
on an item, and read into
the record during public
comment. Emailed public
comment received 72
hours prior to the meeting
will be distributed to the City Council.
Every reasonable
effort will be made to
accommodate any person needing special
assistance to participate
in this meeting. Contact
the City Clerk at (530)
542-6005 in advance
of the meeting for
assistance [28 CFR
35.102.35.104 ADA
Title II and Brown Act
Government Code
Sections 54953.2,
54954.1, 54954.2, and 54957.5].
Published: December 17, 2021
410
10/26/21, 10:27 AM Search | ParcelQuest
1/3
100 m Map data ©2021
411
ADDRESS LIST AND ADDRESS LABELS ON FILE AT DEVELOPMENT SERVICES DEPARTMENT 412
Resolution 2022-XX
Adopted by the City of South Lake Tahoe
City Council
January 18, 2022
Adopting 56-Acres Master Plan and Initial Study/Mitigated Negative Declaration
BACKGROUND
A. In April 2021, The City of South Lake Tahoe, in partnership with El Dorado County and the California Tahoe Conservancy, initiated the 56-Acres Master Plan. At the same time, the City contracted with a design firm to begin the design process for the Recreation and Aquatics Center Project. A cornerstone project of the 56-Acres Master Plan
B. The Master Plan provides a comprehensive strategy for the 56-Acres and will serve to guide the City in capital improvement planning, programmatic planning, maintenance and operational planning, and budgetary decision making.
C. The City conducted an extensive outreach effort to engage a diverse range of park users, residents, visitors, community organizations, and local officials. In total, ten online-focused stakeholder meetings were conducted, over 150 community members participated in three public workshops, and over 50 community members participated in the on-site self-guided tours, and over 200 individuals participated in the online survey.
D. In accordance with the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) Guidelines Section 15070, the City of South Lake Tahoe has prepared an Initial Study/Mitigated Negative Declaration (IS/MND) for the 56-Acres Master Plan and the Recreation and Aquatics Center Project.
E. The Initial Study/Mitigated Negative Declaration was submitted to the Office of Planning and Research and was circulated for public review between December 10, 2021 and January 10, 2022. All affected properties within 300 feet of the project site were mailed a Notice of Intent to adopt a mitigated negative declaration and notified of the date and time of the City Council Meeting.
F. The City of South Lake City Council has reviewed and considered the IS/MND at a duly noticed public hearing conducted on January 18, 2022, and considered all the evidence in the record.
413
Resolution 2022-XX January 18, 2022 Page 2 of 2
BASED ON THE FACTS SET FORTH IN THE BACKGROUND, BE IT RESOLVED, that the City of South Lake Tahoe City Council:
1. Adopts the 56-Acres Master Plan and South Lake Tahoe Recreation and Aquatics Center Project Initial Study/Mitigated Negative Declaration (IS/MND) pursuant to CEQA, and determines that the IS/MND adequately addresses the potential environmental impacts of the proposed project and that no further environmental analysis is required to comply with CEQA.
2. Adopts the 56-Acres Master Plan.
Adopted by the City of South Lake Tahoe City Council on January 18, 2022 by the following vote:
Yes:
No:
Absent:
Abstain:
________________________ Date:_________
Devin Middlebrook, Mayor
Attest:
________________________
Susan Blankenship, City Clerk
414
JANUARY 2022
INITIAL STUDY/MITIGATED NEGATIVE DECLARATION
56 Acres Master Plan and South Lake Tahoe
Recreation and Aquatics Center Project –
A Multigenerational Center
PREPARED FOR:
City of South Lake Tahoe
Development Services Department
1052 Tata Lane
South Lake Tahoe, CA 96150
530.542.7472
415
416
20200057.01
INITIAL STUDY/MITIGATED NEGATIVE DECLARATION
56 Acres Master Plan and South Lake Tahoe
Recreation and Aquatics Center Project –
A Multigenerational Center
Prepared for:
City of South Lake Tahoe
Development Services Department
1052 Tata Lane
South Lake Tahoe, CA 96150
530.542.7472
Contact: John Hitchcock
Prepared By:
Ascent Environmental, Inc.
128 Market St, Suite 3E
Stateline, NV 89449-5022
702.596.5957
Contact: Adam Lewandowski
JANUARY 2022
417
418
City of South Lake Tahoe
56 Acres Master Plan and Multigenerational Center Project IS/MND i
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section Page
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS ......................................................................................................................................................................... IV 1 INTRODUCTION ........................................................................................................................................................................ 1-1
1.1 Introduction and Regulatory Guidance ......................................................................................................................1-1
1.2 Public Involvement.............................................................................................................................................................1-1
1.3 Why This Document?.......................................................................................................................................................1-2
1.4 Summary of Findings .......................................................................................................................................................1-3
1.5 Environmental Permits.....................................................................................................................................................1-4
1.6 Document Organization .................................................................................................................................................1-4 2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION ...........................................................................................................................................................2-1
2.1 Project Overview................................................................................................................................................................2-1
2.2 Project Location .................................................................................................................................................................2-1
2.3 Existing Uses and Facilities ............................................................................................................................................2-3
2.4 Project Objectives.............................................................................................................................................................2-4
2.5 56 Acres Master Plan.......................................................................................................................................................2-4
2.6 Approvals and Future Use of this Document .........................................................................................................2-4 3 ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST...............................................................................................................................................3-1
3.1 Aesthetics ............................................................................................................................................................................3-5
3.2 Agriculture and Forest Resources.............................................................................................................................3-26
3.3 Air Quality .........................................................................................................................................................................3-29
3.4 Biological Resources......................................................................................................................................................3-42
3.5 Cultural Resources ......................................................................................................................................................... 3-51
3.6 Energy.................................................................................................................................................................................3-57
3.7 Geology and Soils ..........................................................................................................................................................3-65
3.8 Greenhouse Gas Emissions .........................................................................................................................................3-74
3.9 Hazards and Hazardous Materials ...........................................................................................................................3-82
3.10 Hydrology and Water Quality....................................................................................................................................3-94
3.11 Land Use and Planning...............................................................................................................................................3-100
3.12 Mineral Resources........................................................................................................................................................3-103
3.13 Noise.................................................................................................................................................................................3-105
3.14 Population and Housing.............................................................................................................................................3-115
3.15 Public Services ................................................................................................................................................................3-117
3.16 Recreation........................................................................................................................................................................3-121
3.17 Transportation...............................................................................................................................................................3-125
3.18 Tribal Cultural Resources ...........................................................................................................................................3-136
3.19 Utilities and Service Systems .....................................................................................................................................3-141
3.20 Wildfire..............................................................................................................................................................................3-151
3.21 Cumulative Impacts and Mandatory Findings of Significance......................................................................3-154 4 REFERENCES .............................................................................................................................................................................. 4-1 5 REPORT PREPARERS .................................................................................................................................................................5-1 419
Table of Contents Ascent Environmental
City of South Lake Tahoe
ii 56 Acres Master Plan and Multigenerational Center Project IS/MND Appendices
Appendix A Air Quality and Greenhouse Gases Emissions Modeling Data Appendix B Noise Modeling Data
Appendix C 56 Acres Master Plan Transportation Analysis Figures
Figure 2-1 Project Location ................................................................................................................................................................2-2 Figure 2-2 56 Acres Master Plan....................................................................................................................................................... 2-7 Figure 2-3 Multigenerational Center Site Layout........................................................................................................................2-9 Figure 2-4 Multigenerational Center Preliminary Architectural Renderings ....................................................................2-11 Figure 3.1-1 Scenic Resources .............................................................................................................................................................. 3-7 Figure 3.1-2 View of the Plan Area from Shoreline Scenic Resource 32-1 in Al Tahoe Shoreline Travel Unit (Unit 32)................................................................................................................................................................................3-8 Figure 3.1-3 Multigenerational Center Viewpoints...................................................................................................................... 3-13 Figure 3.1-4 Existing View and Simulation of the Multigenerational Center at Viewpoint A ....................................... 3-14 Figure 3.1-5 Existing View and Simulation of the Multigenerational Center at Viewpoint B........................................ 3-15 Figure 3.1-6 Existing View and Simulation of the Multigenerational Center at Viewpoint C ........................................3-17 Figure 3.1-7 Existing View and Simulation of the Multigenerational Center at Viewpoint D....................................... 3-19 Figure 3.1-8 Existing View and Simulation of the Multigenerational Center at Viewpoint E........................................ 3-21 Figure 3.4-1 Land Cover Types in the 56 Acres Master Plan Area.........................................................................................3-45 Figure 3.7-1 Proposed Land Coverage............................................................................................................................................3-68 Figure 3.10-1 Subwatersheds and Rivers...........................................................................................................................................3-96 Tables
Table 2-1 Existing and Proposed Parking Supply .....................................................................................................................2-3 Table 2-2 Permits and Approvals ...................................................................................................................................................2-5 Table 3.3-1 Ambient Air Quality Standards ..................................................................................................................................3-30 Table 3.3-2 Sources and Health Effects of Criteria Air Pollutants ......................................................................................... 3-31 Table 3.3-3 Summary of Maximum Daily Emissions of Ozone Precursors and PM10 Associated with 56 Acres Master Plan Project Construction Activities from 2025 to 2028 (lb/day)........................................3-35 Table 3.3-4 Summary of Maximum Daily Emissions of Ozone Precursors and PM10 Associated with Multigenerational Center Project Construction Activities from 2022 to 2023 (lb/day)..........................3-36 Table 3.3-5 Summary of Maximum Daily Emissions of Ozone Precursors and PM10 Associated with 56 Acres Master Plan Project Operational Activities (lb/day)................................................................................3-37 Table 3.6-1 Construction-Related Energy Consumption for the Master Plan..................................................................3-60 Table 3.6-2 Annual Operational Energy Consumption of Master Plan at Buildout (2040).......................................... 3-61 Table 3.6-3 Construction-Related Energy Consumption of the of Multigenerational Center....................................3-62 Table 3.6-4 Annual Operational Energy Consumption of Multigenerational Center for Buildout (2024)..............3-62 Table 3.7-1 Soils in the Plan Area ....................................................................................................................................................3-66 Table 3.7-2 Existing and Proposed Coverage in the Plan Area .............................................................................................3-66 420
Ascent Environmental Table of Contents
City of South Lake Tahoe
56 Acres Master Plan and Multigenerational Center Project IS/MND iii Table 3.8-1 Summary of Greenhouse Emissions Associated with Master Plan Project Construction Activities (MTCO2e/year)..............................................................................................................................................3-78 Table 3.8-2 Summary of Annual Greenhouse Gas Emissions Associated with Master Plan Project Operation (MTCO2e/year)...........................................................................................................................................3-79 Table 3.8-3 Summary of Greenhouse Emissions Associated with Multigenerational Center Project Construction Activities (MTCO2e/year) ...................................................................................................................3-80 Table 3.8-4 Summary of Annual Greenhouse Gas Emissions Associated with Multigenerational Center Operation (MTCO2e/year)...........................................................................................................................................3-80 Table 3.13-1 Exterior and Interior Noise Levels at Nearby Receptors During Master Plan Construction...............3-108 Table 3.13-2 Exterior and Interior Noise Levels at Nearby Receptors During Multigenerational Center Construction.................................................................................................................................................................... 3-111 Table 3.16-1 Campgrounds Near the South Shore of Lake Tahoe.......................................................................................3-122 Table 3.17-1 Master Plan VMT ...........................................................................................................................................................3-131 Table 3.17-2 Multigenerational Center VMT ................................................................................................................................3-132 Table 3.19-1 Multiple Dry Years Water Demand and Supply in the STPUD Service Area............................................3-143 Table 3.19-2 Summary of Existing and Proposed Master Plan Facilities that Require Utilities Services..................3-145 Table 3.21-1 Cumulative Projects List.............................................................................................................................................3-155 421
List of Abbreviations Ascent Environmental
City of South Lake Tahoe
iv 56 Acres Master Plan and Multigenerational Center Project IS/MND
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS
ADA Americans with Disabilities Act
afy acre-feet per year
ALUCP Airport Land Use Compatibility Plan
ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers
Basin Plan Water Quality Control Plan for the Lahontan Region BMP best management practice
BP before present
C&D Construction and demolition
CAL FIRE California Department of Forestry and Fire Protection CAL OES Governor’s Office Emergency Services
Cal/OSHA California Occupational Safety and Health Administration Caltrans California Department of Transportation
CBC California Building Code
CCR California Code of Regulations
CDFW California Department of Fish and Wildlife
CEQA California Environmental Quality Act
CESA California Endangered Species Act
CFR Code of Federal Regulations
CHP California Highway Patrol
CHRIS California Historical Resources Information System City City of South Lake Tahoe
CNDDB California Natural Diversity Database
CNEL Community Noise Equivalent Level
Community Plan Bijou/Al Tahoe Community Plan
Conservancy California Tahoe Conservancy
County El Dorado County
CRHR California Register of Historical Resources
CUPA Certified Unified Program Agency
CWA Clean Water Act
dB decibels
dBA A-Weighted Decibels
dbh diameter at breast height
422
Ascent Environmental List of Abbreviations
City of South Lake Tahoe
56 Acres Master Plan and Multigenerational Center Project IS/MND v DTSC California Department of Toxic Substances Control
DVTE daily vehicle trip ends
EDCEMD El Dorado County Environmental Management Department EIR environmental impact report
EPA U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
ESA federal Endangered Species Act
federal OSHA federal Occupational Safety and Health Administration FGC California Fish and Game Code
FHSZ Fire Hazard Severity Zone
GIS Geographic Information System
IS/MND Initial Study/Mitigated Negative Declaration
JPA Joint Powers Authority
KBSRA Kings Beach State Recreation Area
Lahontan RWQCB Lahontan Regional Water Quality Control Board LCD Land Capability District
Leq Equivalent Continuous Sound Level
LOS level of service
LRA Local Responsibility Area
LTUSD Lake Tahoe Unified School District
Master Plan 56 Acres Master Plan
mgd million gallons per day
mph miles per hour
MRF Materials Recovery Facility
NAHC Native American Heritage Commission
NCIC North Central Information Center
NPDES National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System
OPR Governor’s Office of Planning and Research
423
List of Abbreviations Ascent Environmental
City of South Lake Tahoe
vi 56 Acres Master Plan and Multigenerational Center Project IS/MND PIA Tahoe Regional Planning Agency Project Impact Assessment Guidelines plan area 56 Acres Master Plan area
PPV peak particle velocity
PRC Public Resources Code
RCRA Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976
RMS root-mean-square
SLF Sacred Lands File
SLTFR South Lake Tahoe Fire Rescue
SLTPD South Lake Tahoe Police Department
SPL sound pressure level
sq. ft. square-foot
STPUD South Tahoe Public Utility District
STR South Tahoe Refuse and Recycling Services
SWPPP storm water pollution prevention plan
SWRCB State Water Resources Control Board
Technical Advisory Technical Advisory on Evaluating Transportation Impacts in CEQA Transportation Analysis 56 Acres Master Plan Transportation Analysis TRPA Tahoe Regional Planning Agency
TTD Tahoe Transportation District
US 50 U.S. Highway 50
USC U.S. Code
USDOT U.S. Department of Transportation
UWMP Urban Water Management Plan
VdB velocity decibel
VMT vehicle miles travelled
424
City of South Lake Tahoe
56 Acres Master Plan and Multigenerational Center Project IS/MND 1-1 1 INTRODUCTION
1.1 INTRODUCTION AND REGULATORY GUIDANCE
This Initial Study/Mitigated Negative Declaration (IS/MND) has been prepared by the City of South Lake Tahoe to evaluate potential environmental effects of the proposed 56 Acre Master Plan (Master Plan) and South Lake Tahoe Recreation and Aquatics Center referred to herein as the Multigenerational Center Project. Chapter 2, “Project Description,” presents the detailed project information.
This document has been prepared in accordance with the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) (Public Resources Code Section 21000 et seq.) and the State CEQA Guidelines (California Code of Regulations Section 15000 et seq.). An initial study is prepared by a lead agency to determine if a project may have a significant effect on the environment (State CEQA Guidelines Section 15063[a]), and thus to determine the appropriate environmental document. In accordance with State CEQA Guidelines Section 15070, a “public agency shall prepare…a proposed negative declaration or mitigated negative declaration…when: (a) The initial study shows that there is no substantial evidence…that the project may have a significant impact on the environment, or (b) The initial study identifies potentially significant effects but revisions to the project plans or proposal are agreed to by the applicant and such revisions would reduce potentially significant effects to a less-than-significant level.” In this circumstance, the lead agency prepares a written statement describing its reasons for concluding that the project would not have a significant effect on the environment and, therefore, does not require the preparation of an environmental impact report (EIR). By contrast, an EIR is required when the project may have a significant environmental impact that cannot clearly be reduced to a less-than-significant effect by adoption of mitigation or by revisions in the project design.
1.2 PUBLIC INVOLVEMENT
A Public Engagement Plan was developed and implemented for development of the Master Plan and to ensure communication with the public throughout the project.
Opportunities for public involvement were presented as “engagement windows” during which goals were established for obtaining information that would be used to develop different aspects of the Master Plan. Each engagement window provided opportunities for public input. Updates to the City and County’s Parks and Rec Commissions, City Planning Commission, and City Council were provided by the Planning Team, in coordination with City and County staff, at the end of each engagement window.
Engagement Window One
November 2 – 22, 2020: An online survey was coordinated with workshop information to get input from locals, part-time residents, and visitors on project vision, goals, and program elements. November 10, 2020: Public workshop to provide an overview of the Master Plan; receive input on program elements, opportunities, and challenges; and introduce the public survey. Engagement Window Two
December 14, 2020 – January 22, 2021: An online survey was made available to collect feedback on conceptual alternatives, coordinate feedback and events with the Multigenerational Center project, and gather input on implementation priorities.
January 20, 2021: Virtual Public workshop to provide an update on survey responses, present three Master Plan concepts, and provide an update on the Multigenerational Center project. 425
Introduction Ascent Environmental
City of South Lake Tahoe
1-2 56 Acres Master Plan and Multigenerational Center Project IS/MND Engagement Window Three
March 31, 2021: Virtual Public workshop to answer questions and receive feedback on the preferred Master Plan concept.
May 4, 2021: Public presentation to a joint meeting between City Council and County Board of Supervisors for approval of the master plan.
Project content and involvement opportunities were made available and regularly updated in a web-based story map for the Master Plan. A link to the story map is available on the city website.
Public involvement for the Multigenerational Center included community meetings on the following days:
December 8, 2015
March 31, 2016
October 21, 2020 (virtual meeting)
January 20, 2021 (virtual co-meeting with the 56 Acres Master Plan) March 31, 2021 (virtual co-meeting with the 56 Acres Master Plan) Stakeholder meetings to support planning efforts for the Multigenerational Center occurred with various community groups on the following days:
January 29, 2020: jurisdictional stakeholders
October 2, 2020: arts/athletic and community stakeholders October 2, 2020: local business stakeholders
October 28, 2020: swim team stakeholders
1.3 WHY THIS DOCUMENT?
As described in the environmental checklist (Chapter 3), the project would not result in any unmitigated significant environmental impacts. Therefore, an IS/MND is the appropriate document for compliance with the requirements of CEQA. This IS/MND conforms to these requirements and to the content requirements of State CEQA Guidelines Section 15071.
This IS/MND evaluates the potential environmental effects associated with adoption and implementation of the proposed Master Plan, and construction and operation of the Multigenerational Center. The Master Plan provides a conceptual site plan and identifies facility improvements that will be designed and constructed in multiple phases over the next approximately 20 years. The conceptual nature of the proposed facility designs in the Master Plan is such that the impact analysis is prepared at a programmatic level—that is, a more general analysis with a level of detail and degree of specificity commensurate with that of the Master Plan itself. The Multigenerational Center, however, is assessed at a project level in this IS/MND. Project details are developed to a sufficient degree that environmental effects can be identified and assessed with greater certainty, and specific mitigation measures developed to address potentially significant effects.
Under CEQA, the lead agency is the public agency with primary responsibility over approval of the project. The City of South Lake Tahoe is the CEQA lead agency because they are responsible for approval of the Master Plan and the Multigenerational Center. The purpose of this document is to present to decision-makers and the public information about the environmental consequences of implementing the project. This disclosure document is being made available to the public for review and comment. This IS/MND will be available for a 32-day public review period from December 10, 2021 to January 10, 2022.
426
Ascent Environmental Introduction
City of South Lake Tahoe
56 Acres Master Plan and Multigenerational Center Project IS/MND 1-3 Supporting documentation referenced in this document is available for review at:
Development Services Department
1052 Tata Lane
South Lake Tahoe, CA 96150
Comments should be addressed to:
John Hitchcock
Development Services Department
1052 Tata Lane
South Lake Tahoe, CA 96150
E-mail comments may be addressed to: [email protected] If you have questions regarding the IS/MND, please call John Hitchcock at: (530) 542-7472. If you wish to send written comments (including via e-mail), they must be postmarked by January 10, 2022.
After comments are received from the public and reviewing agencies and considered by the City, the City may (1) adopt the MND and approve the Master Plan and Multigenerational Center project; (2) undertake additional environmental studies; or (3) abandon the project. If the Master Plan and Multigenerational Center project is approved and funded, the City may adopt the Master Plan and proceed with the Multigenerational Center Project.
1.4 SUMMARY OF FINDINGS
Chapter 3, “Environmental Checklist,” of this document contains the analysis and discussion of potential environmental impacts of the project. The full range of environmental issues in the Appendix G checklist of the State CEQA Guidelines have been analyzed. Based on the issues evaluated in that chapter, it was determined that the project would have no impact related to the following issue area:
mineral resources
Project impacts were determined to be less than significant for the following issue areas:
aesthetics
agriculture and forest resources
air quality
biological resources
energy
geology and soils
greenhouse gas emissions
hydrology and water quality
land use and planning
population and housing
public services
recreation
transportation
utilities and service systems
wildfire
427
Introduction Ascent Environmental
City of South Lake Tahoe
1-4 56 Acres Master Plan and Multigenerational Center Project IS/MND Potentially significant impacts were identified for the following issue areas; however, mitigation measures included in the IS/MND would reduce all impacts to a less-than-significant levels:
cultural resources
hazards and hazardous materials
tribal cultural resources
noise
1.5 ENVIRONMENTAL PERMITS
In addition to project approval, construction of the Multigenerational Center Project and future facilities proposed in the Master Plan would require permits or approvals from California Department of Transportation, Lahontan Regional Water Quality Control Board, and Tahoe Regional Planning Agency. These permits and approvals are identified in Chapter 2 “Project Description.”
1.6 DOCUMENT ORGANIZATION
This IS/MND is organized as follows:
Chapter 1: Introduction. This chapter provides an introduction to the environmental review process. It describes the purpose and organization of this document as well as presents a summary of findings.
Chapter 2: Project Description and Background. This chapter describes the project objectives and provides a detailed description of the project.
Chapter 3: Environmental Checklist. This chapter presents an analysis of a range of environmental issues identified in the CEQA Environmental Checklist and determines if project actions would result in no impact, a less-than-significant impact, a less-than-significant impact with mitigation incorporated, or a potentially significant impact. If any impacts were determined to be potentially significant, an EIR would be required. For this project, however, none of the impacts were determined to be significant after implementation of mitigation measures.
Chapter 4: References. This chapter lists the references used in preparation of this IS/MND.
Chapter 5: List of Preparers. This chapter identifies report preparers. 428
City of South Lake Tahoe
56 Acres Master Plan and Multigenerational Center Project IS/MND 2-1 2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION
2.1 PROJECT OVERVIEW
The proposed 56 Acres Master Plan (Master Plan) and South Lake Tahoe Recreation and Aquatics Center referred to herein as the Multigenerational Center Project (collectively, proposed project) is a collaborative vision of the City of South Lake Tahoe (City) and El Dorado County (County). The California Tahoe Conservancy (Conservancy) is providing support for the Master Plan and contributing funding to prepare the Master Plan. Each agency is supporting this effort to turn the 56 Acres Master Plan area (plan area) into a locally and nationally renowned civic space for the enjoyment of residents and visitors alike. The City is the lead agency for the purposes of CEQA. The plan area encompasses the property in the vicinity of the City’s Recreation and Swim Complex, South Lake Tahoe Ice Arena, Campground by the Lake, and Lakeview Commons. The goals of the Master Plan focus on environmental sustainability, cultural preservation, provisions for recreational/civic needs, water quality, mobility improvements, aesthetic improvements, habitat preservation, and creating meaningful world-class facilities and public open space.
The purpose of the Master Plan is to develop a comprehensive strategy for the project site, facilities, programs, and services that is responsive to the community’s demographics, social background, and multigenerational recreational needs. The Master Plan would serve to guide the City in capital improvement planning, programmatic planning, maintenance and operational planning, and budgetary decision making. The first project to be implemented under the Master Plan would be the Multigenerational Recreation and Aquatics Center (Multigenerational Center).
This IS/MND provides a program-level analysis for the Master Plan and a project-level analysis for the Multigenerational Center.
2.2 PROJECT LOCATION
The plan area is centrally located in the City of South Lake Tahoe between Lake Tahoe to the north; U.S. Highway 50 (US 50) (Lake Tahoe Boulevard) to the west; Al Tahoe Ballfields, South Tahoe Middle School, Boys and Girls Club and another residential neighborhood to the south; and Rufus Allen Boulevard and a residential neighborhood to the east (Figure 2-1). The proposed site for the Multigenerational Center is within the plan area, west of the library and the area that currently contains the northern portion of the existing campground.
The plan area includes four parcels totaling approximately 56 acres. The County owns 73 percent of the plan area (40.87 acres), while the City owns 27 percent (15.48 acres). US 50 is located in the northern portion of the plan area and separates Lakeview Commons and Champions Plaza from the rest of the plan area. 429
Project Description Ascent Environmental
City of South Lake Tahoe
2-2 56 Acres Master Plan and Multigenerational Center Project IS/MND Source: Ascent Environmental
Figure 2-1 Project Location
430
Ascent Environmental Project Description
City of South Lake Tahoe
56 Acres Master Plan and Multigenerational Center Project IS/MND 2-3
2.3 EXISTING USES AND FACILITIES
The plan area is located in the center of the City of South Lake Tahoe where US 50 meets the shores of Lake Tahoe.
The property contains some of the largest remaining public open spaces within the city limits. It hosts a variety of existing features, including various recreational facilities, a museum, highway frontage, and a scenic lakefront park that drops off steeply leading to the beaches of Lake Tahoe. Just to the west of the project site is the Harrison Avenue business zone, which was improved by a streetscape project in 2015. The plan area provides for a variety of yearround community and recreational uses including community events, camping, and a new snow play concession.
In 1973, the grant deed conveying the 15.48 acres from the County to the City was executed, stating the “property should be used exclusively for a public park, recreation, cultural and visitor information purposes.” An on-site campground, Campground by the Lake, occupies 22.5 acres of the forested center of the site. Usage is seasonal from May through October.
The plan area is within the boundaries of the Bijou/Al Tahoe Community Plan, which includes policies, allowable land uses, and development standards applicable to the project site. A cornerstone of the Community Plan is that the Bijou/Al Tahoe area should serve as a family-oriented and recreation center, as well as a town center for the local community. Goals of the Bijou/Al Tahoe Community Plan also include reducing dependency on the automobile and improving the movement of people, goods, and services within the Bijou/Al Tahoe area, and the Lake Tahoe region.
The City General Plan also provides policy direction for the expansion of recreation and civic center facilities within the Bijou/Al Tahoe Community Plan area.
Existing features in the plan area that would be upgraded or reconfigured as part of the Master Plan include:
campground by the Lake, a 22.5-acre campground with 172 campsites for RV and tent camping and seven tent cabins,
Recreation and Swim Complex (proposed for removal),
Lakeview Commons/El Dorado Beach (addition of a multi-use path), playground,
Champions Plaza,
park maintenance facility within the campground (proposed for relocation within plan area), City Public Works maintenance yard (proposed for downsizing), shared-use paths, and
parking (321 parking stalls).
Existing features in the plan area that would be relocated off-site include:
fire training facility, and
El Dorado County Vector Control.
Existing features in the plan area that would be retained with no planned changes include:
indoor ice arena,
library,
Lake Tahoe History Museum,
senior center,
Tahoe Art League Art Center, and
Joint Powers Authority (JPA) ambulance facility (former Lake Tahoe Visitor’s Authority building). 431
Project Description Ascent Environmental
City of South Lake Tahoe
2-4 56 Acres Master Plan and Multigenerational Center Project IS/MND
2.4 PROJECT OBJECTIVES
2.4.1 Master Plan Project Objectives
The Master Plan is intended to achieve the following objectives:
Create a plan for future improvements, development, and operation of a locally and nationally renowned civic and recreational space for enjoyment of residents and visitors alike; Provide a wide range of facilities, such as a multigenerational recreation center and aquatic complex, city government center, outdoor event venue, beach/lakefront public facilities (Lakeview Commons), and active and passive recreation facilities;
Improve pedestrian and bicycle circulation and access, including pedestrian access throughout the plan area and the beach/lakefront area and connections to surrounding destinations and the regional network; Preserve cultural and environmental resources in future development and operations; Provide a clear plan for implementation including project phasing, necessary technical studies, regulatory challenges, permitting requirements, and potential funding sources; Implement robust community participation and achieve stakeholder support; and Be consistent with the architecture and engineering design of the Multigenerational Center.
2.4.2 Multigenerational Center Project Objectives
The Multigenerational Center is intended to achieve the following objectives:
Utilize funding provided by Measure P to provide recreational amenities to residents and visitors; Expand recreation and fitness opportunities with enhanced gymnasium space with an expanded indoor/outdoor aquatic facility, multi-sport options, and fitness space for cardio classes; Provide flexible spaces that could be adapted to a variety of uses and recreation trends; Provide opportunities to accommodate programming for seniors and older adults; Provide high-quality support amenities, such as family changing rooms, locker rooms and showers; Commit to a fiscally and operationally responsible facility with an affordable fee structure now and in the future; and Develop an environmentally sustainable facility that is efficient in design, layout, and energy use.
2.5 56 ACRES MASTER PLAN
The 56 Acres Master Plan would create a signature park for the enjoyment of residents and visitors. Located in the heart of South Lake Tahoe, the Master Plan would build upon the success of Lakeview Commons.
The Master Plan focuses on recreational and civic needs, creation of meaningful world-class facilities and public open space, environmental sustainability, cultural preservation, water quality, traffic mitigation, aesthetic improvements, and habitat preservation.
Development of the Master Plan has been influenced by numerous public meetings and workshops (see Section 1.2 in Chapter 1 of this IS/MND for a summary of public involvement) to gauge interest by the public in proposed amenities and to receive input on site design. Development of the Multigenerational Center has also been guided by public input from dating back to 2015. Public input on final design refinements for the Master Plan and Multigenerational Center will continue to be sought.
432
Ascent Environmental Project Description
City of South Lake Tahoe
56 Acres Master Plan and Multigenerational Center Project IS/MND 2-5 The alternatives evaluation process resulted in the development of a preferred site design depicted in Figure 2-2.
The site design plan will guide facility development and replacement and other physical upgrades over the duration of the plan. It identifies the type, location, and size of site features that should be developed in the plan area and includes a level of detail that allows for the planning and environmental review of specific site improvements. As described in Section 1.3, “Why This Document?,” in Chapter 1 of this IS/MND, the Master Plan provides a conceptual plan for facility improvements that would be implemented over 20 years and, thus, this IS/MND includes a programmatic analysis of the potential environmental effects of facilities implemented under the Master Plan. The Master Plan will be implemented in phases as resources become available for specific site improvements, and as such improvements are proposed, additional design, engineering, and permitting will be required in addition to projectspecific environmental review that would tier from the analysis in this IS/MND. Individual site improvement projects would be consistent with the Master Plan and environmental analysis included in this document.
2.5.1 Multigenerational Center
The existing South Lake Tahoe Recreation and Swim Complex was built in 1971, has never had a major renovation, and many building systems and components are reaching the end of their usable life. The facility is inadequate for the current and future needs and demands of the City’s recreation programs.
The new Multigenerational Center would be the first project in the Master Plan area to be built and would replace the existing Recreation and Swim Complex, although at a location in the northern part of the plan area west of the existing library. The new location would provide a closer connection to the main highway and Lakeview Commons and offer views of the lake. The approximately 64,220-square-foot Multigenerational Center would include a variety of recreational and community uses described below and would be designed to meet Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) standards, which is a widely used green building rating system. A site plan showing the layout of the proposed Multigenerational Center is shown in Figure 2-3. Design of the building would be characteristic of mountain modern style and would use a mixture of metal, wood, stone, and concrete (Figure 2-4).
The building height would be up to 38 feet.
The Multigenerational Center would offer space and services for all ages, including a commercial kitchen and dining space for the purpose of accommodating the County Senior Nutrition Program and could be used by others.
AQUATICS
The new aquatic facilities would include a lap pool and activity pool. The 2,500-square-foot activity pool could include spray features and a lazy river. The six-lane, 25-yard lap pool would accommodate swim meets and a variety of recreation and fitness uses. The deck around the pool would include space to accommodate tip-and-roll bleachers for approximately 80 spectators.
GYMNASIUM AND FITNESS
The proposed multi-purpose gymnasium space would include two high school-sized courts and four middle schoolsized courts. Court striping would also include two volleyball courts and four pickleball/badminton courts. Circulation around the courts would be appropriately sized to accommodate tip-and-roll bleachers for approximately 320 spectators. A three-lane suspended walk/jog track located above the circulation area of the gym would be sized at approximately 12 laps per mile. An aerobics/dance studio would be provided as well as outside spaces for fitness and small group events.
433
Project Description Ascent Environmental
City of South Lake Tahoe
2-6 56 Acres Master Plan and Multigenerational Center Project IS/MND
COMMUNITY SPACES AND USE
As a community facility, the Multigenerational Center would provide an arts and crafts classroom, wet classroom by the pools, rooftop event space, rooftop outdoor patio, and a commercial kitchen for community use, including for the County Senior Nutrition Program.
Senior programs are anticipated to be provided at the Multigenerational Center, including both active recreation uses as well as passive, social spaces. The spaces programmed for senior activities would also be made available to other user groups to maximize facility use in the multi-purpose design. The existing senior center located at 3050 Lake Tahoe Blvd would remain accessible to senior groups. Additional services for senior patrons beyond the lunch program include arts and craft classes, gardening (which seniors may teach), as well as various recreational exercise activities.
A child watch service is being considered for this facility as part of the flexible space design. Specifically, the party room may serve as a location for children requiring supervision while their parents participate in fitness programs.
Other multi-use spaces may also be activated for child watch as identified through the final design process.
The Multigenerational Center would include several offices to support the various uses, including the commercial kitchen, aquatics, and fitness uses.
PARKING
The proposed location of the Multigenerational Center would take advantage of proximity to the library and associated access from Rufus Allen Boulevard. As part of the project, the existing library parking lot and would be expanded to accommodate the parking needs for the Multigenerational Center and Civic Center (see Figure 2-3).
CONSTRUCTION
Construction of the Multigenerational Center would require removal of a portion of the existing Campground by the Lake (including tent cabins), relocation of an existing restroom at the campground, removal of two existing campground buildings (original camp store and garage/storage shed) next to US 50, and utility infrastructure for the new building. An estimated 309 trees, 97 of which are greater than 14 inches diameter at breast height, would require removal for construction of the building and expanded parking lot. Additionally, some trees near the library would be removed for defensible space purposes. The site design would carefully consider removal of trees larger than 30 inches in diameter to save as many as trees as possible and in close coordination with TRPA.
Construction activities would comply with conditions of regulatory permits including the TRPA Standard Conditions of Approval for Grading Projects (TRPA Permit Attachment Q). These standard conditions include required construction best practices to minimize air quality, noise, erosion, and other construction related impacts. Standard conditions of approval include, but are not limited to:
Restricting grading to May 1 through October 15
Requiring Construction BMPs
Limiting idling time for heavy equipment to 5 minutes Limiting noise-generating construction to between 8:00 a.m. to 6:30 p.m. 434
Ascent Environmental Project Description
City of South Lake Tahoe
56 Acres Master Plan and Multigenerational Center Project IS/MND 2-7 Source: Design Workshop
Figure 2-2 56 Acres Master Plan
435
436
Ascent Environmental Project Description
City of South Lake Tahoe
56 Acres Master Plan and Multigenerational Center Project IS/MND 2-9 Source: JK Architects and Engineering
Figure 2-3 Multigenerational Center Site Layout
437
438
Ascent Environmental Project Description
City of South Lake Tahoe
56 Acres Master Plan and Multigenerational Center Project IS/MND 2-11 Source: JK Architects and Engineering
Figure 2-4 Multigenerational Center Preliminary Architectural Renderings 439
440
City of South Lake Tahoe
56 Acres Master Plan and Multigenerational Center Project IS/MND 2-1
2.5.2 Campground
The Campground by the Lake is operated by the City and has been a part of the plan area since the 1960s. It is one of the most popular campgrounds in the area. With implementation of the Master Plan, the Campground by the Lake would be reconfigured, and the location shifted toward the south. The reconfigured campground would have approximately 135 sites, with 118 spur sites for RVs and tents and 17 tent cabin sites. This would be an overall reduction in overnight accommodations from 172 campsites and six tent cabins at the campground. The upgraded campground would accommodate year-round camping in the tent cabins and have RV hook ups for water and electricity at all sites. The tent cabins would have electrical service and an estimated 20 percent of campsites could have sewer hookups. The campground may continue to have an on-site dump station service. One existing restroom would remain in place, one would be relocated, and a new restroom would be constructed for a total of three restrooms in the campground. Additionally, an existing maintenance yard near the existing campground would be relocated within the plan area. Access to the updated campground would be provided from a driveway off the new Main Street (see Section 2.5.7, “Circulation and Connectivity,” below).
The campground would continue to have fire rings at each campsite. Use of the fire rings would continue to be subject to fire restrictions during periods of elevated wildfire risk. As under existing conditions, the City and/or the campground host would provide notice to campers regarding campfires during periods of restricted use.
2.5.3 Civic Uses
A new Civic Center would be located in the center of the planning area, immediately south of the Multigenerational Center, creating a courtyard between the buildings that could be used for community events. The Civic Center would consist of two buildings connected with one roof and a breezeway between them. One two-story, 18,000-square-foot (sq. ft.) building for administration offices and a separate single-story 7,000-sq.-ft. building for council chambers. The smaller building would include space for restrooms, catering kitchen, and other support spaces and could be leased for private functions or used for municipal gatherings.
2.5.4 Play and Gather Spaces
A key element of the Master Plan is ensuring a wide variety of amenities that support diverse types of play and various community events and gatherings. Play and gather spaces in the park would be flexible, welcoming, and encourage residents and visitors alike to relax, socialize, and stay active.
Lakeview Commons would be retained as is, but Champions Plaza would be expanded. The parking area immediately adjacent to the existing Champion’s Plaza would be reclaimed for more pedestrian space with an expansion of the plaza including new landscaping and pavers. On-street parking would be formalized along Harrison Avenue and vehicular access to the boat ramp would be retained.
An approximately 70,000-sq.-ft. flexible event space for community events would be included to the west of the Civic Center. The proposed Main Street could be closed temporarily to also provide an opportunity for gatherings.
Opportunities for nature, adventure, and fitness play would also be available. A nature and adventure play area would be located immediately west of the flexible event space under the existing trees and would incorporate new earthwork, including berming and sculpting landforms. Nature and adventure play amenities could include slides, landform manipulation, nature-based play areas, rock climbing walls, and other activities that teach new skills and help to cultivate appreciation and excitement for the outdoors. Other amenities would include interactive play elements such as sculptures, engagement-based interpretive material, and fitness play features. Fitness play features are proposed for the area west of the Multigenerational Center. 441
Project Description Ascent Environmental
City of South Lake Tahoe
2-2 56 Acres Master Plan and Multigenerational Center Project IS/MND
2.5.5 Cultural Hub
The existing senior center, Lake Tahoe History Museum and cabins, and Tahoe Art League Art Center would remain.
The former Lake Tahoe Visitor’s Authority building would remain. It is currently being used as a JPA ambulance facility (i.e., California Tahoe Emergency Services Operations Authority JPA [Cal Tahoe JPA]). The historic cabins would be incorporated into a community green for small events and tours. There are no proposed changes to these buildings or uses as part of the Master Plan.
2.5.6 Ice Arena
With implementation of the Master Plan, the ice arena would be unchanged. It would continue to provide opportunities for educational recreational programs (e.g., learn to skate, introduction to hockey), figure skating, public skate, private rentals.
2.5.7 Circulation and Connectivity
The plan area is centrally located and provides several local and regional trail connections and a pedestrian network with connections to numerous public beaches and lake access.
The Master Plan proposes public spaces that would be open and accessible to everyone in the community. Its implementation would expand on these existing facilities with additional shared-use paths within the park to connect key access points as well as circulate users throughout the site itself. This includes trails that would be accessible for users of all abilities, seniors, families, and pet owners among others.
Implementation of the Master Plan would also include Lakeview Commons Phase 2. This would include improvements to the shared-use path and beach accessibility east of Lakeview Commons, connecting to public land owned by the California Tahoe Conservancy, and would create more useable space at the park and improve bicycle/pedestrian access. These improvements would include a cantilevered boardwalk connecting from the existing Lakeview Commons improvements to the existing stair access to the lake across from Rufus Allen Boulevard. The cantilevered boardwalk would be constructed outside of the high water mark (6,229.1 feet Lake Tahoe Datum).
The plan area east of the highway would be bisected by a new “Main Street” that would extend from Tallac Avenue on the west to Rufus Allen Boulevard on the east. This would serve as the primary spine of vehicular access through the site with a new entry to the campground and civic center. Approximately 50 parallel parking spaces would be located along the two-lane access road. The Main Street could also be closed to be used for community events.
Enhanced at-grade pedestrian crossings at Rufus Allen Boulevard, Lakeview Avenue, and Tallac Avenue are proposed by Caltrans as part of a separate project. While these crossings are not part of the Master Plan, they would benefit circulation through the plan area if and when they are constructed.
2.5.8 Events
Currently, community events in the plan area are generally limited to the Live at Lakeview concerts that are held during the summer at Lakeview Commons. Lakeview Commons has also hosted community rallies and sporting events. Implementation of the Master Plan would provide opportunities to expand community event space offerings in the portion of the plan area east of the highway. Community events could be held in the new 70,000 sq. ft. outdoor flexible event space located west of the Civic Center. The new Main Street could also be closed to vehicle traffic and used for community events.
Typically, the existing Live at Lakeview concerts receive an estimated 500-1,000 attendees, which would continue under the Master Plan. Up to 10 events per year are anticipated at the new outdoor flexible event space with 250-500 attendees at each event. Additionally, the proposed Main Street could be closed to vehicle traffic for up to 10 events each year with up to 250–500 attendees at each event.
442
Ascent Environmental
Project Description
City of South Lake Tahoe
56 Acres Master Plan and Multigenerational Center Project IS/MND 2-3 The schedule of events at the new outdoor event space, Main Street, Lakeview Commons, Multigenerational Center, Civic Center, and Ice Arena would be managed by the City through the event application process such that overlapping events would not be scheduled that would have parking demand that would exceed available on-site parking. The Special Event Application Guidelines provide a list of requirements for event planners to meet that would minimize adverse effects related to traffic, parking, alternative transportation, notifications to surrounding residents and businesses, and accessibility for all abilities. Some of these requirements include preparation of a Traffic Plan for minimizing disruptions to business and residential traffic flows and encouragement and facilitation of alternative transportation methods. Additionally, outdoor music and entertainment would be limited to performing between the hours of 10:00 a.m. and 10:00 p.m. and proposed outdoor events with expected noise impacts are required to provide a Sound Management Plan for controlling the type and volume of sound produced by the event.
Special event applications would be subject to review and approval by the Special Events Committee.
2.5.9 Parking
The Master Plan would not decrease parking in the plan area and would be designed to provide sufficient parking to meet of the parking demand in the plan area. Special events would be planned such that they would not overlap to generate parking demand that could not be met within the plan area. The existing and proposed parking capacity in the plan area is shown in Table 2-1.
Table 2-1 Existing and Proposed Parking Supply
Parking Location Existing Proposed
Lakeview Commons/Champion’s Plaza 45 9
Library 78 78
Multigenerational Center Lot (expansion of Library parking lot) NA 56 Civic Center NA 117
Campground NA 97
Southeastern Lots 160 147
Cultural Hub 38 63
Proposed Main Street NA 50
Total Parking 321 617
Note: NA = not applicable.
Source: compiled by Design Workshop in 2021
2.5.10 Utilities
The plan area includes existing utilities service including water, sewer, electricity, and natural gas. The proposed facilities would connect to existing utility infrastructure in the plan area. Excavation, on-site utility extensions and connections would occur as each facility is constructed.
2.5.11 Construction and Phasing
Multigenerational Center grading and site work is planned to begin in 2022, vertical construction would occur in 2023, and the building would be operational in 2024. Buildout of the plan area would occur over an estimated 20 years in the following phases:
Phase 1 (2022 – 2024): Multigenerational Recreation and Aquatics Center, Phase 2: Half of main street from Rufus Allen into the center of the site, ending in a temporary cul de sac, 443
Project Description Ascent Environmental
City of South Lake Tahoe
2-4 56 Acres Master Plan and Multigenerational Center Project IS/MND Phase 3: Campground tent and RV sites,
Phase 4: Camping cabins,
Phase 5: Event space and play area, and
Subsequent Phases: connecting main street to Highway 50, civic center, cultural hub, and removal of the existing Recreation and Aquatics Center.
All construction would take place between the hours of 8:00 a.m. and 6:30 p.m. as stated in Chapter 68.9 of the TRPA Code of Ordinances.
PRECONSTRUCTION SURVEYS FOR NESTING BIRDS
Native nesting birds are protected under California Fish and Game Code Sections 3503 and 3503.5 and the federal Migratory Bird Treaty Act. To minimize and avoid potential construction-related loss of active bird nests and comply with these regulations, the City and/or its construction contractor would implement the following resource protection measure as part of the project.
Conduct Preconstruction Survey for Nesting Birds and Implement Protective Measures. A qualified biologist will conduct pre-construction surveys for nesting birds during the nesting season and implement protection measures, if needed. For project-related removal of trees and other vegetation suitable for nesting during the bird nesting season (generally March 1 through August 31, depending on species, weather, and snowpack), and for other substantial ground disturbance that may disturb or cause failure of nests in adjacent areas, a qualified biologist will conduct focused surveys for active nests of native bird species before and within 14 days of initiating the disturbance activity. Additionally, if project activities are suspended for more than 2 weeks, subsequent (i.e., repeat) surveys for nesting birds will be conducted. Generally, the survey area will include potential nesting habitat within 500 feet of the proposed disturbance areas.
If no active nests are found, no further action will be required. If an active bird nest is located, the biologist will document the nest location and notify the City of the finding. Modifications to the project design to avoid removal of occupied habitat while still achieving project objectives will be evaluated, and implemented to the extent feasible. If avoidance is not feasible or conflicts with project objectives, construction or other disturbance activity will initially be prohibited within a minimum of 500 feet of a raptor nest and 250 feet of a non-raptor nest to minimize disturbance until the nest is no longer active. A qualified biologist will monitor the nest during project activities, to determine whether the exclusionary buffer is appropriately sized to minimize impacts to the nest during the start of disturbance activities. The qualified biologist will have the authority to stop work if project activities cause the nesting birds to vocalize, make defensive flights, displace from a brooding position, or fly off the nest. The buffer may be increased or decreased depending on the birds’ level of tolerance to the disturbance. The results of the monitoring efforts and the professional judgement of the qualified biologist will be used to determine whether the exclusionary buffer can be modified or if other performance-based modifications are necessary. Other protective actions may include visible screens between the nest and project activities. The exclusionary buffer and/or other performance-based modifications will remain in place until the chicks have fledged or as otherwise determined by a qualified biologist.
2.6 APPROVALS AND FUTURE USE OF THIS DOCUMENT
This IS/MND will be used in the planning and decision-making process for adoption and implementation of the proposed project. After reviewing this IS/MND and other information related to the proposed project, the City Council will consider IS/MND certification and approval of the Master Plan and Multigenerational Center project. The permits, reviews, and approvals required for Master Plan and Multigenerational Center implementation are listed in Table 2-2.
A responsible agency under CEQA is a public agency with some discretionary authority over a project or a portion of it, but which has not been designated the lead agency (State CEQA Guidelines Section 15381). If a project would require discretionary actions by more than one agency, one agency must be selected as the lead agency pursuant to 444
Ascent Environmental
Project Description
City of South Lake Tahoe
56 Acres Master Plan and Multigenerational Center Project IS/MND 2-5 State CEQA Guidelines Section 15051, and the others would become responsible agencies that could rely on a CEQA document prepared by the lead agency to meet their CEQA compliance requirements. In addition to those agencies listed in Table 2-2, the following agencies may be responsible agencies for future discretionary approvals or actions included in the Master Plan:
California Tahoe Conservancy
El Dorado County
Under CEQA, a trustee agency is a state agency that has jurisdiction by law over natural resources that are held in trust for the people of the State of California (State CEQA Guidelines Section 15386). The California Department of Fish and Wildlife is a trustee agency with jurisdiction over resources potentially affected by the Master Plan and Multigenerational Center project.
Table 2-2 Permits and Approvals
Agency Permits or Approvals
California Department of Transportation Encroachment permit for placement of encroachments within, under, or over the state highway rights-of-way
Lahontan Regional Water Quality Control Board National Pollutant Discharge Elimination Construction General Permit City of South Lake Tahoe CEQA compliance, Master Plan approval Tahoe Regional Planning Agency Permits for the Multigenerational Center and other individual facilities Source: Compiled by Ascent Environmental in 2021
445
Project Description Ascent Environmental
City of South Lake Tahoe
2-6 56 Acres Master Plan and Multigenerational Center Project IS/MND This page intentionally left blank.
446
City of South Lake Tahoe
56 Acres Master Plan and Multigenerational Center Project IS/MND 3-1 3 ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST
PROJECT INFORMATION
1. Project Title: 56 Acres Master Plan and South Lake Tahoe Recreation and Aquatics Project – A Multigenerational Center
2. Lead Agency Name and Address: City of South Lake Tahoe Development Services Department
1052 Tata Lane
South Lake Tahoe, CA 96150
3. Contact Person and Phone Number: John Hitchcock, Planning Manager, (530) 542-7472
4. Project Location: City of South Lake Tahoe, California
5. Project Sponsor’s Name and Address: City of South Lake Tahoe (address same as above)
6. General Plan Designation: Recreation
7. Zoning: Commercial/Public Service
8. Description of Project: (Describe the whole action involved, including but not limited to later phases of the project, and any secondary, support, or off-site features necessary for its implementation. Attach additional sheets if necessary.)
See Chapter 2, “Project Description.”
9. Surrounding Land Uses and Setting:
(Briefly describe the project’s
surroundings)
Town center (including commercial uses) and residential uses are located to the east, recreation uses are located to the southeast, commercial and residential uses are located to the west, and Lake Tahoe is located to the north.
10. Other public agencies whose approval is
required: (e.g., permits, financing
approval, or participation agreement)
See Table 2-2 in Chapter 2, “Project Description.”
11. Have California Native American tribes traditionally and culturally affiliated with the project area requested consultation pursuant to Public Resources Code section 21080.3.1? If so, is there a plan for consultation that includes, for example, the determination of significance of impacts to tribal cultural resources, procedures regarding confidentiality, etc.?
Note: Conducting consultation early in the CEQA process allows tribal governments, lead agencies, and project proponents to discuss the level of environmental review, identify and address potential adverse impacts to tribal cultural resources, and reduce the potential for delay and conflict in the environmental review process. (See Public Resources Code section 21083.3.2.) Information may also be available from the California Native American Heritage Commission’s Sacred Lands File per Public Resources Code section 5097.96 and the California Historical Resources Information System administered by the California Office of Historic Preservation. Please also note that Public Resources Code section 21082.3(c) contains provisions specific to confidentiality.
The City sent Assembly Bill (AB) 52 consultation letters to the Ione Band of Miwok Indians, the Shingle Springs Band of Miwok Indians, the United Auburn Indian Community of the Auburn Rancheria, and the Washoe Tribe of Nevada and California on June 8, 2021. No responses were received, and AB 52 consultation is complete. 447
Environmental Checklist Ascent Environmental
City of South Lake Tahoe
3-2 56 Acres Master Plan and Multigenerational Center Project IS/MND ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS POTENTIALLY AFFECTED:
The environmental factors checked below would be potentially affected by this project, involving at least one impact that is a “Potentially Significant Impact” as indicated by the checklist on the following pages. Where checked below the topic with a potentially significant impact will be addressed in an environmental impact report.
Aesthetics Agriculture and Forest Resources Air Quality Biological Resources Cultural Resources Energy
Geology / Soils Greenhouse Gas Emissions Hazards / Hazardous Materials Hydrology / Water Quality Land Use / Planning Mineral Resources Noise Population / Housing Public Services
Recreation Transportation Tribal Cultural Resources
Utilities / Service Systems Wildfire Mandatory Findings of Significance
None None with Mitigation
Incorporated
448
Ascent Environmental Environmental Checklist
City of South Lake Tahoe
56 Acres Master Plan and Multigenerational Center Project IS/MND 3-3 DETERMINATION (To be completed by the Lead Agency)
On the basis of this initial evaluation:
I find that the proposed project could not have a significant effect on the environment, and a NEGATIVE DECLARATION will be prepared.
I find that although the proposed project COULD have a significant effect on the environment, there WILL NOT be a significant effect in this case because revisions in the project have been made by or agreed to by the project proponent. A MITIGATED NEGATIVE DECLARATION will be prepared.
I find that the proposed project MAY have a significant effect on the environment, and an ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT REPORT is required.
I find that the proposed project MAY have a “potentially significant impact” or “potentially significant unless mitigated” impact on the environment, but at least one effect 1) has been adequately analyzed in an earlier document pursuant to applicable legal standards, and 2) has been addressed by mitigation measures based on the earlier analysis as described on attached sheets. An ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT REPORT is required, but it must analyze only the effects that remain to be addressed.
I find that although the proposed project could have a significant effect on the environment, because all potentially significant effects (a) have been analyzed adequately in an earlier EIR or NEGATIVE DECLARATION pursuant to applicable standards, and (b) have been avoided or mitigated pursuant to that earlier EIR or NEGATIVE DECLARATION, including revisions or mitigation measures that are imposed upon the proposed project, nothing further is required.
January 11, 2022
Signature Date
John Hitchcock Planning Manager
Printed Name Title
City of South Lake Tahoe
Agency
449
Environmental Checklist Ascent Environmental
City of South Lake Tahoe
3-4 56 Acres Master Plan and Multigenerational Center Project IS/MND
EVALUATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS
1. A brief explanation is required for all answers except “No Impact” answers that are adequately supported by the information sources a lead agency cites in the parentheses following each question. A “No Impact” answer is adequately supported if the referenced information sources show that the impact simply does not apply to projects like the one involved (e.g., the project falls outside a fault rupture zone). A “No Impact” answer should be explained where it is based on project-specific factors as well as general standards (e.g., the project will not expose sensitive receptors to pollutants, based on a project-specific screening analysis).
2. All answers must take account of the whole action involved, including off-site as well as on-site, cumulative as well as project-level, indirect as well as direct, and construction as well as operational impacts.
3. Once the lead agency has determined that a particular physical impact may occur, then the checklist answers must indicate whether the impact is potentially significant, less than significant with mitigation, or less than significant. “Potentially Significant Impact” is appropriate if there is substantial evidence that an effect may be significant. If there are one or more “Potentially Significant Impact” entries when the determination is made, an EIR is required.
4. “Negative Declaration: Less Than Significant with Mitigation Incorporated” applies where the incorporation of mitigation measures has reduced an effect from “Potentially Significant Impact” to a “Less-than-significant impact.” The lead agency must describe the mitigation measures, and briefly explain how they reduce the effect to a less than significant level (mitigation measures from “Earlier Analyses,” as described in (5) below, may be cross-referenced).
5. Earlier analyses may be used where, pursuant to the tiering, program EIR, or other California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) process, an effect has been adequately analyzed in an earlier EIR or negative declaration.
Section 15063(c)(3)(D). In this case, a brief discussion should identify the following:
a) Earlier Analysis Used. Identify and state where they are available for review. b) Impacts Adequately Addressed. Identify which effects from the above checklist were within the scope of and adequately analyzed in an earlier document pursuant to applicable legal standards, and state whether such effects were addressed by mitigation measures based on the earlier analysis. c) Mitigation Measures. For effects that are “Less than Significant with Mitigation Measures Incorporated,” describe the mitigation measures which were incorporated or refined from the earlier document and the extent to which they address site-specific conditions for the project.
6. Lead agencies are encouraged to incorporate into the checklist references to information sources for potential impacts (e.g., general plans, zoning ordinances). Reference to a previously prepared or outside document should, where appropriate, include a reference to the page or pages where the statement is substantiated.
7. Supporting Information Sources: A source list should be attached, and other sources used or individuals contacted should be cited in the discussion.
8. This is only a suggested form, and lead agencies are free to use different formats; however, lead agencies should normally address the questions from this checklist that are relevant to a project’s environmental effects in whatever format is selected.
9. The explanation of each issue should identify:
a) the significance criteria or threshold, if any, used to evaluate each question; and b) the mitigation measure identified, if any, to reduce the impact to less than significance. 450
Ascent Environmental Environmental Checklist
City of South Lake Tahoe
56 Acres Master Plan and Multigenerational Center Project IS/MND 3-5
3.1 AESTHETICS
ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES
Potentially
Significant
Impact
Less Than
Significant with
Mitigation
Incorporated
Less-thanSignificant
Impact
No
Impact
I. Aesthetics.
Except as provided in Public Resources Code section 21099 (where aesthetic impacts shall not be considered significant for qualifying residential, mixed-use residential, and employment centers), would the project:
a) Have a substantial adverse effect on a scenic
vista?
b) Substantially damage scenic resources, including,
but not limited to, trees, rock outcroppings, and
historic buildings within a state scenic highway?
c) In non-urbanized areas, substantially degrade the
existing visual character or quality of public views
of the site and its surroundings? (Public views are
those that are experienced from publicly
accessible vantage points.) If the project is in an
urbanized area, would the project conflict with
applicable zoning and other regulations
governing scenic quality?
d) Create a new source of substantial light or glare
which would adversely affect day or nighttime
views in the area?
3.1.1 Environmental Setting
VISUAL CHARACTER
The plan area is located in the southern portion of the Tahoe Basin. The basin in which Lake Tahoe is situated characterizes the general landform of the Region. Steep-sided mountains rise above the Lake. The landform immediately adjacent to Lake Tahoe consists of narrow beaches or steep slopes meeting the lake’s edge. Lake Tahoe is located north of the plan area.
The predominant vegetation type in the plan area is Jeffrey pine. Occasional understory vegetation includes white fir, greenleaf manzanita, bitterbrush, Woods’ rose, and nonnative ornamental/landscaped vegetation. Views of Lake Tahoe from within the plan area range from direct views in the area north of U.S. Highway 50 (US 50) to limited views obscured by trees to no views of the lake in the portions of the plan area further away from the lake.
The scenic environment of the plan area includes an urban setting and a more natural appearing forest landscape.
Views within the plan area are dominated by urban Jeffrey pine forest. The urban elements consist of US 50, Public Works maintenance yard, park maintenance facility, the various buildings in the plan area (e.g., library, Lake Tahoe History Museum, senior center, art center, Recreation and Swim Complex), overhead power lines, and nearby commercial and residential development. The aesthetic character defined primarily by the existing forest intermixed with the campground and urban elements.
451
Environmental Checklist Ascent Environmental
City of South Lake Tahoe
3-6 56 Acres Master Plan and Multigenerational Center Project IS/MND
BUILT ENVIRONMENT
The existing facilities within the plan area include a mix of structures, some of which have a positive effect on the aesthetic quality of the plan area, others of which detract from it. Facilities in the plan area are described under Section 3.16, “Recreation.” The redesign of the entire shoreline portion of the plan area, including the amphitheater, rocks and vegetation along the shoreline, restrooms, snack stand, walkways, landscaping, boat ramp, expanded picnic area, relocated and reconfigured parking and bike trail, patios and paved walkways, railing with open visual access, low-level unobtrusive lighting, campground better connected with crosswalks, and tent cabins added to the campground have all had a positive effect on scenic quality as documented in the 2015 Threshold Evaluation (TRPA 2016).
STATE SCENIC HIGHWAY
In the plan area, US 50 is an Eligible State Scenic Highway (Caltrans 2021), but it has not been officially designated as such.
TRPA THRESHOLDS
The Tahoe Regional Planning Agency (TRPA) adopted environmental thresholds in August 1982 for the purpose of maintaining and improving the various resources of the Tahoe Basin. Scenic quality is an exceptional attribute of the Tahoe Basin, and specific threshold carrying capacities were developed to protect and improve the scenic resources of the area. TRPA threshold standards require maintenance of threshold rating values for roadway and shoreline travel routes, individually mapped scenic resources, recreation area scenic resources, and compatibility with the natural environment.
Shoreline Travel Unit and Shoreline Scenic Resource
The plan area contains a TRPA-designated shoreline travel unit for Al Tahoe (Unit 32), which extends along the shore from the Truckee marsh on the west to just west of Rufus Allen Boulevard to the east (see Figure 3.1-1). Additionally, Scenic Resource 32-1 is located on the lake approximately 800 feet north of the shoreline and the plan area.
View of the plan area from Lake Tahoe at Shoreline Scenic Resource 32-1 (see Figure 3.1-2) shows shoreline support structures (i.e., retaining wall, rip rap), concrete stairs, beach, Lakeview Commons, and boat ramp in the foreground, dense forest in the middle ground, and mountains in the background. This portion of the shoreline is within the visual character type identified as visually modified shoreline, which indicates there is a mixture of human-made development and vegetation. Visually modified shoreline areas are considered less visually sensitive than visually sensitive and natural dominated shoreline areas but has less visual clutter than visually dominated shoreline areas.
The plan area contributes positively to views of this area of shoreline, as it provides a visual break in the surrounding development and provides a more natural character to this section of shoreline.
In 1982, the shoreline travel route composite rating for Unit 32 was 9. In 2001, the composite rating increased to 10 and in 2011 the score increased to 11 and has remained there through the most recent evaluation in 2019 (TRPA 2021).
Improvements in the composite rating in this shoreline travel route resulted from improvements in shoreline revetment and revegetation along El Dorado Beach, redesign and rehabilitation of El Dorado Beach shoreline, and Lakeview Commons. Similarly, the increase in rating for Scenic Resource 32-1 was a result of maturing vegetation along the shoreline and completion of Lakeview Commons that improved scores related to unity and intactness in this resource (TRPA 2016). To be in attainment of the threshold standard, the composite rating of any shoreline travel unit must be at least 7.5 and must also be at least equal to the rating originally assigned in 1982. The composite scores of shoreline scenic resources must be at or higher than they were in 1982. As of the 2019 Threshold Evaluation, Shoreline Unit 32 and Shoreline Scenic Resource 32-1 remained in attainment of TRPA’s threshold standard for shoreline travel units (Lake Tahoe Info 2021a).
452
Ascent Environmental Environmental Checklist
City of South Lake Tahoe
56 Acres Master Plan and Multigenerational Center Project IS/MND 3-7 Source: Data downloaded from TRPA in 2015; adapted by Ascent in 2021 Figure 3.1-1 Scenic Resources
453
Environmental Checklist Ascent Environmental
City of South Lake Tahoe
3-8 56 Acres Master Plan and Multigenerational Center Project IS/MND Source: Lake Tahoe Info 2021a
Figure 3.1-2 View of the Plan Area from Shoreline Scenic Resource 32-1 in Al Tahoe Shoreline Travel Unit (Unit 32) Roadway Travel Units and Roadway Scenic Resources
Views of the plan area from the roadway in the plan area are generally high quality, as there are filtered views of Lake Tahoe and distant mountains when traveling along the roadway. Other views along this roadway travel unit include the forested portion of the plan area to the south and southeast of US 50 and commercial development west of US 50.
The plan area contains the TRPA-designated Roadway Travel Unit 34 (El Dorado Beach) (see Figure 3.1-1), which extends along US 50 from Takela Drive to the east to San Francisco Avenue on the west. In 1982, the roadway travel route composite rating for Unit 34 was 16. To be in attainment of the TRPA Roadway Travel Route Scenic Threshold, the unit must have a composite rating of 15.5 or greater. Between 1996 and 2011, the rating fluctuated between 16 and 17. In 2015 and 2019, the roadway travel route composite rating was 18 (TRPA 2021). Decreases in the ratings over the years was due to an increase in commercial activity along Harrison Avenue; however, installation of curbs and gutters, sidewalks, new road paving, improvements to the area around El Dorado Beach, and removal of the Alta Mira building have resulted in increases in the ratings for man-made features, roadway distractions, and lake views (TRPA 2016). These aesthetic improvements have made this portion of South Lake Tahoe a more pedestrian-friendly area.
To be in attainment with the threshold standard, the current composite rating of each roadway travel unit must be at least 15.5 and equal or exceed the rating originally assigned in 1982. As of the 2019 Threshold Evaluation, the roadway unit is in attainment of TRPA’s threshold standard (Lake Tahoe Info 2021b).
The plan area also contains a portion of Roadway Travel Unit 35 (Al Tahoe) (see Figure 3.1-1), which begins at San Francisco Avenue across the street from the Joint Powers Authority (JPA) ambulance facility building (former Lake Tahoe Visitor’s Authority building) and extends through the Y and south to C Street. Views along this roadway travel unit in the plan area include urban development along Harrison Avenue along the west side of US 50 and the Lake Tahoe History Museum, senior center, Tahoe Art League Art Center, and JPA ambulance facility. The buildings within the plan area on the east side of this roadway travel unit are set back from the road and appear nestled within the trees that are part of the surrounding forest. In 1982, the roadway travel route composite rating for Unit 35 was 7.
Over the years, incremental improvements in the composite rating have increased the score to 9.5 in 2019. Changes along this roadway travel unit near the plan area that have contributed to increases in the ratings include new 454
Ascent Environmental Environmental Checklist
City of South Lake Tahoe
56 Acres Master Plan and Multigenerational Center Project IS/MND 3-9 sidewalks, and redeveloped buildings near the Harrison Avenue area. Although the rating of Roadway Travel Unit 35 has increased over the 1982 score, the composite rating is still below the 15.5 rating and, thus, is in nonattainment with the threshold standard (Lake Tahoe Info 2021b).
Roadway Scenic Resource 34-1 includes views of Campground by the Lake in the plan area as viewed from US 50 facing southeast. This is a typical view of the forested portion of the plan area located adjacent to US 50 to the south and is therefore important to travelers on US 50 and pedestrians in South Lake Tahoe. Scenic Resource 34-1 is in attainment of the TRPA threshold standard (Lake Tahoe Info 2021b).
Roadway Scenic Resource 34-2 includes panoramic views of Lake Tahoe as viewed from vehicles traveling west on US 50 or from pedestrians walking along the north side of US 50. This view is the least obstructed view of Lake Tahoe from the roadway within the plan area and is therefore important to travelers on US 50 and pedestrians in South Lake Tahoe. Scenic Resource 34-2 is in attainment of the TRPA threshold standard (Lake Tahoe Info 2021b).
Recreation Area Scenic Resources
El Dorado Beach and the Campground by the Lake are a recreation area documented in the 1993 Recreation Areas Inventory and Evaluation (TRPA 1993), and subsequently included in TRPA’s Other Areas Scenic Threshold category.
The TRPA inventory identified important views from the recreation area and designated these as scenic resources, as shown in Figure 3.1-1. It identified panoramic views of the lake from the picnic area above the Lakeview Commons amphitheater as Resource 36-1, and panoramic views of the lake from the eastern end of the plan area as Resource 36-2. El Dorado Beach and the campground are currently in attainment of TRPA’s scenic threshold standard (Lake Tahoe Info 2021c).
The Recreation Areas Inventory and Evaluation (TRPA 1993) also identified elements that contribute to and detract from the scenic quality of El Dorado Beach, and it included recommendations for preserving the scenic quality of KBSRA. The positive and negative elements that still affect the scenic quality of El Dorado Beach are listed below:
Elements that Detract from the Scenic Quality of El Dorado Beach The proximity of US 50 to the picnic area and the constant movement and noise of automobiles significantly affects the use of this area.
The hotel and casino development east of the recreation area stands out boldly above the forest cover and is completely out of scale with its surroundings.
The motel just west of the recreation area is an unattractive foreground element that projects out in front of one of the more distinctive landscape features in the viewshed (i.e., Emerald Bay area). The boat launch area is a major structure where it passes under the roadway. The mass of concrete and the cyclone fencing around it visually dominate the west end of the beach. The combined effect of this area with the motel adjacent to it is distinctly unappealing visually. The erosion of the bank at the east end of the beach is undercutting existing trees and preventing the establishment of new vegetation.
3.1.2 Discussion
a) Have a substantial adverse effect on a scenic vista? 56 Acres Master Plan
Less-than-significant impact. Implementation of the Master Plan would result in several changes that could affect views toward Lake Tahoe and views from the lake. In addition to the Multigenerational Center, implementation of the Master Plan would result in improvements along the shoreline in the form of circulation and access improvements as part of Lakeview Commons Phase 2. Other aspects of the Master Plan, such as the Civic Center, campground changes, and new outdoor event space, would be set back from US 50 in the plan area on the south and southeast 455
Environmental Checklist Ascent Environmental
City of South Lake Tahoe
3-10 56 Acres Master Plan and Multigenerational Center Project IS/MND side of US 50 such that views of them would be obscured or hidden by the trees in the forested portion of the plan area. Implementation of various components of the Master Plan would include removal of some trees for defensible space purposes and to make space for new facilities. Thinning of some of the trees in the plan area would potentially improve views of the lake from within the plan area because removal of trees would open up views to the lake.
Because the area would remain forested, views of this portion of the plan area from the lake would not substantially change. The impacts specific to the Multigenerational Center are further discussed below.
Between the shoreline and US 50, implementation of Lakeview Commons Phase 2 would result in a cantilevered boardwalk connecting from the existing Lakeview Commons improvements to the existing stair access to the lake across from Rufus Allen Boulevard. This structure would be visible from the lake but its appearance and character would be designed to be compatible with and complement the setting, which includes human-made features that currently exist along the shoreline and are visible from the lake, including a retaining wall, rip rap, a concrete stairway at the eastern end of the shoreline portion of the plan area, and the Lakeview Commons concrete amphitheater and boat launch at the western end of the shoreline portion of the plan area (see Figure 3.1-2). Lakeview Commons Phase 2 improvements would not result in substantial changes to views of Lake Tahoe from within the plan area or from US 50 because they would consist of enhancing the existing shared-use path and beach accessibility east of Lakeview Commons by constructing the boardwalk at or below the level of the existing path, which is at or slightly below street level.
Shoreline scenic travel unit for Al Tahoe (unit 32) consists of a view from Lake Tahoe of the area between the Truckee marsh on the west to just west of Rufus Allen Boulevard to the east, which includes the portion of the plan area along the shoreline (see Figure 3.1-1). Components that make up the composite score of shoreline travel units include human-made features along the shoreline, views of the general landscape and background, and the variety of scenery. The addition to the shoreline of the cantilevered boardwalk to the shoreline would introduce a new humanmade feature in a portion of shoreline with a visually dominated shoreline character, which generally contains intensive human-made development (such as Lakeview Commons and the stairs down to the beach).
After detailed design plans are prepared for the boardwalk, the City of South Lake Tahoe (City) would obtain permits from TRPA, which would require a TRPA environmental review and scenic assessment including an evaluation of the visual magnitude of the project area as required by TRPA Code Section 66.3. As documented in the 2015 Threshold Evaluation Report, the visual magnitude requirements of the TRPA Code have resulted in improved scenic conditions along the shoreline (TRPA 2016). The TRPA Code limits construction of structures in areas with high sensitivity to visual quality degradation, limits potential sources of light and glare, and requires design elements such as color, material, and visible mass requirements to reduce the impacts of construction visible from the lake. Compliance with these requirements would prevent scenic degradation from the boardwalk and would maintain the current threshold rating for Shoreline Scenic Travel Unit 32 and Shoreline Scenic Resource 32-1.
As described above, the Master Plan would modify human-made features along the shoreline resulting in potential changes in views of the lake from US 50 or within the plan area and would modify views of the shoreline from the lake.
However, these human-made features would be of a similar character as existing features along that segment of US 50 and the shoreline, and the visual quality of human-made features would be no worse than existing features because they would comply with TRPA Code requirements. Thus, the impact would be less than significant.
Multigenerational Center Project
Less-than-significant impact. Construction of the Multigenerational Center would result in a new building within the portion of the plan area south of US 50 and greater than 300 feet from the lake at its closest point. The new Multigenerational Center building would be mostly screened from view from the lake by existing trees within the plan area along both sides of US 50. The Multigenerational Center would also be required to comply with the (Bijou/Al Tahoe Community Plan) Community Plan Standards and Guidelines (South Lake Tahoe City Code Section 6.10.060 for site design, architectural treatment, and signage) in addition to citywide design standards (Article V in South Lake Tahoe City Code Chapter 6.10) for setbacks, site design, architectural treatment. The Community Plan Standards and Guidelines include the following standards:
456
Ascent Environmental Environmental Checklist
City of South Lake Tahoe
56 Acres Master Plan and Multigenerational Center Project IS/MND 3-11
1. Buildings shall be designed with interest (no box forms, variations in elevations, etc.) and shall incorporate architectural features which blend with the surrounding buildings.
2. Wood siding or natural appearing siding shall be used on the exterior of all remodeled newly constructed buildings.
3. Roofs shall have a minimum pitch of 5:12 and a maximum pitch of 12:12. Roofs may have a minimum pitch of 0:12 on public and quasi-public owned buildings within El Dorado County and City properties located in the 56-Acre project area.
4. Real stone shall be incorporated into the building design. Manufactured stone may be used on a project only if the applicant demonstrates the application of the stone will appear "real."
5. All projects shall incorporate day use amenities, including outdoor furniture, bicycle racks and trash receptacles.
Accordingly, the exterior of the building would utilize materials and colors (e.g., metal, wood, stone, and concrete) that would help the building blend in with the natural forest setting. Because of the distance of the proposed Multigenerational Center from the shoreline, the existing trees that would provide screening, and design of the building to utilize materials and colors similar to its surroundings, there would be limited to no view of the new building from the lake. Thus, construction of the Multigenerational Center would not result in a change to the views of the shoreline from the lake or result in a change to the current threshold rating for Shoreline Scenic Travel Unit 32 and Shoreline Scenic Resource 32-1.
The existing campground where the Multigenerational Center would be located has filtered views towards the lake.
The Multigenerational Center would replace the campground and result in a shift in the location of the campground to the south. The Multigenerational Center would serve as a public gathering point and would continue to provide public views towards the lake; therefore, while there would be a change in the type of gathering area from a campground to a recreation center, there would be no change in the potential for the public to have access to lake views from this location. Furthermore, the Multigenerational Center would shift the existing Recreation and Swim Complex users to the new location next to the library, which could result in increasing the number of year-round local recreation users and visitors with views of the lake than those associated with the existing campground at that location.
For the reasons described herein, the new Multigenerational Center would result in a less-than-significant impact on scenic views from the lake and scenic views of the lake. b) Substantially damage scenic resources, including, but not limited to, trees, rock outcroppings, and historic buildings within a state scenic highway? 56 Acres Master Plan
Less-than-significant impact. Implementation of the Master Plan would not substantially damage scenic resources within a designated state scenic highway because US 50 through the plan area is not an officially designated state scenic highway.
The existing views from Roadway Travel Unit 34 along US 50 near the location of the proposed Multigenerational Center building include the heavily forested campground area. The library is located adjacent to the campground to the east. The portion of the plan area north of US 50 that is visible from the highway includes a linear park, shareduse path, and picnic area. This area includes mature trees and grass and views of the lake. West of the plan area on the west side of US 50, the Harrison Avenue commercial district includes continuous urban development that is accented by trees and landscaping. The area along US 50 to the east of the plan area contains a motel and other commercial uses.
As described above, the southern portion of the plan area is adjacent to Roadway Travel Unit 35. Because no changes are proposed to the existing buildings in the plan area adjacent to this Roadway Travel Unit (i.e., Lake Tahoe History Museum, senior center, Tahoe Art League Art Center, and JPA ambulance facility), implementation of the Master Plan would not change the visual character of this roadway or result in changes to the roadway travel route composite rating for Unit 35.
457
Environmental Checklist Ascent Environmental
City of South Lake Tahoe
3-12 56 Acres Master Plan and Multigenerational Center Project IS/MND Analysis of the potential impacts from the Multigenerational Center on Roadway Travel Unit 34 is discussed below.
On the northwest side of US 50, implementation of the Master Plan would expand Champion’s Plaza to the south, which would remove the existing parking area south the plaza. Replacing parking with a pedestrian plaza including new landscaping and pavers would be a benefit to views from the roadway.
The addition of the boardwalk along the shoreline side of the linear park and shared-use path north of US 50 would include a minimal change in the number of human-made features from the existing slatted wood fence that can be seen from the road. The cantilevered boardwalk would not have a profile that would inhibit views of the lake from the roadway. Because of the scenic requirements for development in the shoreline discussed under a), above, the boardwalk would not include design features that would increase visual clutter or create physical distractions to drivers.
The Master Plan proposes fitness play and nature and adventure play areas that would be adjacent to Roadway Travel Unit 34. The location of these amenities currently includes the campground. In the existing views of the campground, travelers on US 50 have views of visitors to the campground and their tents and RVs. While the proposed fitness play and nature play components may result in some tree removal for the footprint of these facilities, the area would remain forested and the new components would consist of small-scale human-made equipment (e.g., slides, sculptures, engagement-based interpretive material, fitness play equipment). The visual magnitude of these features would not be substantially different than what currently exists at the campground.
The Master Plan would also include development of a new “Main Street” that would extend from Tallac Avenue on the west to Rufus Allen Boulevard on the east. This would be a new human-made component along Roadway Travel Unit 34 but would provide a symmetrical view with Tallac Avenue on the other side of the road and would not be a new type of feature along this section of the road. Thus, the new Main Street would not substantially increase physical distractions to driving along the road and would not substantially change the general landscape views from the road.
Changes in the plan area from implementation of the Master Plan that are located in the interior of the plan area and set back from the roadway include the flexible event space, civic center, and relocated campground. Because of the distance these components are set back from the roadway and the trees that would be retained on-site that would screen these uses, these components would not be visually evident to a traveler along the roadway and, thus, these components would not change views from Roadway Travel Unit 34.
For the reasons described herein, implementation of the Master Plan would not substantially damage scenic resources within a state scenic highway or decrease the TRPA travel route rating for Roadway Travel Unit 34 and this impact would be less than significant.
Multigenerational Center Project
Less-than-significant impact. The Multigenerational Center project would not substantially damage scenic resources within a designated state scenic highway because US 50 through the plan area is not an officially designated state scenic highway.
As described above for the 56 Acres Master Plan, the northern portion of the plan area where the Multigenerational Center would be located is adjacent to Roadway Travel Unit 34. The locations of existing viewpoints of the plan area at the location of the proposed Multigenerational Center along Roadway Travel Unit 34 are identified in Figure 3.1-3 and images of these viewpoints compared with visual simulations of the proposed Multigenerational Center building are shown in Figures 3.1-4 through 3.1-8.
With implementation of the proposed project, the campground (a sparsely developed use that has a continuing rotation of tents and RVs throughout the summer season) would be replaced with a two-story building that would be set back from US 50 by over 100 feet along approximately 450 feet of the roadway (see visual simulations in Figures
3.1-4 through 3.1-8). The building articulation would provide visual interest that would break up the façade and avoid the creation of a monotonous visual mass. Dark colors and natural materials would be used to help it blend into the natural environment. The colors and materials used would be consistent with the setting and type and scale of existing nearby buildings (see Figures 3.1-4 through 3.1-8). 458
Ascent Environmental Environmental Checklist
City of South Lake Tahoe
56 Acres Master Plan and Multigenerational Center Project IS/MND 3-13 Source: Provided by JK Architecture in 2021
Figure 3.1-3 Multigenerational Center Viewpoints
Roadway Travel Unit 34 includes a mixture of urban and natural settings, with the commercial district along Harrison Avenue west of the plan area as well as the human-made features of Lakeview Commons (e.g., picnic area, restroom, parking lot), Lake Tahoe History Museum, senior center, Tahoe Art League Art Center, and JPA ambulance facility, and the library. The human-made features within the plan area south and east of US 50 are set within a heavily forested area while the urban and human-made features on the north and west of US 50 have more sparse trees and vegetation. Because the site for the Multigenerational Center is within an urban area with nearby developed commercial uses, the addition of the Multigenerational Center would be consistent with the existing visual character of the area and would not result in a substantial adverse change in the visual quality of human-made features along this roadway travel unit.
Although some trees would be removed to construct the building, the existing trees between the location of the new building and the roadway would be retained to maintain the forested landscape of this portion of the plan area, which would also serve to provide some screening of the new building. Because the Multigenerational Center would be located on the south side of US 50, it would not block views of the lake from this roadway travel unit.
The Multigenerational Center would maintain a variety of scenery from the roadway by replacing the campground with a mountain modern-style recreation facility set within the forested site. Additionally, because the new building would replace the existing campground that is visible from the highway, there would not be a substantial change in physical distractions to drivers along US 50.
For the reasons described herein, construction of the Multigenerational Center would not substantially damage scenic resources within a state scenic highway or decrease the TRPA travel route rating for Roadway Travel Unit 34 and this impact would be less than significant.
459
Environmental Checklist Ascent Environmental
City of South Lake Tahoe
3-14 56 Acres Master Plan and Multigenerational Center Project IS/MND Source: Provided by JK Architecture in 2021
Existing view of the library and campground in the plan area looking south from US 50 at viewpoint A.
Source: Provided by JK Architecture in 2021
Simulation of the proposed Multigenerational Center looking south from US 50 at viewpoint A.
Figure 3.1-4 Existing View and Simulation of the Multigenerational Center at Viewpoint A 460
Ascent Environmental Environmental Checklist
City of South Lake Tahoe
56 Acres Master Plan and Multigenerational Center Project IS/MND 3-15 Source: Provided by JK Architecture in 2021
Existing view of the campground and camp store building looking southeast from US 50 at viewpoint B.
Source: Provided by JK Architecture in 2021
Simulation of the proposed Multigenerational Center looking southeast from US 50 at viewpoint B.
Figure 3.1-5 Existing View and Simulation of the Multigenerational Center at Viewpoint B 461
462
Ascent Environmental Environmental Checklist
City of South Lake Tahoe
56 Acres Master Plan and Multigenerational Center Project IS/MND 3-17 Source: Provided by JK Architecture in 2021
Existing view of the campground and camp store building looking southeast from US 50 at viewpoint C.
Source: Provided by JK Architecture in 2021
Simulation of the proposed Multigenerational Center looking southeast from US 50 at viewpoint C.
Figure 3.1-6 Existing View and Simulation of the Multigenerational Center at Viewpoint C 463
464
Ascent Environmental Environmental Checklist
City of South Lake Tahoe
56 Acres Master Plan and Multigenerational Center Project IS/MND 3-19 Source: Provided by JK Architecture in 2021
Existing view of the campground and camp store building looking southeast from US 50 at viewpoint D.
Source: Provided by JK Architecture in 2021
Simulation of the proposed Multigenerational Center looking southeast from US 50 at viewpoint D.
Figure 3.1-7 Existing View and Simulation of the Multigenerational Center at Viewpoint D 465
466
Ascent Environmental Environmental Checklist
City of South Lake Tahoe
56 Acres Master Plan and Multigenerational Center Project IS/MND 3-21 Source: Provided by JK Architecture in 2021
Existing view of the forest and campground in the plan area looking southeast from the intersection of US 50 and Lakeview Avenue at viewpoint E.
Source: Provided by JK Architecture in 2021
Simulation of the proposed Multigenerational Center looking southeast the intersection of US 50 and Lakeview Avenue at viewpoint E.
Figure 3.1-8 Existing View and Simulation of the Multigenerational Center at Viewpoint E 467
468
Ascent Environmental Environmental Checklist
City of South Lake Tahoe
56 Acres Master Plan and Multigenerational Center Project IS/MND 3-23 c) In non-urbanized areas, substantially degrade the existing visual character or quality of public views of the site and its surroundings? (Public views are those that are experienced from publicly accessible vantage points.) If the project is in an urbanized area, would the project conflict with applicable zoning and other regulations governing scenic quality?
56 Acres Master Plan
Less-than-significant impact. The Master Plan includes improvements throughout the plan area that would be visible from public views of the site. Implementation of the Master Plan would result in shifting the campground to the south and adding a number of new amenities that include the Multigenerational Center (further discussed below), Civic Center, and Main Street as well as outdoor recreation and community space. The outdoor recreation amenities (e.g., expanded shared-use paths, nature and adventure play area, fitness play, and outdoor flexible event space) would retain the existing natural character of the plan area and provide balance with the proposed development in the plan area. Removal of the El Dorado County Vector Control building, removal of the existing Recreation and Swim Complex, and downsizing the City’s public works facility would help offset addition of the new buildings in the plan area by reducing visual clutter and including facilities that have a more unified design.
Development in the plan area, such as the Civic Center and outdoor event space (Multigenerational Center is discussed separately below) would be required to comply with the Community Plan Standards and Guidelines. These standards and guidelines related to architecture are listed above under item a).
The new Civic Center would be located in the center of the plan area, immediately south of the Multigenerational Center, creating a courtyard between the buildings that could be used for community events. The Civic Center would consist of two buildings connected with one roof and a breezeway between them—a two-story 18,000-square-foot (sq. ft.) building for administration offices and a separate one-story 7,000-sq.-ft. building for council chambers. The building design would use natural materials and colors that could include metal, wood, stone, and concrete, which would help the building to blend in with the natural surroundings.
The flexible event space area would be 70,000 sq. ft. and would be comprised of a landscaped amphitheater area and a stage. The event space would be required to comply with the same architectural and height standards as described above. The specific design of the camping cabins and campground restrooms has not yet been determined; however, their design would comply with the applicable design standards identified above, which are intended to reflect the community character. The existing Recreation and Swim Complex would be demolished, restored to natural conditions similar to the rest of the plan area, and would be retained as open space.
With implementation of the Master Plan, the proposed changes described herein would retain as many trees on-site as possible to maintain the existing forested and natural environment in the plan area. Buildings would also be consistent in scale with other buildings in the vicinity and would reflect modern mountain architectural styles consistent with the surrounding community. For this reason, and because the design of the buildings and built components of the Master Plan would utilize natural materials and colors that would blend in with the surroundings, the visual character of the heavily forested portion of the plan area south and southwest of US 50 would be retained.
Implementation of the Master Plan would not substantially degrade the existing visual character or quality of public views of the plan area and its surroundings and would comply with applicable zoning and other regulations governing scenic quality. This impact would be less than significant.
Multigenerational Center Project
Less-than-significant impact. The exterior of the Multigenerational Center building would utilize materials and colors that would help the building blend in with its surroundings (e.g., rust colored metal, wood, stone, and concrete), which would be consistent with Community Plan Standards and Guidelines and Scenic Quality Improvement Program recommendations in the Community Plan for using building colors that are compatible with the surrounding natural and human-made environment. Compliance with Community Plan Standards and Guidelines and citywide design standards is discussed in item a), above.
469
Environmental Checklist Ascent Environmental
City of South Lake Tahoe
3-24 56 Acres Master Plan and Multigenerational Center Project IS/MND The height of the proposed Multigenerational Center at its highest roof line would be 38.75 feet. TRPA Code Section
37.4.1 allows for buildings with a roof pitch greater than 10:12 to have a maximum building height of 36 feet. Per Section 37.5.2.A of the TRPA Code, the maximum building height for the Multigenerational Center building could exceed the maximum height specified in Table 37.4.1-1 of the TRPA Code by up to 4 feet because the proposed use is a recreation center. When seeking permit approval from TRPA, findings 1, 2, 3, 4, and 7 would have to be made (Code Sections 37.5.2.A and 37.5.7). These findings are related to height of the building greater than the height of the surrounding trees, design of the building to minimize interference with existing views within the area, the function of the structure requires a greater maximum height than otherwise provided in the Code, and the additional building height is the minimum necessary to feasibly implement the project and there are no feasible alternatives requiring less additional height. The Community Plan eliminates minimum roof pitch (i.e., allows flat roofs) for public and quasipublic buildings located in plan area and increases the allowable height up to 42 feet for public and quasi-public structures in the plan area if TRPA Code Section 37.7 findings 1, 3, 4, 5, and 7 can be made. For these reasons, the Multigenerational Center would comply with TRPA Code height requirements. The building would comply with the standards set forth in the TRPA Code and Community Plan Standards and Guidelines.
The Multigenerational Center building would comply with the City and TRPA requirements related to building design and height and the building would have some partial screening from public views of the site by existing trees that would be retained around the building. Thus, the Multigenerational Center would not substantially degrade the existing visual character or quality of public views of the site and its surroundings and would comply with applicable zoning and other regulations governing scenic quality. This impact would be less than significant. d) Create a new source of substantial light or glare which would adversely affect day or nighttime views in the area?
56 Acres Master Plan
Less-than-significant impact. The Master Plan would include new or redeveloped features that could affect light or glare, such as the Multigenerational Center, Civic Center, Main Street, and outdoor event space; however, some of the existing buildings would be removed (e.g., Recreation and Swim Complex, fire training facility, vector control) that would reduce the amount of lighting and materials that may cause glare in the plan area. All new or redeveloped facilities would comply with design standards in Section 32-62.7, “Exterior Lighting,” of the Community Plan, which includes the following requirements:
Illumination utilizing exterior light fixtures is permitted provided the following criteria are met:
a. Lighting shall only be directed downward (not above the horizontal plane) to avoid sky-lighting; b. The light source (bulbs), within a fixture as seen in elevation, shall not be visible. Exception: In addition to the above, visible light sources (such as globe style decorative light fixtures) may be allowed subject to the following:
1. The lights are part of a City Redevelopment Plan area streetscape beautification program, and
2. The lights are located on public property (fee title easement or redevelopment project area), and
3. The foot-candle readings do not exceed five feet measured within one foot of the base at ground level. c. No light (freestanding or building mounted) shall spray offsite. The use of cutoff shields, or other devices as approved by staff shall be required.
d. Outdoor lighting shall be used for purposes of illumination only, and not be designed for, or used as, an advertising display. Illumination for aesthetic or dramatic purposes of any building or surrounding landscape utilizing exterior light fixtures is authorized provided the illuminated area does not exceed 20 feet above grade on a vertical wall, and the light source is shielded from public view.
Any new outdoor light sources would comply with these standards that limit the amount, direction, wattage, and spectrum of lighting. Outdoor events may operate until 10:00 p.m.; thus, requiring some additional lighting. Outdoor 470
Ascent Environmental Environmental Checklist
City of South Lake Tahoe
56 Acres Master Plan and Multigenerational Center Project IS/MND 3-25 lighting associated with special events would be temporary, estimated to be up to 10 events per year at the outdoor event space, and would not be allowed to spill off-site.
Additionally, new structures and facilities in the plan area would comply with Section 36.6.1.B. of the TRPA Code of Ordinances (Code), which requires that roofs, including mechanical equipment and skylights, shall be constructed of non-glare finishes and earth tone colors that minimize reflectivity. Thus, compliance with these design standards and requirements would prohibit the use of reflective materials that could cause excessive daytime glare.
In addition, the surrounding commercial and residential development already contains outdoor lighting that is more intense than lighting that would occur in the plan area, which would remain primarily as a recreation area. Therefore, implementation of the Master Plan would not create new sources of light or glare that are more substantial than other light or glare in the area, cause exterior light to be cast off-site, or adversely affect day or night-time views in the area. This impact would be less than significant.
Multigenerational Center Project
Less-than-significant impact. The lighting proposed for the Multigenerational Center would address the practical lighting needs of the site and comply with the Community Plan and TRPA requirements for exterior lighting and glare, described above. Necessary lighting fixtures would include shields to prevent outward glare and be limited to the minimal outdoor lighting fixtures necessary for safety. Uncontrolled spread of light beyond the property would not occur. Building materials would include wood, stone cladding, dark metal siding and roof, and concrete, which would not result in glare.
The project would achieve Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) standards. One of the credits the Multigenerational Center project would seek to achieve this certification is Credit SSc6-Light Pollution Reduction, which provides effective strategies for avoiding impacts related to light and glare through the use of cutoff luminaires and low reflectance surfaces.
Codes and design standards pertaining to lighting and glare described above would limit illumination and use of reflective materials that would cause glare. Therefore, potential impacts related to light and glare for the Multigenerational Center would be less than significant.
3.1.3 Cumulative Impacts
The geographic area for cumulative impacts on aesthetics encompasses the immediate vicinity of the plan area. The topography in this area is relatively flat and includes the shore and views of Lake Tahoe. This area is characterized by urban development in a forest setting and includes commercial, residential, and recreation uses. The cumulative projects listed in Table 3.21-1 that are adjacent to the plan area and could combine with the Master Plan and Multigenerational Center Project that could cumulatively affect aesthetics in the project vicinity include the roadway projects (i.e., Middle School SR2S Project - Rufus Allen Connector and South Lake Tahoe Safety Project) and the Alta Mira Public Access Improvement Project. These projects would result in improvements that would provide safety improvements and enhance the aesthetic environment along the roadway through and adjacent to the plan area. Because the cumulative projects, in combination with the Master Plan and Multigenerational Center, would not change the landscape character, the cumulative impact on aesthetic resources from these projects would be less than significant. Because the Master Plan and Multigenerational Center would not change the landscape character, the project would not result in a considerable contribution to a temporary or permanent cumulative adverse impact on aesthetic resources. 471
Environmental Checklist Ascent Environmental
City of South Lake Tahoe
3-26 56 Acres Master Plan and Multigenerational Center Project IS/MND
3.2 AGRICULTURE AND FOREST RESOURCES
ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES
Potentially
Significant
Impact
Less Than
Significant with
Mitigation
Incorporated
Less-ThanSignificant
Impact
No
Impact
II. Agriculture and Forest Resources.
In determining whether impacts to agricultural resources are significant environmental effects, lead agencies may refer to the California Agricultural Land Evaluation and Site Assessment Model (1997, as updated) prepared by the California Department of Conservation as an optional model to use in assessing impacts on agriculture and farmland.
In determining whether impacts to forest resources, including timberland, are significant environmental effects, lead agencies may refer to information compiled by the California Department of Forestry and Fire Protection regarding the state’s inventory of forest land, including the Forest and Range Assessment Project and the Forest Legacy Assessment project; and forest carbon measurement methodology provided in Forest Protocols adopted by the California Air Resources Board.
Would the project:
a) Convert Prime Farmland, Unique Farmland, or
Farmland of Statewide Importance (Farmland), as
shown on the maps prepared pursuant to the
Farmland Mapping and Monitoring Program of
the California Resources Agency, to nonagricultural use? b) Conflict with existing zoning for agricultural use
or a Williamson Act contract?
c) Conflict with existing zoning for, or cause
rezoning of, forest land (as defined in Public
Resources Code [PRC] Section 12220(g)),
timberland (as defined by PRC Section 4526), or
timberland zoned Timberland Production (as
defined by Government Code Section 51104(g))?
d) Result in the loss of forest land or conversion of
forest land to non-forest use?
e) Involve other changes in the existing
environment, which, due to their location or
nature, could result in conversion of Farmland to
non-agricultural use or conversion of forest land
to non-forest use?
3.2.1 Environmental Setting
The plan area, which includes the Multigenerational Center project site, is developed with outdoor and indoor recreational facilities, outdoor public spaces, campground, and public service land uses. The plan area contains an estimated 3,990 trees that are over 8 inches in diameter (Fish, pers. comm., 2021). The plan area is forested but is not designated as forestland or used for forest resources by the City of South Lake Tahoe or El Dorado County (City of South Lake Tahoe 2021, El Dorado County 2021). No areas zoned for timber resources, Timberland Production, or forestland occur within the plan area.
472
Ascent Environmental Environmental Checklist
City of South Lake Tahoe
56 Acres Master Plan and Multigenerational Center Project IS/MND 3-27 No farmland or agricultural land use exist in the plan area. The plan area is not included in the survey area for the Farmland Mapping and Monitoring Program of the California Resources Agency Important Farmland, and no Important Farmland is identified within the plan area.
3.2.2 Discussion
a) Convert Prime Farmland, Unique Farmland, or Farmland of Statewide Importance (Farmland), as shown on the maps prepared pursuant to the Farmland Mapping and Monitoring Program of the California Resources Agency, to non-agricultural use? 56 Acres Master Plan
No impact. The plan area was not surveyed for Prime Farmland, Unique Farmland, or Farmland of Statewide Importance (DOC 2021). No agricultural land uses exist within the plan area. Therefore, implementation of the Master Plan would not convert Important Farmland into nonagricultural use, and there would be no impact.
Multigenerational Center Project
No impact. See discussion under “56 Acres Master Plan,” above. b) Conflict with existing zoning for agricultural use or a Williamson Act contract? 56 Acres Master Plan
No impact. No parcels under Williamson Act contract are present within the plan area. No parcels within the plan area or on the Multigenerational Center Project site are zoned for agricultural use. Therefore, implementation of the Master Plan or site would not result in conflict with zoning for agricultural use or with Williamson Act contract lands.
There would be no impact.
Multigenerational Center Project
No impact. See discussion under “56 Acres Master Plan,” above. c) Conflict with existing zoning for, or cause rezoning of, forest land (as defined in PRC Section 12220(g)), timberland (as defined by PRC Section 4526), or timberland zoned Timberland Production (as defined by Government Code Section 51104(g))? 56 Acres Master Plan
Less-than-significant impact. A majority of the plan area is heavily forested but also contains developed recreation and public services land uses. The plan area is not zoned for forest land, timberland, or Timberland Production.
Implementation of the Master Plan would relocate the existing campground to the south of its existing location and may result in removal of up to 309 trees for the Multigenerational Center out of approximately 3,990 trees over 8 inches in diameter found in the plan area (Fish, pers. comm., 2021; Marino, pers. comm., 2021). The precise number of trees by species and size class proposed for removal for the entire plan area has not yet been quantified for the Master Plan. Tree removal is further discussed under e) in Section 3.4.2 below. “Forest land,” as defined in PRC Section 12220(g), is land that can support 10 percent native tree cover of any species, including hardwoods, under natural conditions, and that allows for management of one or more forest resources, including timber, aesthetics, fish and wildlife, biodiversity, water quality, recreation, and other public benefits. Because 67 percent (37.5 acres) of the plan area contains Jeffrey pine (Pinus jeffreyi) forest (see the “Existing Biological Resources” section under Section 3.4, “Biological Resources”) and the plan area is managed for recreation and other public benefits, the plan area meets the definition of “forest land.” However, the plan area is not zoned for timber production and is not available for producing lumber (consistent with the definition of “timberland” in PRC Section 4526). Although implementation of the Master Plan would remove some trees for the purposes of defensible space and to make room for some of the new facilities (e.g., Civic Center, Main Street, Multigenerational Center), the plan area would remain forested such that there would not be a loss of forest land or conversion of forest land to non473 Environmental Checklist Ascent Environmental
City of South Lake Tahoe
3-28 56 Acres Master Plan and Multigenerational Center Project IS/MND forest use. The Master Plan would not conflict with or cause rezoning of designated forestland, timberland, or for Timberland Production and would not result in the loss of forest land or conversion of forest land to non-forest use.
This impact would be less than significant.
Multigenerational Center Project
Less-than-significant impact. See discussion under “56 Acres Master Plan,” above. d) Result in the loss of forest land or conversion of forest land to non-forest use? 56 Acres Master Plan
Less-than-significant impact. See discussion under c), above.
Multigenerational Center Project
Less-than-significant impact. See discussion under c) above. e) Involve other changes in the existing environment, which, due to their location or nature, could result in conversion of Farmland to non-agricultural use or conversion of forest land to non-forest use?
56 Acres Master Plan
No impact. See discussions under a) and b), above.
Multigenerational Center Project
No impact. See discussions under a) and b), above.
3.2.3 Cumulative Impacts
The Master Plan would result in no impacts on farmland and the plan area would be retained as forest land (as defined by PRC Section 12220(g). No farmland or agricultural uses exist in the region surrounding the plan area and the project site. Therefore, the Master Plan would not combine with other cumulative projects identified in Table
3.21-1 to result in a cumulative loss of farmland or forest land. There would be no cumulative impact. 474
Ascent Environmental Environmental Checklist
City of South Lake Tahoe
56 Acres Master Plan and Multigenerational Center Project IS/MND 3-29
3.3 AIR QUALITY
ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES
Potentially
Significant
Impact
Less Than
Significant with
Mitigation
Incorporated
Less-ThanSignificant
Impact
No
Impact
III. Air Quality.
Where available, the significance criteria established by the applicable air quality management district or air pollution control district may be relied on to make the following determinations.
Are significance criteria established by the applicable air district available to rely on for significance
determinations?
Yes No
Would the project:
a) Conflict with or obstruct implementation of the
applicable air quality plan?
b) Result in a cumulatively considerable net increase
of any criteria pollutant for which the project
region is non-attainment under an applicable
federal or State ambient air quality standard?
c) Expose sensitive receptors to substantial
pollutant concentrations?
d) Result in other emissions (such as those leading
to odors) adversely affecting a substantial
number of people?
3.3.1 Environmental Setting
CLIMATE, METEOROLOGY, AND TOPOGRAPHY
The proposed project is located in the City of South Lake Tahoe in El Dorado County, California within the Lake Tahoe Air Basin (LTAB). The LTAB region comprises portions of Placer and El Dorado counties in California, and Washoe and Douglas counties and the Carson City Rural District in Nevada. Lake Tahoe lies in a depression between the crests of the Sierra Nevada and Carson ranges at a surface elevation of 6,260 feet above sea level. The mountains surrounding Lake Tahoe are approximately 8,000 to 9,000 feet high, with some reaching beyond 10,000 feet.
The bowl shape of the LTAB has significant air quality implications (Tahoe Integrated Information Management System [TIIMS] 2009). There are two meteorological regimes that affect air quality in the LTAB.
First, thermal inversions occur when a warm layer of air traps a cold layer of air at the surface of the land and lake.
Locally generated air pollutants are often trapped in the “bowl” by frequent inversions that limit the amount of air mixing, which allows pollutants to accumulate. Inversions most frequently occur during the winter in the LTAB; however, they may occur throughout the year. Often, wintertime inversions result in a layer of wood smoke, mostly from residential heating, which can be seen over the lake.
The second meteorological regime affecting air quality in the LTAB is the atmospheric transportation of pollutants from the Sacramento Valley and San Francisco Bay Area. Lake Tahoe’s location directly to the east of the crest of the Sierra Nevada Mountain range allows prevailing easterly winds, combined with local mountain upslope winds, to bring air from populated regions west of the Sierra to the LTAB. The strength of this pattern depends on the amount of heat, usually strongest in summer beginning in April and ending in late October. 475
Environmental Checklist Ascent Environmental
City of South Lake Tahoe
3-30 56 Acres Master Plan and Multigenerational Center Project IS/MND
CRITERIA AIR POLLUTANTS
Concentrations of ozone, carbon monoxide (CO), nitrogen dioxide (NO2), sulfur dioxide (SO2), respirable particulate matter with aerodynamic diameter of 10 micrometers or less (PM10) and fine particulate matter with aerodynamic diameter of 2.5 micrometers or less (PM2.5), and lead are used as indicators of ambient air quality conditions and are referred to as criteria air pollutants. Criteria air pollutants are air pollutants for which acceptable levels of exposure can be determined and for which an ambient air quality standard (AAQS) has been set by Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) and California Air Resources Board (CARB). Table 3.3-1 shows national and State ambient air quality standards. Also, Table 3.3-2 shows a brief description of each criteria air pollutant’s source types and health effects.
Table 3.3-1 Ambient Air Quality Standards
Pollutant Averaging Time California1, 2 National3
Primary2,4 Secondary2,5
Ozone
1-hour 0.09 ppm (180 μg/m3) — Same as primary standard 8-hour 0.070 ppm (137 μg/m3) 0.070 ppm (137 μg/m3) Carbon monoxide
1-hour 20 ppm (23 mg/m3) 35 ppm (40 mg/m3) Same as primary standard 8-hour 9 ppmf (10 mg/m3) 9 ppm (10 mg/m3) Nitrogen dioxide
Annual arithmetic mean 0.030 ppm (57 μg/m3) 53 ppb (100 μg/m3) Same as primary standard 1-hour 0.18 ppm (339 μg/m3) 100 ppb (188 μg/m3) —
Sulfur dioxide
24-hour 0.04 ppm (105 μg/m3) — —
3-hour — — 0.5 ppm (1300 μg/m3)
1-hour 0.25 ppm (655 μg/m3) 75 ppb (196 μg/m3) —
Respirable particulate
matter
Annual arithmetic mean 20 μg/m3 — Same as primary standard 24-hour 50 μg/m3 150 μg/m3 Fine particulate
matter
Annual arithmetic mean 12 μg/m3 12.0 μg/m3 15.0 μg/m3
24-hour — 35 μg/m3 Same as primary standard
Lead6
Calendar quarter — 1.5 μg/m3 Same as primary standard
30-Day average 1.5 μg/m3 — —
Rolling 3-Month Average — 0.15 μg/m3 Same as primary standard Hydrogen sulfide 1-hour 0.03 ppm (42 μg/m3)
No
national
standards
Sulfates 24-hour 25 μg/m3
Vinyl chloride6 24-hour 0.01 ppm (26 μg/m3)
Visibility-reducing
particulate matter
8-hour Extinction of 0.23 per km
Notes: µg/m3 = micrograms per cubic meter; km = kilometers; ppb = parts per billion; ppm = parts per million 1 California standards for ozone, carbon monoxide, SO2 (1- and 24-hour), NO2, particulate matter, and visibility-reducing particles are values that are not to be exceeded. All others are not to be equaled or exceeded. California ambient air quality standards are listed in the Table of Standards in Section 70200 of Title 17 of the California Code of Regulations. 2 Concentration expressed first in units in which it was promulgated. Equivalent units given in parentheses are based on a reference temperature of 25 degrees Celsius (°C) and a reference pressure of 760 torr. Most measurements of air quality are to be corrected to a reference temperature of 25°C and a reference pressure of 760 torr; ppm in this table refers to ppm by volume, or micromoles of pollutant per mole of gas. 3 National standards (other than ozone, particulate matter, and those based on annual averages or annual arithmetic means) are not to be exceeded more than once a year. The ozone standard is attained when the fourth highest 8-hour concentration in a year, averaged over three years, is equal to or less than the standard. The PM10 24-hour standard is attained when the expected number of days per calendar year with a 24-hour average concentration above 150 μg/m3 is equal to or less than one. The PM2.5 24-hour standard is attained when 98 percent of the daily concentrations, averaged over three years, are equal to or less than the standard. 4 National primary standards: The levels of air quality necessary, with an adequate margin of safety to protect the public health. 5 National secondary standards: The levels of air quality necessary to protect the public welfare from any known or anticipated adverse effects of a pollutant.
6 The California Air Resources Board has identified lead and vinyl chloride as toxic air contaminants with no threshold of exposure for adverse health effects determined. These actions allow for the implementation of control measures at levels below the ambient concentrations specified for these pollutants.
Source: CARB 2016
476
Ascent Environmental Environmental Checklist
City of South Lake Tahoe
56 Acres Master Plan and Multigenerational Center Project IS/MND 3-31 Table 3.3-2 Sources and Health Effects of Criteria Air Pollutants Pollutant Sources Acute1 Health Effects Chronic2 Health Effects Ozone Secondary pollutant resulting from reaction
of ROG and NOX in presence of sunlight.
ROG emissions result from incomplete
combustion and evaporation of chemical
solvents and fuels; NOX results from the
combustion of fuels
Increased respiration and pulmonary
resistance; cough, pain, shortness of
breath, lung inflammation
Permeability of respiratory
epithelia, possibility of
permanent lung impairment
Carbon monoxide (CO) Incomplete combustion of fuels; motor vehicle exhaust
Reduced capacity to pump oxygenated
blood; headache, dizziness, fatigue,
nausea, vomiting, death
Permanent heart and brain
damage
Nitrogen dioxide (NO2) Combustion devices (e.g., boilers, gas turbines, and mobile and stationary
reciprocating internal combustion engines),
industrial processes, and fires
Coughing, difficulty breathing, vomiting,
headache, eye irritation, chemical
pneumonitis or pulmonary edema;
aggravation of existing heart disease
leading to death
Chronic bronchitis,
emphysema, decreased lung
function
Sulfur dioxide (SO2) Combustion devices (e.g., boilers, gas turbines, and mobile and stationary
reciprocating internal combustion engines),
industrial processes, and fires
Irritation of upper respiratory tract,
increased asthma symptoms, aggravation
of existing heart disease leading to death
Chronic bronchitis,
emphysema
Respirable particulate
matter (PM10), Fine
particulate matter
(PM2.5)
Fugitive dust, soot, smoke, mobile and
stationary sources, construction, fires and
natural windblown dust, and formation in
the atmosphere by condensation and/or
transformation of SO2 and ROG
Breathing and respiratory symptoms,
aggravation of existing respiratory and
cardiovascular diseases, premature death
Alterations to the immune
system, carcinogenesis
Lead Metal processing, piston-engine aircraft or
other vehicles operating on leaded fuel
Reproductive/developmental effects
(fetuses and children)
Numerous effects including
neurological, endocrine, and
cardiovascular effects
Notes: NOX = oxides of nitrogen; ROG = reactive organic gases 1 “Acute” refers to effects of short-term exposures to criteria air pollutants, usually at fairly high concentrations. 2 “Chronic” refers to effects of long-term exposures to criteria air pollutants, usually at lower, ambient concentrations.
Source: EPA 2019
ATTAINMENT AREA DESIGNATIONS
Both CARB and EPA use ambient air quality monitoring data to designate the attainment status of an area relative to the California Ambient Air Quality Standards (CAAQS) and National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) for each criteria air pollutant. The purpose of these designations is to identify those areas with air quality problems and thereby initiate planning efforts for improvement. The three basic designation categories are “non-attainment,” “attainment,” and “unclassified.” “Unclassified” is used in an area that cannot be classified on the basis of available information as meeting or not meeting the standards. In addition, the California designations include a subcategory of the non-attainment designation, called “non-attainment-transitional.” The non-attainment-transitional designation is given to non-attainment areas that are progressing and nearing attainment.
El Dorado County is designated as non-attainment for ozone and PM10 with respect to the CAAQS (CARB 2020). El Dorado County is also designated as unclassified for ozone and PM10 with respect to NAAQS.
TOXIC AIR CONTAMINANTS
Concentrations of Toxic Air Contaminants (TACs), or Hazardous Air Pollutants (HAPs) in federal parlance, are also used to indicate air quality. A TAC is defined as an air pollutant that may cause or contribute to an increase in mortality or in serious illness, or that may pose a hazard to human health. TACs are usually present in minute 477
Environmental Checklist Ascent Environmental
City of South Lake Tahoe
3-32 56 Acres Master Plan and Multigenerational Center Project IS/MND quantities in the ambient air; however, their high toxicity or health risk may pose a threat to public health even at low concentrations. Unlike criteria air pollutants, TACs are pollutants of local concern because they can present harmful effects when they are emitted near sensitive receptors.
Most health risks from TACs are attributed to relatively few compounds, the most prominent being diesel particulate matter (diesel PM) (CARB 2005). In addition to diesel PM, the TACs for which data are available that pose the greatest existing ambient risk in California are benzene, 1,3-butadiene, acetaldehyde, carbon tetrachloride, hexavalent chromium, para-dichlorobenzene, formaldehyde, methylene chloride, and perchloroethylene.
Diesel Particulate Matter
Diesel PM differs from other TACs in that it is not a single substance, but rather a complex mixture of hundreds of substances. Although diesel PM is emitted by diesel-fueled internal combustion engines, the composition of the emissions varies depending on engine type, operating conditions, fuel composition, lubricating oil, and whether an emissions control system is being used. Unlike the other TACs, no ambient monitoring data are available for diesel PM because no routine measurement method currently exists. However, CARB has made preliminary concentration estimates based on a PM exposure method. This method uses the CARB emissions inventory’s PM10 database, ambient PM10 monitoring data, and the results from several studies to estimate area concentrations of diesel PM.
SENSITIVE RECEPTORS
Sensitive receptors are people, or facilities that generally house people (e.g., schools, hospitals, residences), that may experience adverse effects from unhealthful concentrations of air pollutants. Sensitive land uses are land uses that accommodate sensitive receptors, and exposure to pollutants could result in health-related risks to individuals.
Existing sensitive land uses that accommodate sensitive receptors throughout the LTAB include residences, schools, hospitals, daycare centers, parks, and playgrounds. Sensitive receptors near the project include a residential neighborhood at approximately 200 feet to the west, El Dorado Beach and Recreation area at approximately 800 feet to the north and a school at approximately 50 feet to the south of the plan area.
AIR QUALITY PLANS
El Dorado County Air Quality Management District
El Dorado County Air Quality Management District (EDCAQMD) attains and maintains air quality conditions in El Dorado County through a comprehensive program of planning, regulation, enforcement, technical innovation, and promotion of the understanding of air quality issues. The clean-air strategy of EDCAQMD includes preparing plans for the attainment of ambient air quality standards for ozone and particulate matter, adopting and enforcing rules and regulations concerning sources of air pollution, and issuing permits for stationary sources of air pollution. Key elements of these plans include emission inventories, emission control strategies and rules, air quality data analyses, modeling, air quality progress and attainment or maintenance demonstrations. EDCAQMD also inspects stationary sources of air pollution and responds to citizen complaints, monitors ambient air quality and meteorological conditions, and implements programs and regulations required by the Clean Air Act (CAA), federal Clean Air Act Amendments of 1990 (CAAA), and California Clean Air Act (CCAA). All projects in El Dorado County, including those in the City of South Lake Tahoe, are subject to adopted EDCAQMD rules and regulations in effect at the time of construction. Specific EDCAQMD rules applicable to the construction of the project may include but are not limited to the following:
1. Rule 202—Visible Emissions,
2. Rule 215—Application of Architectural Coatings,
3. Rule 223-1—Fugitive Dust,
4. Rule 223-2—Asbestos,
5. Rule 224—Cutback and Emulsified Asphalt Paving Materials, and
6. Rule 501—Permit Requirements.
478
Ascent Environmental Environmental Checklist
City of South Lake Tahoe
56 Acres Master Plan and Multigenerational Center Project IS/MND 3-33 Specifically, Rule 223-1 establishes standards to be met by project activities generating fugitive dust. It applies to all of El Dorado County and addresses fugitive dust generated by construction and grading activities, and by other land uses including recreational uses. Among the standards to be met is a prohibition on visible dust crossing the property boundary, generation of high levels of visible dust (dust sufficient to obscure vision by 40 percent), and controls on the track-out of dirt and mud on to public roads. The regulation also establishes minimum dust mitigation and control requirements. When an area to be disturbed is greater than 1 acre, and if required by a project condition of approval or discretionary permit, a dust control plan must be submitted to and approved by EDCAQMD before any construction activities. Further, Rule 223-2 requires activities to reduce asbestos dust created from earth moving and demolition activities.
City of South Lake Tahoe General Plan
The City of South Lake Tahoe adopted the General Plan on May 17, 2011. Planning and zoning in the City are guided by the City’s General Plan, which is implemented through Plan Area Statements, Community Plans, and Area Plans.
The policies in this General Plan seek to improve air quality by reducing the number of vehicles on the roadways and encouraging walking, biking, and use of public transit. Here are some of goals and policies applicable for the proposed project:
GOAL NCR‐5: To incorporate air quality improvements and emission reductions directly with land use and transportation planning.
Policy NCR‐5.4: Public Transit Bus Fleet
The City shall encourage the use of low‐emission technology buses in the public transit fleet. Policy NCR‐5.8: Bicycle, Pedestrian, and Bus Transit Integration The City shall encourage interconnected bicycle, pedestrian, and bus transit circulation in the design of all commercial, industrial, and multi‐family housing.
Policy NCR‐5.9: Mixed‐Use Development
The City shall support appropriately located mixed‐use developments that include homes, schools, civic uses, retail and commercial services, and daycare facilities within walking distance of each other. Policy NCR‐5.10: Air Quality‐Related Construction Mitigation The City shall require discretionary projects that have a significant air quality impact to provide construction mitigation to address short‐term construction emissions below EDCAQMD thresholds as part of the review of the project application. This excludes building permits for single‐family residential units. This may include the following measures:
a) Measures currently recommended by the EDCAQMD;
b) Prohibition of open burning of debris from site clearing unless involved with a fuels reduction project; c) Utilization of low‐emission construction equipment and/or fuels; d) Implementation of best management practices in concert with water quality protection measures; and/or e) Restriction of idling of construction equipment or vehicles. Policy NCR‐5.11: Development Project Design Requirements The City shall impose the following requirements on development projects as part of project design to address air quality impacts:
a) Prohibit the installation of wood‐burning hearth devices in proposed residential dwelling units; b) Require that all feasible EDCAQMD‐recommended mitigation measures to reduce operational emissions of criteria air pollutants are incorporated into project design; and 479
Environmental Checklist Ascent Environmental
City of South Lake Tahoe
3-34 56 Acres Master Plan and Multigenerational Center Project IS/MND c) Demonstrate compliance with applicable TRPA requirements for air quality mitigation at the time of project consideration that require off‐set project and cumulative air quality impacts (e.g., current TRPA Code of Ordinances Chapters 91 [Air Quality Control] and Chapter 93 [Traffic and Air Quality Mitigation Program]).
Bijou/Al Tahoe Community Plan
The Bijou/Al Tahoe Community Plan was adopted in October 1995. The Community Plan established goals and objectives, special policies, programs, and strategies for funding and implementation. Elements of the Plan address land use, transportation, conservation, recreation, and public service. According to the community plan’s target, all air quality thresholds must be attained and maintained.
THRESHOLDS OF SIGNIFICANCE
EDCAQMD considers reactive organic gases (ROG) and oxides of nitrogen (NOX) as the primary pollutants of concern as they are the precursors for ozone, for which the County has a non-attainment status. EDCAQMD has mass emissions thresholds for reactive organic gases (ROG) and oxides of nitrogen (NOX) of 82 pounds per day for both construction and operations (EDCAQMD 2002). Although EDCAQMD does not have an adopted quantitative threshold for PM10, Chapter 4 of the EDCAQMD Guide to Air Quality Assessment (EDCAPCD 2002) provides guidance on determining significance of PM10 from exhaust emissions. This guidance indicates that if ROG and NOX emissions are not significant then it can be assumed that other components of exhaust emissions, in this case PM10, are also not significant. With respect to fugitive dust PM10 emissions, EDCAQMD recommends determining significance based on the consistency of the project with dust control measures in EDCAQMD Rule 223.
3.3.2 Discussion
This discussion of the potential impacts of the project on air quality focuses on the construction and operation of the proposed 56 Acres Master Plan and Multigenerational Recreation and Aquatics Center Project. a) Conflict with or obstruct implementation of the applicable air quality plan? 56 Acres Master Plan
Less-than-significant impact. The emissions inventories used to develop a region’s air quality attainment plans are based primarily on projected population growth and vehicle miles traveled (VMT) for the region that are determined, in part, based on the planned growth identified in regional and community plans. Therefore, projects that would result in increases in population or employment growth beyond that projected in regional or community plans could result in increases in VMT above that planned in the attainment plan, further resulting in emissions that could conflict with a region’s air quality planning efforts. Increases in emissions beyond that projected in regional and community plans generally would be considered to have a significant adverse incremental effect on the region’s ability to attain or maintain the CAAQS and NAAQS.
The Master Plan is a plan to develop a recreational and community service hub for both the local community and tourists. The Master Plan is expected to be built out over 20 years and would be fully operational by 2040. The project is located within the Bijou/Al Community Plan. A fundamental vision for this Community Plan is that the Bijou/Al Tahoe area should serve as a family-oriented and recreation center, as well as a town center for the local community. Goals of the Bijou/Al Tahoe Community Plan also include reducing dependency on automobiles and improving the movement of people, goods, and services within the Bijou/Al Tahoe area and the Lake Tahoe region.
The City’s General Plan includes goals to reduce dependency on automobiles and develop infrastructure to support bike and pedestrian access. The Master Plan is consistent with both the General Plan and the Community Plan as it proposes to enhance the existing network for bike and pedestrian access and provides locally serving uses.
The City’s General Plan has designated the land use of the plan area as Recreation. The General Plan’s Recreation and Open Space Element provides policy direction for the expansion of recreation and civic center facilities within the City of South Lake Tahoe. The Master Plan is consistent with the City’s General Plan land use designation as it proposes repurposing existing land use and is consistent with policy direction in the Recreation and Open Space Element. 480
Ascent Environmental Environmental Checklist
City of South Lake Tahoe
56 Acres Master Plan and Multigenerational Center Project IS/MND 3-35 Construction activities associated with the project would generate temporary criteria pollutant emissions but would not exceed the thresholds of significance adopted by the EDCAQMD as shown in Table 3.3-3. Construction would likely occur up to 20 years, but construction emissions were conservatively modeled to occur over a four-year period to avoid understating the maximum annual emissions. Also, the project would not result in exceedance of long-term operational emissions thresholds (see the discussion of the Master Plan under item b), below). Therefore, the project would not conflict with or obstruct the implementation of the applicable air quality plan. The impact would be less than significant.
Table 3.3-3 Summary of Maximum Daily Emissions of Ozone Precursors and PM10 Associated with 56 Acres Master Plan Project Construction Activities from 2025 to 2028 (lb/day) Construction Year ROG NOX PM10
2025 3 28 21
2026 2 18 4
2027 45 17 4
2028 45 1 1
Maximum Daily Emissions 45 28 21
EDCAQMD Thresholds 82 82 -
Exceed EDCAQMD Thresholds? No No NA
Notes: See Appendix A for detail on model inputs, assumptions, and project-specific modeling parameters; EDCAQMD = El Dorado County Air Quality Management District, ROG = reactive organic gases, NOX = oxides of nitrogen, PM10 = respirable particulate matter with an aerodynamic diameter of 10 micrometers or less, lb/day = pounds per day, – = No adopted threshold Source: Modeled by Ascent Environmental, Inc. in 2021
Multigenerational Center Project
Less-than-significant impact. The Multigenerational Center would be the first project to be built under the Master Plan. Construction of the Multigenerational Center is expected to begin in 2022 and is expected to be fully operational in 2024. The project is within the Bijou/Al Community Plan. A fundamental vision for this Community Plan is that the Bijou/Al Tahoe area should serve as a family-oriented and recreation center, as well as a town center for the local community. Goals of the Bijou/Al Tahoe Community Plan also include reducing dependency on the automobile and improving the movement of people, goods, and services within the Bijou/Al Tahoe area, and the Lake Tahoe region. The City’s General Plan includes goals to reduce the dependency on automobiles and develop infrastructure to support bike and pedestrian access. The Multigenerational Center is consistent with both the General Plan and the Community Plan as it proposes to provide bicycle and pedestrian connections to the existing network of shared-use paths and provides locally serving uses.
The City’s General Plan has designated the land use of the project site as Recreation. The General Plan’s Recreation and Open Space Element provides policy direction for the expansion of recreation and civic center facilities within the City of South Lake Tahoe. The Multigenerational Center is consistent with the City’s General Plan land use designation as it proposes to repurpose existing land use and is consistent with policy direction in the Recreation and Open Space Element.
The project construction activities would generate temporary criteria pollutant emissions but would not exceed the threshold of significance adopted by the EDCAQMD as shown in Table 3.3-4. Construction of the Multigenerational Center would likely occur up to three years, but construction emissions were conservatively modeled to occur over a 2-year period to avoid understating the maximum annual emissions. Also, the project would not result in exceeding the long-term operational emissions threshold (see the discussion of the Multigenerational Center under item b), below). The operational VMT would increase, which would be due to an increase in visitors and local residents utilizing the Multigenerational Center and not due to growth in the community. Hence, the project would not conflict with or obstruct the implementation of the applicable air quality plan. The impact would be less than significant. 481
Environmental Checklist Ascent Environmental
City of South Lake Tahoe
3-36 56 Acres Master Plan and Multigenerational Center Project IS/MND Table 3.3-4 Summary of Maximum Daily Emissions of Ozone Precursors and PM10 Associated with Multigenerational Center Project Construction Activities from 2022 to 2023 (lb/day) Construction Phase ROG NOX PM10
2022 2 19 8
2023 57 12 1
Maximum Daily Emissions 57 19 8
EDCAQMD Thresholds 82 82 -
Exceed EDCAQMD Thresholds? No No NA
Notes: See Appendix A for detail on model inputs, assumptions, and project-specific modeling parameters; EDCAQMD = El Dorado County Air Quality Management District, ROG = reactive organic gases, NOX = oxides of nitrogen, PM10 = respirable particulate matter with an aerodynamic diameter of 10 micrometers or less, lb/day = pounds per day, – = No adopted threshold Source: Modeled by Ascent Environmental, Inc. in 2021
b) Result in a cumulatively considerable net increase of any criteria pollutant for which the project region is non-attainment under an applicable federal or State ambient air quality standard?
56 Acres Master Plan
Less-than-significant impact. El Dorado County is designated as non-attainment for ozone and PM10 with respect to the CAAQS (CARB 2020). El Dorado County is also designated as unclassified for ozone and PM10 with respect to NAAQS. As shown in Tables 3.3-3 through 3.3-6, the 56 Acres Master Plan would result in construction and operational emissions that would not exceed the thresholds of significance adopted by EDCAQMD.
Construction
Construction emissions are described as “short term” or temporary in duration. Construction-related activities would result in project-generated emissions of ROG, NOX, and PM10 from site preparation, grading, heavy off-road equipment, material delivery, worker commute vehicle travel to and from the site, building construction, paving, architectural coating, and other related activities. Emissions of NOX would be primarily associated with off-road construction equipment exhaust; secondary sources would include on-road trucks for the hauling of materials and equipment, as well as worker vehicles for commuting. Worker commute trips in gasoline-fueled vehicles and the application of architectural coatings would be the principal sources of ROG, with additional ROG coming from offand on-road construction equipment. Emissions of fugitive PM10 dust are associated primarily with grounddisturbance activities during site preparation, excavation, and grading and may vary as a function of such soil parameters as silt content, soil moisture, wind speed, and the area of disturbance. Exhaust emissions from diesel equipment and worker commute trips also contribute to short-term increases in PM10, but to a much lesser extent than fugitive dust emissions.
Temporary construction-related activities for the proposed 56 Acres Master Plan would include site preparation, grading, building construction, paving, and architectural coatings. The emissions from construction activities were calculated by using California Emissions Estimator Model (CalEEMod) Version 2020.4.0 with design information provided by the City of South Lake Tahoe and CalEEMod defaults where the information was not available. Due to the 20-year buildout horizon of the Master Plan, the exact timing and duration of construction activities for various land uses is unknown. Therefore, CalEEMod default phasing and duration of construction activities were used to provide an estimate of potential construction emissions. CalEEMod estimates a construction duration of four years based on the size and types of land uses under the Master Plan. This is considered conservative as the Master Plan would be built out over a 20-year period. Construction of other facilities under the Master Plan would be expected to occur after the construction of the Multigenerational Center, therefore, early 2025 was assumed as the start date for construction. This construction scenario is intended to provide a representative analysis of maximum construction emissions that could occur under a rapid buildout of the Master Plan. Actually, buildout of the Master Plan is anticipated to occur over a 20-year period. Therefore, full operation of the Master Plan was assumed to be in 2040.
Existing land uses in the Master Plan area include an ice arena, campgrounds and cabins, historical museum, library, 482
Ascent Environmental Environmental Checklist
City of South Lake Tahoe
56 Acres Master Plan and Multigenerational Center Project IS/MND 3-37 senior center, art center, park and outdoor event spaces, maintenance yards, vector control and fire training facility.
Under the proposed Master Plan, the campground would be reconfigured; a new chamber office, civic center, and outdoor recreation and event space would be constructed; and the fire training facility, vector control and the two maintenance yards would be relocated. The modeling evaluates air quality emissions from construction of new and expanded uses in the plan area. The construction worker trip numbers and lengths are assumed as CalEEMod defaults. The modeling also assumes the EDCAQMD recommended Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC) limit of 100 grams/liter (g/l) for paints used in architectural coating as the VOC content assumption is not updated for all the regions in CalEEMod. Table 3.3-3 summarizes the estimated construction related annual ozone precursor and PM10 emissions over four years of the construction period. Refer to Appendix A of this document for detailed modeling assumptions and results.
The maximum daily emissions would not exceed the EDCAQMD adopted threshold of significance and hence the construction activities of the Master Plan would not have a substantial impact on air quality for which the region is in nonattainment under an applicable federal or State ambient air quality standard. Also, the Master Plan would not have substantial fugitive dust emissions as the future projects under the Master Plan would be consistent with Rule 223-1 as required by EDCAQMD. Therefore, the impact would be less than significant.
Operations
Project operations would result in the generation of emissions of criteria air pollutants and precursors (ROG, NOX and PM10). Mobile source emissions would be generated from employee commute vehicles traveling to and from the plan area, maintenance vehicles, as well as the public accessing the plan area. For estimating emissions from the mobile source, the change in VMT due to the repurposing of the existing facilities and new construction was used to evaluate emissions related to operations. As estimated in the 56 Acres Master Plan Transportation Analysis (see Appendix C) buildout of the Master Plan would generate an estimated 1,176 additional daily VMT for both the 56 Acres Master Plan and Multigenerational Center. Refer to Section 3.17, “Transportation/Traffic,” for a breakdown of net change in VMT by different land uses. The emissions from other sources were also evaluated from the change in the surface area due to the repurposing of existing facilities and construction of new facilities.
Project operation would result in the generation of long-term operational emissions of ROG, NOX, and PM10 because of area-wide, energy, and mobile sources. Area-wide sources would include the periodic application of architectural coatings, the generation of ROG from the use of consumer products, and landscaping. Mobile-source emissions of criteria air pollutants and precursors would result from vehicle trips generated by employee commute trips, and visitor trips.
Table 3.3-5 summarizes the operational emissions of criteria air pollutants and precursors due to the 56 Acres Master Plan. Emissions were calculated using CalEEMod and are based on the proposed land use type and number of trips (Appendix A). As shown in Table 3.3-5, proposed project operational-related emissions would not exceed EDCAQMD’s thresholds of significance. Hence the impact would be less than significant.
Table 3.3-5 Summary of Maximum Daily Emissions of Ozone Precursors and PM10 Associated with 56 Acres Master Plan Project Operational Activities (lb/day)
Operational Sources ROG NOX PM10
Area 4 <0.1 <0.1
Energy <0.1 <1 <0.1
Mobile 5 1 1
Total Daily Emissions 10 2 1
EDCAQMD Thresholds 82 82 -
Exceed EDCAQMD Thresholds? No No NA
Notes: See Appendix A for detail on model inputs, assumptions, and project-specific modeling parameters; EDCAQMD = El Dorado County Air Quality Management District, ROG = reactive organic gases, NOX = oxides of nitrogen, PM10 = respirable particulate matter with an aerodynamic diameter of 10 micrometers or less, lb/day = pounds per day, – = No adopted threshold Source: Modeled by Ascent Environmental, Inc. in 2021
483
Environmental Checklist Ascent Environmental
City of South Lake Tahoe
3-38 56 Acres Master Plan and Multigenerational Center Project IS/MND Multigenerational Center Project
Less-than-significant impact. El Dorado County is designated as non-attainment for ozone and PM10 with respect to the CAAQS (CARB 2020). El Dorado County is also designated as unclassified for ozone and PM10 with respect to NAAQS. As shown in Tables 3.3-3 through 3.3-6, the Multigenerational Center would result in construction and operational emissions that would not exceed the thresholds of significance adopted by EDCAQMD.
Construction
See the “Construction” discussion for the Master Plan above that summarizes the types of emissions caused by various construction activities.
Temporary construction-related activities for the proposed Multigenerational Center would include site preparation, grading, building construction, paving, and architectural coatings. Emissions from construction activities were calculated using CalEEMod Version 2020.4.0 with design assumptions provided by the City and CalEEMod defaults where the information was not available. Construction of the Multigenerational Center would begin in early 2022, with demolition and site preparation in 2022, and building construction, paving and architectural coatings would begin in 2023. Full operation of the Multigenerational Center would begin 2024. The existing Recreation and Swim Complex would eventually be demolished as part of the Master Plan and its recreation uses would be moved to the new Multigenerational Center. The construction worker trip numbers and lengths are assumed as CalEEMod defaults.
The modeling also assumes EDCAQMD recommended VOC limit of 100 g/l for paints used in architectural coating as the VOC content assumption is not updated for all the regions in CalEEMod. Refer to Appendix A for list of assumptions made for this analysis. Table 3.3-4 summarizes the estimated construction related emissions over two years of construction period.
The maximum daily emissions would not exceed the EDCAQMD’s adopted threshold of significance and hence the construction activities of the Multigenerational Center would not have any substantial impact on air quality for which the region is nonattainment under an applicable federal or State ambient air quality standard. Also, the project would not have substantial fugitive dust emissions as the project would be consistent with Rule 223-1 required by EDCAQMD. Therefore, the impact would be less than significant.
Operations
Project operations would result in the generation of emissions of criteria air pollutants and precursors (ROG, NOX and PM10). Mobile source emissions would be generated from employees’ commute vehicles traveling to and from the project site, maintenance vehicles, as well as the public accessing the project area. For estimating emissions from the mobile source, the change in VMT due to the repurposing and new construction of the existing facilities was used to evaluate emissions related to operations. As estimated in the traffic study the project would generate an estimated 1,176 additional daily VMT for both the 56 Acres Master Plan and Multigenerational Center. The daily VMT for Multigenerational Center was estimated to be 796. Refer to Section 3.17, “Transportation/Traffic,” for a breakdown of net change in VMT by different land uses. The emissions from other sources were also evaluated from the change in the surface area due to the repurposing of existing facilities and construction of new facilities.
Project operation would result in the generation of long-term operational emissions of ROG, NOX, and PM10 because of area-wide, energy, and mobile sources. Area-wide sources would include the periodic application of architectural coatings, the generation of ROG from the use of consumer products, and landscaping. Mobile-source emissions of criteria air pollutants and precursors would result from vehicle trips generated by employee commute trips, and visitor trips.
Table 3.3-6 summarizes the operational emissions of criteria air pollutants and precursors due to the Multigenerational Center. Emissions were calculated using CalEEMod and are based on the proposed land use type and number of trips (Appendix A). As shown in Table 3.3-6, proposed project operational-related emissions would not exceed EDCAQMD’s thresholds of significance. Hence the impact would be less than significant. 484
Ascent Environmental Environmental Checklist
City of South Lake Tahoe
56 Acres Master Plan and Multigenerational Center Project IS/MND 3-39 Table 3.3-6 Summary of Maximum Daily Emissions of Ozone Precursors and PM10 Associated with Multigenerational Center Project Operational Activities (lb/day) Operational Sources ROG NOX PM10
Area Source 2 <0.1 <0.1
Energy <0.1 <0.1 <0.1
Mobile 2 1 <1
Total Daily Emissions 4 1 <1
EDCAQMD Thresholds1 82 82 -
Exceed EDCAQMD Thresholds? No No NA
Notes: See Appendix A for detail on model inputs, assumptions, and project-specific modeling parameters; EDCAQMD = El Dorado County Air Quality Management District, ROG = reactive organic gases, NOX = oxides of nitrogen, PM10 = respirable particulate matter with an aerodynamic diameter of 10 micrometers or less, lb/day = pounds per day, – = No adopted threshold Source: Modeled by Ascent Environmental, Inc. in 2021
c) Expose sensitive receptors to substantial pollutant concentrations? 56 Acres Master Plan
Less-than-significant impact. Sensitive receptors near the plan area include single-family residences, hotels, a church, and a school. The nearest sensitive receptors to the plan area are single-family residences in the Al Tahoe and Bijou neighborhoods. The closest residences in the Al Tahoe and Bijou neighborhoods are located approximately 50 feet south and 55 feet east of the plan area, respectively. The closest hotel (Hotel Azure) is located across Rufus Allen Boulevard 53 feet east of the plan area. Saint Theresa Catholic Church is located approximately 490 feet south of the plan area, and the athletic facilities and closest buildings of South Tahoe Middle School are located approximately 680 and 1,070 feet south of the plan area, respectively. The TAC that is the focus of this analysis is diesel PM because it is known that diesel PM would be emitted during construction activities under the Master Plan. Particulate exhaust emissions from diesel-fueled engines (i.e., diesel PM) were identified as a TAC by CARB in 1998. The potential cancer risk from the inhalation of diesel PM outweighs the potential for all other health impacts (i.e., non-cancer chronic risk, short-term acute risk) and health impacts from other TACs (CARB 2017). Construction activities would result in shortterm emissions of TACs in the form of diesel PM emissions (exhaust PM10 and PM2.5), which would be less than 2 lb/day for the Master Plan. Refer to Appendix A for modeling results. As described above under items a) and b), the project would not conflict with or obstruct implementation of the applicable air quality plan nor result in a cumulatively considerable net increase of any criteria pollutant for which the project region is non-attainment under an applicable federal or state ambient air quality standard.
Construction-related activities that would result in temporary, intermittent emissions of diesel PM would be from the exhaust of off-road equipment used during site preparation and construction and on-road heavy-duty trucks. Onroad diesel-powered haul trucks traveling to and from the construction area to deliver materials and equipment are less of a concern because they do not operate at any one location for extended periods of time such that they would expose a single receptor to excessive diesel PM emissions.
Based on the construction-related emissions modeling conducted (see Appendix A), maximum daily emissions of exhaust PM10 would be less than 2 lb/day during construction. A portion of these emissions would be due to haul trucks traveling to and from the site and would not occur in the plan area. In addition, all construction activities would occur during daytime hours, which is when many residents who are employed or are students typically would not be at home, thus limiting exposure from construction-related emissions to these receptors.
Construction-related TAC emissions would not expose sensitive receptors to an incremental increase in cancer risk greater than 10 in 1 million or a hazard index greater than 1.0. The low exposure level reflects the (i) relatively low mass of diesel PM emissions that would be generated by construction activity in the plan area; (ii) the relatively short duration of diesel PM-emitting construction activity in the plan area; and (iii) the highly dispersive properties of diesel PM. This impact would be less than significant.
485
Environmental Checklist Ascent Environmental
City of South Lake Tahoe
3-40 56 Acres Master Plan and Multigenerational Center Project IS/MND Multigenerational Center Project
Less-than-significant impact. Similar to the discussion of construction for the Master Plan, above, construction-related activities for the Multigenerational Center would result in temporary, intermittent emissions of diesel PM from the exhaust of off-road equipment used during site preparation and construction and on-road heavy-duty trucks. Onroad diesel-powered haul trucks traveling to and from the construction area to deliver materials and equipment are less of a concern because they do not operate at any one location for extended periods of time such that they would expose a single receptor to excessive diesel PM emissions.
Based on the construction-related emissions modeling conducted (see Appendix A), maximum daily emissions of exhaust PM10 would be less than 1 lb/day during construction. A portion of these emissions would be due to haul trucks traveling to and from the site and would not occur on the project site. In addition, all construction activities would occur during daytime hours, which is when many residents who are employed or are students typically would not be at home, thus limiting exposure from construction-related emissions to these receptors.
Construction-related TAC emissions would not expose sensitive receptors to an incremental increase in cancer risk greater than 10 in 1 million or a hazard index greater than 1.0. The low exposure level reflects the (i) relatively low mass of diesel PM emissions that would be generated by construction activity on the project site; (ii) the relatively short duration of diesel PM-emitting construction activity at the project site; and (iii) the highly dispersive properties of diesel PM. This impact would be less than significant. d) Result in other emissions (such as those leading to odors) adversely affecting a substantial number of people?
56 Acres Master Plan
Less-than-significant impact. Occurrence and severity of odor impacts depends on numerous factors, including: the nature, frequency, and intensity of the source; wind speed and direction; and the sensitivity of the receptors.
Implementation of the Master Plan would not result in the introduction of any new operational sources of odors to the area or the introduction of new sensitive receptors that could be exposed to existing odor sources.
The proposed Master Plan could produce odors during construction activities from the use of heavy-duty diesel equipment, and application of architectural coatings. The use of the equipment would be intermittent and temporary, it would dissipate rapidly from the source with an increase in distance. In addition, construction activities would not occur in the vicinity of a particular receptor for an extended period.
Land uses that are major sources of odor typically include wastewater treatment and pumping facilities, sanitary landfills, transfer stations, recycling and composting facilities, and various industrial uses such as chemical manufacturing and food processing. The proposed Master Plan does not include any of these land uses and would not generate objectionable odors affecting a substantial number of people. Further, EDCAQMD Rule 205-Nuisance prohibits the discharge of quantities of air contaminants or other material that can cause injury, detriment, nuisance or annoyance to any considerable number of persons. This would protect citizens from harmful odors should they occur. This impact would be less than significant.
Multigenerational Center Project
Less-than-significant impact. The proposed Multigenerational Center could produce odors during construction activities from the use of heavy-duty diesel equipment, and application of architectural coatings. The use of the equipment would be intermittent and temporary, it would dissipate rapidly from the source with an increase in distance. In addition, construction activities would not occur in the vicinity of a particular receptor for an extended period.
Since the project’s land use does not include one of the above-mentioned land uses with major odor generation, it would not have any long-term odor impact. Further, EDCAQMD Rule 205-Nuisance prohibits the discharge of quantities of air contaminants or other material that can cause injury, detriment, nuisance or annoyance to any considerable number of persons. This would protect citizens from harmful odors should they occur. Hence, this impact would be less than significant.
486
Ascent Environmental Environmental Checklist
City of South Lake Tahoe
56 Acres Master Plan and Multigenerational Center Project IS/MND 3-41
3.3.3 Cumulative Impacts
The plan area is in the El Dorado County portion of the LTAB, which is designated as non-attainment with respect to the CAAQS for PM10 (CARB 2020). Also, El Dorado County is designated as unclassified with respect to the NAAQS for Ozone and PM10 (CARB 2020). As discussed under item b), above, project emissions of ozone precursors (i.e., ROG and NOX) and PM10 would not exceed 82 lb/day, which is the mass emissions threshold EDCAQMD recommends for determining whether construction and operation-related emissions would be cumulatively considerable.
The potential for the project to expose sensitive receptors to TACs is discussed under item c), above. This analysis concludes that the project would not violate any air quality standard or contribute substantially to an existing or projected air quality violation and emissions-generating project activities would be temporary, limiting the potential for exposure to emissions for an extended period, project-related activity would not expose sensitive receptors to substantial levels of pollutants. Even though the projects listed in the cumulative project list in Table 3.21-1 could include diesel PM-emitting activities in close proximity to any of the same sensitive receptors potentially affected by diesel PM-emitting activities associated with the proposed project, the activities would be short-term and temporary.
For this reason, project-related emissions of diesel PM would not be cumulatively considerable.
The project would not create objectionable odors affecting a substantial number or people, as discussed under item d), above. None of the projects listed in Table 3.21-1 would include odor-emitting activities in close proximity to any of the same sensitive receptors near the proposed project. For this reason, project-related odorous emissions would not be cumulatively considerable. As described above, the project would not make a considerable contribution to a significant cumulative impact.
487
Environmental Checklist Ascent Environmental
City of South Lake Tahoe
3-42 56 Acres Master Plan and Multigenerational Center Project IS/MND
3.4 BIOLOGICAL RESOURCES
ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES
Potentially
Significant
Impact
Less Than
Significant with
Mitigation
Incorporated
Less-ThanSignificant
Impact
No
Impact
IV. Biological Resources.
Would the project:
a) Have a substantial adverse effect, either directly or through habitat modifications, on any species
identified as a candidate, sensitive, or special-status species in local or regional plans, policies, or
regulations, or by the California Department of Fish
and Wildlife or the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service?
b) Have a substantial adverse effect on any riparian
habitat or other sensitive natural community
identified in local or regional plans, policies, or
regulations or by the California Department of Fish
and Wildlife or the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service?
c) Have a substantial adverse effect on state or
federally protected wetlands (including, but not
limited to, marsh, vernal pool, coastal, etc.) through
direct removal, filling, hydrological interruption, or
other means?
d) Interfere substantially with the movement of any
native resident or migratory fish or wildlife species or with established native resident or migratory wildlife
corridors, or impede the use of native wildlife
nursery sites?
e) Conflict with any local policies or ordinances
protecting biological resources, such as a tree
preservation policy or ordinance?
f) Conflict with the provisions of an adopted Habitat
Conservation Plan, Natural Community
Conservation Plan, or other approved local,
regional, or state habitat conservation plan?
3.4.1 Environmental Setting
METHODS
To assess and document existing biological resources in the plan area, a biologist with expertise in Tahoe Basin natural resources reviewed existing data and conducted a reconnaissance field survey. Prior to the field survey, existing data were reviewed to preliminarily identify special-status species and other sensitive resources known or with potential to occur in the plan area vicinity. The data review included: a records search of the California Natural Diversity Database (CNDDB) (CDFW 2021); a list of federally proposed, candidate, threatened, and endangered species that may occur in the project region obtained from the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service Information for Planning and Consultation system (USFWS 2020); TRPA Geographic Information System (GIS) data; and high-resolution aerial imagery. 488
Ascent Environmental Environmental Checklist
City of South Lake Tahoe
56 Acres Master Plan and Multigenerational Center Project IS/MND 3-43 Plants and animals may be special-status species due to declining populations, vulnerability to habitat change, or restricted distributions. Special-status species include those species legally protected under the California Endangered Species Act (CESA), federal Endangered Species Act (ESA), or other regulations, as well as species considered sufficiently rare by the scientific community to qualify for such listing. In this document, special-status species are defined as plants and animals in the following categories. Species listed or proposed for listing as threatened or endangered under ESA (50 Code of Federal Regulations [CFR] 17.12 for listed plants, 50 CFR 17.11 for listed animals, and various notices in the Federal Register for proposed species) or candidates for possible future listing as threatened or endangered under ESA (75 CFR 69222). Species listed or candidates for listing by the State of California as threatened or endangered under CESA (14 Cal.
Code Regs., Section 670.5).
Animals fully protected under the California Fish and Game Code (FGC) (Section 3511 for birds, Section 4700 for mammals, Section 5050 for reptiles and amphibians, and Section 5515 for fish). Plants and animals designated as a sensitive, special interest, or threshold species by TRPA (TRPA Code of Ordinances, Chapters 61, 62, and 63).
Plants listed as rare under the California Native Plant Protection Act (FGC Section 1900 et seq.). Plants considered by California Department of Fish and Wildlife (CDFW) to be “rare, threatened or endangered in California” (California Rare Plant Ranks of 1A, presumed extinct in California and either rare or extinct elsewhere; 1B, considered rare or endangered in California and elsewhere; 2A, presumed extinct in California but common elsewhere; and 2B, considered rare or endangered in California but more common elsewhere). Note, that while these rankings do not afford the same type of legal protection as ESA or CESA, the uniqueness of these species requires special consideration under CEQA.
Animals identified by CDFW as species of special concern. Species considered locally significant, that is, a species that is not rare from a statewide perspective but is rare or uncommon in a local context such as within a county or region (State CEQA Guidelines Section 15125 (c)) or is so designated in local or regional plans, policies, or ordinances (State CEQA Guidelines, Appendix G). Species that otherwise meets the definition of rare or endangered under CEQA Section 15380.
Sensitive habitats include those that are of special concern to resource agencies or are afforded specific consideration through CEQA, the TRPA Goals and Policies and TRPA Code, Section 1602 of the California Fish and Game Code, Section 404 of the Clean Water Act (CWA), the state’s Porter-Cologne Water Quality Control Act, and other applicable regulations. Sensitive natural habitat may be of special concern to agencies and conservation organizations for a variety of reasons, including their locally or regionally declining status, or because they provide important habitat to common and special-status species. Examples of sensitive habitats in the Lake Tahoe Basin include montane riparian, wet meadow, riverine (streams and rivers), and lacustrine (open water).
On September 15 and October 21, 2020, an Ascent Environmental senior biologist conducted a reconnaissance-level field survey of the plan area. During the survey, information about land cover type, hydrology, vegetation stand composition and structure, and habitat suitability for special-status species was evaluated. Other variables examined were proximity of the project site to known sensitive wildlife resources; the plan area’s potential to support core breeding areas or movement corridors for wildlife; and sources and levels of existing disturbances.
EXISTING BIOLOGICAL RESOURCES
The 56 Acres Master Plan area is within a commercial core and developed recreation area; the Plan would be implemented mostly on existing developed lands. Land cover types/habitats mapped in the plan area (Figure 3.4-1) are urban Jeffrey pine (Pinus jeffreyi) forest (37.5 acres), urban (18.7 acres), and a constructed stormwater basin (0.3 acre). Urban Jeffrey pine forest occurs in developed areas where the understory component of a natural Jeffrey pine community has been mostly eliminated but the overstory component (i.e., mature Jeffrey pine trees) remains mostly intact. Occasional understory species include white fir (Abies concolor), greenleaf manzanita (Arctostaphylos patula), 489
Environmental Checklist Ascent Environmental
City of South Lake Tahoe
3-44 56 Acres Master Plan and Multigenerational Center Project IS/MND bitterbrush (Purshia tridentata), Woods’ rose (Rosa woodsii), and nonnative ornamental/landscaped vegetation. The Campground by the Lake encompasses most of the urban Jeffrey pine land cover in the plan area. 490
Ascent Environmental Environmental Checklist
City of South Lake Tahoe
56 Acres Master Plan and Multigenerational Center Project IS/MND 3-45 Source: Data adapted by Ascent Environmental in 2020
Figure 3.4-1 Land Cover Types in the 56 Acres Master Plan Area 491
Environmental Checklist Ascent Environmental
City of South Lake Tahoe
3-46 56 Acres Master Plan and Multigenerational Center Project IS/MND The area surrounding the plan area core includes commercial and residential development, a major highway corridor (US 50/Lake Tahoe Boulevard) and other roadways, and disturbed conifer forest in fragmented undeveloped areas.
Due to the developed conditions and land uses of the plan area and surrounding areas, the existing level of disturbance on and adjacent to the plan area is high. Wildlife species observed or likely to use the project site are common species associated with urban and residential areas in the Tahoe Basin, including Steller’s jay (Cyanocitta stelleri), pygmy nuthatch (Sitta pygmaea) mountain chickadee (Poecile gambeli), western gray squirrel (Sciurus griseus), and Douglas’ squirrel (Tamiasciurus douglasii). Because habitats in the plan area are fragmented and highly disturbed, wildlife species occur there in relatively low abundance and diversity.
Special-Status Species and Sensitive Habitats
Based on review of the CNDDB (CDFW 2021) and TRPA GIS data, no special-status plant or wildlife species have been documented in the plan area. No sensitive biological resources were observed during the field assessment, and no suitable habitat for any special-status plant or animal species is present in the plan area. Due to the high level of human disturbance, habitat degradation, and isolation and small size of natural vegetation patches in the plan area from commercial and urban development, presence of major road corridors, and recreational uses, disturbed Jeffrey pine forest or other habitats in the plan area are not expected to support any special-status wildlife or plant species that may otherwise be associated with these habitats in other settings, or any significant movement corridors or core breeding sites for wildlife.
3.4.2 Discussion
a) Have a substantial adverse effect, either directly or through habitat modifications, on any species identified as a candidate, sensitive, or special-status species in local or regional plans, policies, or regulations, or by the California Department of Fish and Wildlife or the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service?
56 Acres Master Plan
No impact. As discussed in Section 3.4.1, “Environmental Setting,” no special-status plant or animal species are expected to occur regularly in the plan area due to the absence of suitable breeding habitat, high disturbance levels associated with existing urban uses, and no historic documentation of occurrences in the plan area. Therefore, construction and operation of facilities, changes in services and uses, and other features proposed for the Master Plan would result in no impact on special-status plant and animal species.
Multigenerational Center Project
No impact. For the same reasons described above for the Master Plan, construction and operation of facilities for the Multigenerational Center would result in no impact on special-status plant and animal species. b) Have a substantial adverse effect on any riparian habitat or other sensitive natural community identified in local or regional plans, policies, or regulations or by the California Department of Fish and Wildlife or the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service? 56 Acres Master Plan
No impact. Vegetation types and habitats in the plan area (Figure 3.4-1) are urban Jeffrey pine forest (37.5 acres), urban (18.7 acres), and a constructed stormwater basin (0.3 acre). The plan area does not contain riparian habitat or other sensitive natural communities. Therefore, construction and operation of facilities, changes in services and uses, and other features proposed for the Master Plan would result in no impact on riparian habitat or other sensitive natural community.
Multigenerational Center Project
No impact. For the same reasons described above for the Master Plan, construction and operation of facilities for the Multigenerational Center would result in no impact on riparian habitat or other sensitive natural community. 492
Ascent Environmental Environmental Checklist
City of South Lake Tahoe
56 Acres Master Plan and Multigenerational Center Project IS/MND 3-47 c) Have a substantial adverse effect on state or federally protected wetlands (including, but not limited to, marsh, vernal pool, coastal, etc.) through direct removal, filling, hydrological interruption, or other means?
56 Acres Master Plan
No impact. The plan area does not contain state or federally protected wetlands, other sensitive habitats, or natural hydrologic resources or drainage features. Therefore, construction and operation of facilities for the Master Plan would result in no impact on wetlands.
Multigenerational Center Project
No impact. For the same reasons described above for the Master Plan, construction and operation of facilities for the Multigenerational Center Project would result in no impact on state or federally protected wetlands. d) Interfere substantially with the movement of any native resident or migratory fish or wildlife species or with established native resident or migratory wildlife corridors, or impede the use of native wildlife nursery sites?
56 Acres Master Plan
Less-than-significant impact. As discussed in Section 3.4.1, “Environmental Setting,” wildlife species that regularly use the plan area are common species associated with urban and residential areas in the Tahoe Basin. Because habitats in the plan area are fragmented and highly disturbed, wildlife species occur there in relatively low abundance and diversity. The plan area is within a commercial core and developed recreation area; the Master Plan would be implemented mostly on existing developed lands. For example, the Campground by the Lake encompasses most of the urban Jeffrey pine land cover in the plan area.
The area surrounding the plan area core includes commercial and residential development, a major highway corridor (US 50/Lake Tahoe Boulevard) and other roadways, and disturbed conifer forest in fragmented undeveloped areas.
Due to the developed conditions and land uses of the plan area and surrounding areas, the existing level of disturbance on and adjacent to the plan area is high. Therefore, the plan area is not expected to support any significant wildlife nursery sites or provide important animal movement functions; and Master Plan implementation would not create any additional barriers to urban wildlife movement locally or regionally.
As described in Chapter 2, “Project Description,” to minimize and avoid potential construction-related loss of active bird nests and comply with California Fish and Game Code Sections 3503 and 3503.5 and the Migratory Bird Treaty Act., a qualified biologist would conduct preconstruction surveys and implement protective measures, if needed, for nesting birds. This measure is incorporated into the project. Therefore, potential project-related effects on nesting birds would be avoided or minimized.
Any potential disturbances to the local or regional movements of common wildlife species from Master Plan implementation would be less than significant.
Multigenerational Center Project
Less-than-significant impact. For the same reasons described above for the Master Plan, any potential effects of construction and operation of facilities for the Multigenerational Center on animal movement or native wildlife nursery sites would be less than significant.
e) Conflict with any local policies or ordinances protecting biological resources, such as a tree preservation policy or ordinance?
56 Acres Master Plan
No impact. Construction of the Multigenerational Center would require removal of a portion of the existing Campground by the Lake, relocation of an existing restroom at the campground, removal of two existing campground buildings (original camp store and garage/storage shed) next to US 50, and utility infrastructure for the new building. The plan area contains an estimated 3,990 trees that are over 8 inches in diameter (Fish, pers. comm., 493
Environmental Checklist Ascent Environmental
City of South Lake Tahoe
3-48 56 Acres Master Plan and Multigenerational Center Project IS/MND 2021). Although the precise number of trees by species and size class proposed for removal for the entire plan area has not yet been quantified, at the current level of design for the Multigenerational Center an estimated 309 trees, 97 of which are greater than 14 inches diameter at breast height (Marino, pers. comm., 2021), would require removal for construction of the building and expanded parking lot and for defensible space purposes near the library (see “Multigenerational Center Project” below for further discussion related to tree removal for this component of the proposed project). The site design for the Master Plan components and Multigenerational Center project would carefully consider removal of trees larger than 30 inches in diameter to retain as many as trees as possible and in close coordination with TRPA. The extent of potential tree removal required to construct other facilities in the future under the Master Plan has not been identified. This analysis assumes that some tree removal in addition to that proposed for the Multigenerational Center may be required for the Master Plan. During further design and permitting of projects for the Master Plan, the number of trees by species and size class proposed for removal will be quantified through tree surveys and refined project designs.
Tree removal would not occur within late seral/old growth forest habitat, remove riparian vegetation or other sensitive habitat, or occur in areas outside of the permitted development footprint. Because construction of the Multigenerational Center and other facilities for the Master Plan would be focused within areas subject to high levels of existing disturbances and habitat fragmentation, the removal of native trees would have a relatively minor effect on the surrounding environment. Also, facilities would be constructed in areas that support common tree species such as Jeffrey pine and white fir. Stands that consist of these species and their biological functions, particularly those that are disturbed and within developed or semi-urban landscapes, are not considered threatened or vulnerable to decline in the Tahoe Basin. These trees or stands are not considered critical or limiting to the presence or viability of common or sensitive biological resources in the region. Tree removal required for the Master Plan would not substantially affect breeding productivity or population viability of any species or cause a change in species diversity locally or regionally.
Regardless of the magnitude or biological effects of tree removal, native trees are protected in the Tahoe Basin, with special retention standards and protections for large trees in some land-use designations. TRPA regulates the management of forest resources in the Tahoe Basin to achieve and maintain the threshold standards for species and structural diversity, to promote the long-term health of the resources, and to create and maintain suitable habitats for diverse wildlife species. Tree removal is subject to review and approval by TRPA (TRPA 2012).